NORTH-WEST FOX▪ OR, Fox from the Northwest passage.  
BEGINNING With King ARTHUR, MALGA, OCTHUR, the two ZENI'S of Iseland, Estotiland, and Dorgia; Following with brief Abstracts of the Voyages of Cabot, Frobisher, Davis, Waymouth, Knight, Hudson, Button, Gibbons, Bylot, Baffin, Hawkridge: Together with the Courses, Distance, Latitu●●●●●ngitudes, Variations, Depths of Seas, Sets of ●●●●…s, Currents, Races, and overfalls; with other Observations, Accidents and remarkable things, as our Miseries and sufferings.  
Mr. JAMES HALL's three Voyages to Groynland, with a topographical description of the Countries, the Savages life's and Treacheries, how our Men have been slain by them there, with the Commodities of all those parts; whereby the Merchant may have Trade, and the Mariner Employment.  
Demonstrated in a Polar Card, wherein are all the Manes, Seas, and Lands, herein mentioned.  
With the Author his own Voyage, being the XVIth. with the opinions and Collections of the most famous Mathematicians, and Cosmographers; with a Probability to prove the same by Marine Remonstrations, compared by the Ebbing and Flowing of the Sea, experimented with places of our own Coast.  
By Captain LUKE FOX of Kingston upon Hull, Capt. and Pilot for the Voyage, in his Majesty's Pinnace the CHARLES'.  
Printed by his Majesty's Command.  
LONDON, Printed by B. ALSOP and THO. FAUCET, dwelling in Grubstreet. 1635.   

TO THE KING'S MOST SACRED AND EXCELLENT MAJESTY.  
MOST MIGHTY MONARCH▪ and MY DREAD SOVEREIGN.  
SEeing that it hath pleased You to examine the Endeavours of those formerly employed towards the search of the Northwest Passage, and that it hath been Your Highness' pleasure, to examine me Your meanest Subject, concerning the hope of a further Discovery, how it formerly had failed; and what better helps could now be produced, appointing me Your Highness' Pinnace the CHARLES, with Your Royal Instructions for my better proceeding, which unto me was the greatest Honour that ever Subject received, (and at my Return continuing Your Royal and Gracious favour, commanding me unto Your Royal Presence to deliver my Accounts;) hath since emboldened me to examine with myself thus far, that hereby (as duty obligeth) I might bring some better satisfaction to your Royal demand; which was, Whether there were a Passage or no, and were I capable thereof at my being near the same? But since that meditation and contemplation hath given me more insight thereinto, than Speculation at that instant could; For it was not possible for me to frame any Conclusion, until I had circuted the Bay of Hudson and Button, whereby I might find from whence a new Tide (which I found there) should come; and here SIR, I prostrate my Account in particular, which then I presented in general.  
I begin with King ARTHUR his Conquests, and so proceeds to all those Discoveries (that I can find Antiquity hath preserved) towards the Northwest, until this Your own time; to show, how those Maynes, Lands, and Continents, they have discovered, doth like dew from Heaven deseend upon Your Royal Throne; so as most Dread Sovereign, the true Right thereto is Yours, which I pray may be augmented unto the furthest bounds of the East and W. Ocean.  
I do not only bring to show, but put your Majesty in mind of what you know: knowing that your Majesty being called by more weighty affairs of State, may pass by (unremembered) such small Trifles as this; yet observing Your Highness' willingness to promote Navigation and those discovering Enterprises, hath made me thus presume.  
I have endeavoured the probability of a Passage, praying unto Almighty GOD, to set it as a fair jewel in your Royal Crown, and bring to pass in those happy days which we do enjoy under your Gracious and godly Government; Rather than some Foreign Prince or State, should advance and find the same. These shall be the prayers, with Your long life and prosperous Reign,  
Of Your humblest Subject and Servant, LUKE FOXE.   

The Preface to the Reader.  
GENTLE READER, expect not here any flourishing Phrases or Floquent terms, for this Child of mine begot in the North-wests cold Clime, (where they breed no Scholars,) is not able to digest the sweet milk of Rhetoric, that's food for them▪ the Parent not being able to maintain it any longer, it being now past the Cradle, hopes, the Public will willingly bestow Education of the Infant for his better breeding; for which the Father prayeth, and the rather because the Midwife persuades him that the Child looks like himself, there were some desired to have had him come abroad like the Lapwing, before the shell was from over his head, but the Nurse more careful of the tenderly borne Infant procrastinated the time, supposing that after birth it would strengthen apace in this temperate Clime, and in time be the better able to journey; but in Conclusion it's turned to Discovery, not of a Passage but of the way to find one, to come to the ●le japon, China, and the Orient all India; of which, hearing that diverse inquired after; (for who would not share in such Treasures as there's to be had) as what hath Fox done, others how far far hath he been, hath he been as far as any ●an, If there be a Passage how chance he hath not found it, if not, why do they search after it; and in fine, hath he made a Voyage or no, the meaning of this last I know not, nor I think they neither; but for that the most desire to know what I have done, and how far I have been; I answer as the Old women tells tales, Further and further than I can tell; and for the rest I refer them to mine own journal: For I hope it may satisfy those that are indifferent, and that stand well affected to those Discovering enterprises, for whose cause and the good or content of others it was chiefly compiled. I do confess, that they have not done me much amiss in causing me to show myself; for hereby they shall know, that before this undertaking I was not ignorant of what my predecessors had done before I came, which was no small help both to my safety and proceeding. For some will Calumniate out of malice, some for that they dislike all things but what themselves or friends doth; but I hope the judicial Seaman will stand in my defence: For amongst those inquisitors, especially the never-satisfied-curious, I find few that doth or will know what they inquire after, other having other employments rests content with the verbal Report of their own Times, rather than look after the Lafoy 〈…〉 and Experiences of so unpleasant, and as it is held unprofitable a Voyage. For these and others, I leave to peruse what shall follow, wherein the desirous may be satisfied, how every Successor (as his fancy, direction, or opinion guided) thought to rectify himself by others mistaking, or to find the Passage in those places left unsearched or perfectly discovered: For no question, but this Voyage might long since have attained his full perfection; if the first beginners had been yearly continued, which since Captain DAVIS was not, but supplied always (after some years of breathing) by Green men, or those who (in that time) had forgot their experience; nay, I may avouch, that if this course had been taken, and private ends had been wanting, that since Mr. HUDSON his first Voyage 1610. the Passage had been sailed through before 1618. and done at one quarter of the Charge; and howsoever it was not my fortune to find, yet I praise GOD for that I have brought home the news thereof, though I have left it for him whose time God shall be pleased to ripen for the same; For it is a wonder that a Voyage of such Consequence as this, wherein all the parts of Navigation may be practised, should so longlye raked in the embers and no further search made thereinto, (considering that within these few years, there hath been more excellent Secrets in Navigation found out then hath been in all the former Ages) it being (no question) but more than the difficultest half Discovered; to encourage which thou shalt read h●ere ●●w great Princes have taken pleasure to increase their Dominions (in Person) by Navigation, as also that our Ancestors were not so simple as we make them; and that this Hunting of the Whale (which as yet we make rare) was in practice in King alfred's time related by OCTHER, who called him Lord, as King ARTHURS Successor; which OCTHER sailed about the North Cape of Finm●rke, as appeareth by his own Narration, and this was long before RICHARD CHANCELLOR, whom we make Prima. I begin with those Princes, to show the Honour and Renown of our Nation, and so proceed to all that went before me North-Westwards, out of a conjectural necessity which I conceive them to be as Appendices to the journals of these modern times.  
It will be objected, that many of these Abstracts are taken out of other Books, and that those are the Voyages of other men; I answer it is true, the most of them are. For what are all those of Mr. Hackl●its, and Mr. Purchas, but the Collections and preservations of other men's labours; For who can speak or write that which was never done before, and I do confess myself to be infinitely bound unto them and others for their pains; for if they had not been thus carefully stored up, these had been wanting as are diverse others. For in searching thou shalt find, that the works of many brave men are buried in oblivion, whose Names are devolved and but something brought unto us through the succession of Ages, and though part of those works have escaped, the wrack of the rest have perished in the Gulf of time, which hath swallowed the best of many men's endeavours, and for those extant▪ thou canst not come unto without labour and charge, all which I have brought to thy hands almost for nothing, considering the charge of Books of great prize, the labour in search and Quotations; beside, here is much that never came in Print as yet, being very difficult to be had. And though I have abstracted those Works of my Predecessors, yet I have interlaced my own experience, and been curious not to leave out any thing of theirs or my own, wherein I could think my remembrance might avail thee. And although we all have sometimes stumbled, yet we may be excused, considering the long and strange journey we had to go, and who followeth doth but persevere by our example, nor have I like the Poet feigned a Storm where I had none: Nor do I hold that man fit to take charge of Voyages remote, especially North-east or Westward, and be Ignorant of those Abstracts and journals following. For I know, knowledge will conceive them to be good Preparatives. Howsoever in them I have done my best, and whosoever will amend them, I shall take him for my friend, I have restored all the names of Capes, Headlands, and Lands formerly given by Captain DAVIS, Mr HUDSON, and Sir THOMAS BUTTON, (which since have been infringed upon) unto their first appellations, both in my Book and Map. I do confess, that there be many who might more ●itly have undertaken this labour then myself, if they had been so well acquainted with the action; For we have many Practitioners, whom we call Mathematical Seamen, who that after a little practice in Art, purposeth then to go to Sea and Travel; therefore carefully busying themselves about perusing the Cosinographicall Maps, and with great industry studied the books of Navigation, and to better their knowledge, have enquired of many excellent Mariners for their better satisfaction, in the difficultest parts thereof, thinking that they are now ●it to set sail and launch forth to Sea, conceiting of themselves to be far more able than the Seaman; yet when they have taken the charge of the Ship upon them, and is hoist forth of the quiet port into the ruff and boisterous Ocean, where they shall behold many hideous mountains of high threatening billows, and raging waves, tempestuous gusts, with hail, rain and thunder, Shifts of winds, and counter Seas, Currents, Races, Sets, and Overfals, being deprived of Sun, Moon and Stars for long season, they will then think that they only dreamt before, when they imagined of the Course of the Seas, and that their Books were but weak Schoolmasters, that the talk of Art were far short of the Practice, when at beholding the Stars which they thought to have used as guides and directions▪ seem now as they threatened their ruin and destruction; nay, when you shall look forth and tremble at the rising of every wave, and shall be aghast with fear to refrain those Rocks and dangers which lie hid within the Seas fairest bosom, together with the greatness of the Ocean, and smallness of their Ship; for want of experience to handle, not knowing how to shun, they will then think that the least gale is of force to overthrow them, and know that Art must be taught to practise by long and industrious use. For it is not enough to be a Seaman, but to be a painful Seaman; for a Sea-bred man of reasonable Capacity, may attain to so much Art as may serve to Circle the Earth's Globe about, but the other wanting the experimental part cannot▪ for I do not allow any to be a good Sea man, that hath not undergone the most Offices about a Ship, and that his youth hath been both taught and enured to all labours; for to keep a warm cabin & lie in sheets, is the most ignoble part of a Sea man, but to endure and suffer; as a hard cabin, cold and salt Meat, broken sleeps, mould bread, dead beer, wet clothes, want of fire, all these are within board; besides Boat, Led, Topyardes, Anchor-morings and the like. For as Oil Paper laid upon the object, makes it more transparent, so doth Experience show Art to see without spectacles; and concluding this point in starling for I have no other Co●ne and but small store of that, to those who saith, that I am but a North-Countrey Coaster, and hath but been brought up in small Vessels. I wish their pride to know, that God's mercy is over all his Creatures, and hath created as good men in the North as in the South, let no man be disdained, misprised or undervalved for his wants (except in Virtues.) For I do not think, but little Mr. JEFFERY that pretty Courtier, can pitch his eyesight as high into the Firmament, as Mr. EVANS his Majesty's great Porter. And for Seamen, where have you better than the Scotsh-men are, and yet North-Countrey men. It was also cast into my dish, that I was an Officer of the Admiralty; a poor conceit to object against me for this undertaking, and as much as to say; as the greatest Civilian held to be in Christendom, cannot be capable of higher Promotion, if he belong to the Admiralty.  
I have also placed a Polar Map or Card, that this Discovery may be the better understood, and for that I did desire to give satisfaction by Demonstration of all treated of in the Book, for otherwise, another projection could not have contained it but at unreasonable diversity; and because I cannot describe all the Names in Fretum Hudson, of Capes, Lands, and Bays at length in Letters, in respect of the smallness of the Degrees of Longitude, I have inserted them in a table by the letters of the Alphabet, as thou shalt find, beginning with A, b, c, d, and tracted my own way and discovery forth and home, in small pricks.  
I acknowledge it to be but rough-hewen like Ship writes ●imber, but what it wants in smoothness or form, let thy good Report lick it into. I trust I shall not need to use the fashion of Authors, to make any doubt of carping Momus or railing Zoilus, seeing I have intended thy Good without any Reservation to myself. But I fear me I have held thee too long in this place, like him who purposeth to take a long journey stumbles upon his own threshold, but have Patience, for I had rather be in fault then want, I have here prostrated my duty to my King, and my service to my Country, craving thy favourable acceptance, I rest.  
From Kingston upon Hull, this first of january, 1635. Thine, in all welwilling, Luke Fox.   

 polar map   

CERTAIN TESTIMOnies concerning King Arthur and his Conquests of the North regions, taken by Mr. Hacklute out of the Histories of the Kings of Britain; written by Galfridus Monamutensis, newly Printed at Hedleberg, 1587.  

Lib. 9 Cap. 10.  
IN the year of CHRIST, 517. King Arthur in the second year of his reign, having subdued all parts of Ireland, sailed with his Fleet into Iseland, and brought it and the people thereof into subjection; the rumour being spread throughout all the other Lands, that no Country was able to withstand him; Doldanius, King of Gotland, and Gunfacius the King of Orkney, came voluntary unto him, and yielded their obedience, promising to pay him Tribute. The winter being spent, he returned into Britain; established his Kingdom in perfect peace; he continued there for the space of twelve years.   

Lib. 9 Cap. 12.  
After that, King Arthur sending his Messengers into diverse Kingdoms, he summoned such as were to come to his Court, aswell out of France, as out of the adjacent Lands of the Sea, and a little after: from these adjacent Lands came Guillaumarius King of Ireland, Malvatius King of Iseland, Doldunus King of Gotland, Gunnotius King of Orkney, Let the King of Norway, and Archilius King of Denmark.   

A testimony of the Right and Appendances of the Crown of the Kingdom of Britain, taken out of Mr. Lambert, Fol. 137. pag. 2.  
ARTHUR which was sometimes the most renowned King of the Britain's, was a mighty valiant and famous Warrior. This Kingdom was too little for him and his mind was not contented with it; he therefore valiantly subdue● all Scantia now called Norway, and all the Isles beyond Norway; to wit, Iseland, and Groenland, which are appertaining unto Norway. Sweveland, Ireland, Gotland, Denmark, Semeland, Windeland, Curland, Roe, Femeland, Wireland, Flaunders, Cherilland, Lapland, and all other Lands of the East sea even unto Russia, in which Lapland he placed the Eastmost Bounds 
It seemeth K. A●thur passed the North Cape of Finmarke.  of his British Empire, and many other Lands beyond Norway even under the Pole, which are appendances of Scantia now called Norway; he planted the Christian Faith throughout all Norway, matched their Nobility with British blood, called Norway the Chamber of Britain, and incorporated them unto us.   

Another testimony out of Galfridus Monumetensis concerning the Conquest of Malga King of England, Lib. 11. cap. 7.  
MALGO succeeded Vorciporius which was the goodliest man in person of all Britain, a Prince that expulsed many Tyrants, he was strong and valiant in war, taller then most men that then lived, and exceeding famous for his virtues. This King also obtained the Government of the whole Island of Britain, and by most sharp battles he recovered to his Empire the six Lands of the Ocean Sea, which were before Tributaries to King Arthur; namely, Ireland, Iseland, Gotland, Orkney, Norway, and Denmark.   

The Voyage of Octher to the North-east parts beyond Norway, reported by himself unto Alfred the famous King of England, about the year. 890.  
OCTHER said, that the Country wherein he dweit was called Helgoland, he told his Lord King Elfreed, that he dwelled furthest North of any Norman, he said, that he dwelled towards the North part of the Land towards the West coast. And in another place he affirmeth, that there was no man dwelling towards the North from him, and a●lirmed the land to stretch far to the North, yet all Desert, and not inhabited. Upon a time, he fell into a fancy to know how far the Land stretched Northward, whereupon he took his voyage directly North, along the Coast having always the Desert land upon his Starboard, and upon the Larboard the main Ocean, and continued his course for the space of 3. days; in which space, he was come as far towards the North, as the Whale-hunters used to travel; he proceeded to the North, 
Whale-fishing hath been of long con●●●ance.  as far as he was able to sail in other 3. days, at the end whereof, he perceived the Coast turned toward the East, or else the Sea opened with a main Gulf into the land, he knew not how far: well he wist and remembered, that he was fain to stay till he had a Western wind and somewhat Northerly, and thence he sailed plain East along the Coast still, so far as he was able in 4. days, at the end of which time, he was compelled to stay, until he had a full Northerly wind, for as much as the Coast bowed down thence directly towards the Southward, at leastwise, the Sea opened into the Land, that he could not tell how far; so that he sailed alongst the coast directly South, so far as he could travel in five days, and at the 5. days end, he descried a mighty River which opened very far in the land, at the entry of which River he stayed his course, and in conclusion turned back again; For he durst not enter so: fear of the Inhabitants of the Land, perceiving that on the other side of the River it was throughly inhabited; which was the first peopled Land he had found from the place of his dwelling; whereas continually, he had a desert Wilderness upon his Starbord-side, except some in places, he saw a few Fishers, Fowlers, and Hunters, which were all Fins, and on the Larbord the main ocean. Thus much for Octher, whom it appears was the second that doubled the North Cape that we have extant, King Arthur being the first.  
Although I know, here is something that will not be believed, yet I will proceed, seeing that the more and further I do go on, I find some reason to have better confidence of the former, and thus much, etc.   

Therefore as followeth, out of the Comments of Arngrinus, Fitz jonus. 1598.  
A Certain Writer saith, he hath put down the distance between the mouth of Elbe and Baczend in the South part of Iseland, to be 400. leagues; from whence if you will account the difference of Longitude, to the Meridian of Hambrough, Iseland must have none of the Longitudes accounted of, as 5. 7. 6. 20. 30. 28. 325. according to several Authors, for I am able to prove by 3. several Voyages of Hamburgers, that it is but 7. days sail from Iseland to Hambrough, besides all the Lands which for the abundance of Sheep are called Farrier; as likewise the Desert shores of Norway, are distant from us but two days sailing, we have 4. days sailing into habitable Groenland, and almost in the same quantity of time, we passed over to the Province of Norway called St●d, lying between the Towns of Oridrosia or Trondon, and Bargon, as we find by ancient Records of those Nations.  
Iseland hath been called by three names one after another; for one Nuddocus a Norvegian borne, who is thought to be the first Discoverer thereof, as he was sailing towards Farra Lands, through a violent Tempest did by chance arrive at the East shore of Iseland, where beholding the Mountain's tops covered with Snow, called this Island Snowland.  
After this one Gardarus, being moved with Nuddocus reports, went to seek, and when he had found, he called it Garders Isle.  
After these two, one Flok went into this Land, and named it after the Ice he found there, Iceland.  
This land hath some years no Ice at all, as in 1592. but the Sea is open for most years from April to january, and in May all is driven to the West, and this Land he inhabited about the year of our Lord, 874.  
In the year 1591. there was a Ship of Germany lay laden with Copper 14. days in the harbour of Vopnaford; in November she set sail and departed; this was some ship of the Baltic Sea, or Hambrough, which durst not go through the Narrow seas for Spain.  
The Commentor Arngrinus saith, in the year of Christ 874. Iseland being indeed discovered before that time, as is above mentioned was the first of all inhabited by certain Norvegians, their Chieftain, was one Ingulphus, from whose name the East Cape of Iseland is called Ingul●e Hoffdie, these Planters are reckoned up by name in our Records: saith he, more than to the number of 400. together; with those of their blood and kindred, and great families beside: neither only is their number described, but it is so plainly set down what Coasts, what Shores, and what Inland places each of them did occupy, and inhabit, and what names the inhabitants did give unto straits, Bays, Harbours, Necklands, Creeks, Capes, Rocks, Crags, Mountains, Hills, Valleys, Hammockes, Springs, Floods, Rivers; and to be short, what names they gave unto their Granges, and houses: whereof many as this day are received and used. Therefore the Norvages with their company, peopled all the habitable places of Iseland.   

The voyages of the Brethren Mr. Nicolo and Anthony Zeni Venotians, collected out of their own Letters by Mr. Francisco Maritino.  
NIcolas caused a ship to be made ready at his own charge in Italy 1380. with intent to see England and Flanders, but was by tempest cast upon the I'll of Freesland, where he had been cruelly entreated, had it not been for Zichmni, Lord of certain Lands, called Porland, lying on the South of Freesland, being rich and populous, he was also Duke of Sorany lying over against Scotland.  
This Prince being arrived upon Freesland to make war upon the same, understanding the shipwreck came presently, and hearing by the Latin tongue that he was of Italy, he received him into protection with great joy.  
This Prince having the last year, given the overthrow to the King of Norway in some of his Signiories, was come to Friesland also to take the same from the said King whereof he was Lord, and to that purpose, understanding that Mr. Nicolo had great judgement, in Sea and Martial affairs, he gave him commission, to go aboard his ships, commanding the Captain to honour him in all things, and to use his counsel: his Navy consisted of 30. sail, whereof two rowed with Oars.  
With these small Barks, and one ship, they ●ailed to the Westward and won Ledovo and Ilofe, and diverse other small Lands, and turned into a Bay called Sudero; in the Haven of the Town called Samstoll, they took certain small Barks laden with fish.  
Here they found Zichmni who came thither by land conquering all the Country, they sailed to the W. by another Cape or Gulf, and conquered all the Lands they found to the Signory of Zichmn●. These Seas for as much as they sailed, were in manner nothing but shoals and Rocks, so as it was thought amongst them, that the fleet had perished, if it had not been for the skill and knowledge of Mr. Nicolo and his men, who had been brought up in the practice of Navigation all their lives.  
At the counsel of Mr. Anthony they go on Land, when they heard of the good success of Zichmni in his wars, and that all the Island by Ambassadors was yielded unto him.  
At their meeting, the Prince gave Mr. Nicolo the honour of Knighthood, & graced him as the preserver of his fleet, and rewarded his men. In Triumphant manner they go towards Friesland, the chief City thereof is situate on the S. E. side within a Gulf or Bay, as there are many in that Island; in this Gulf or Bay is such abundance of fish taken, that many ships are laden to serve Flanders, Britain, England, Scotland, Norway, and Denmark.   

Thus much is taken out of a Letter that Mr. Nicolo sent to his Brother Anthony, requesting that he would seek some means to come to him.  
MAster Anthony furnished a ship, and after great danger with great joy arrived with his Brother, where he remained 14. years, 4. years with his Brother and 10. years alone, where they so behaved themselves, that Nicolo was made Captain of Z●chmnies Navy; they set forth for the enterprise of Estland, being between Friesland and Norway, but by storm of wind they were driven upon certain shoals, where a great part of their Fleet was cast away. The King of Denmark coming to rescue Estland, his Fleet utterly perished, which Zichmni having notice of by a ship of the Enemies, he determines to set upon Iseland.  
Which together with the rest, was subject to the King of Norway, but he finding the Country well fortified, his small Fleet were glad to retire; In the same channels he assaulted the other Isles, called Iseland; which are 7. Talas, Broas, Heance, Trans, Mimant, Dambere, and Breast; and having spoiled them all, he built a Fort in Breast, where he left Mr. Nicolo with men, small Barks, and Munition, and with the few ships he had left, he returned to Friesland.  
Mr. Nicolo in 〈◊〉 with 3. small Barks sails Northward, and arrives in Engroneland, where he found a Monastery of Friars, near a hill that casteth forth fire, like Vesurius & Aetna.  
They subsist specially, by a Fountain of water issuing from that Hill, whereby the Monastery and all other buildings are refreshed and warmed at their pleasure, as also their Gardens thowed and watered, their stones for building are cast out of this combustible forge, which being once cooled will not dissolve, but taken hot and cast into Water, maketh a marvelous strong lime, the people have these devoted men in great veneration.  
They feed upon wild Fowl and Fish, for the Bay or Haven, by reason of the heat of this Water doth never freeze, by means whereof, there is such concourse of Sea-fowle and abundance of fish, whereby all the people are fed and maintained, and 1000 employed about taking the same. Hither in Summer time, which lasts but three Months, come many Barks from the Lands thereabout, and from the Cape about Norway, and from Trondon, and exchange all needful commodities for fish, which they dry with the Sun or cold: to this Monastery resort many Friars of Norway, S●etia, but the 
The Frost l●steth 9 Months▪  most part are of Iseland. There are continually in that part many Barks, which are kept there by reason of the Sea being froze, waiting for the Spring to dissolve the Ice. Their Boats are made like unto Weavers shuttles, taking the skins of fishes, and sowing them together in many doubles, they fashion them with the bones of the same fish, and make them so sure and substantial, that it is marvelous to see, how in tempests they will shut themselves close with in, and let the sea and wind carry them they care not whither, without either breaking or drowning, and if they chance to be driven upon the Rocks, they remain sound without any bruise at all, and they have as it were a sleeve in the bottom which is tied fast in the middle, and when there cometh any water into the Boat, they put it into the one half of the sleeve, then fastening the end with two pieces of wood, and loosening the band beneath, they convey the water forth of the Boat, and this they do as often as they have occasion.  
Moreover, this Water is of a Sulphurous brimstone nature, and is conveyed into vessels of Brass, Tin, and Stone, and so employed to all uses, to warm their houses, or boil their meat without any stink, or noisome smell. The Friars of this Monastery speak all the Latin tongue, and this is all that then was known of Engroneland.  
Mr. Nicolo: died in Friesland, and being dead Anthony succeeded him both in Goods and Dignity, and albeit he attempted and made great supplication, yet could he not obtain licence to return to his Country. For Zichmni intended to make himself Lord of the Sea, used his counsel, and determined to send him with diverse Barks to the Westwards; for that certain Fishermen of his, had discovered certain Lands very rich and populous, which discovery Mr. Anthony in a Letter to his Brother Carolo recounteth thus:   

Fix and twenty years since, there departed 4. fisher Boats, 
Estotoland  the which a mighty tempest, tossed too & fro diverse days, when at length they discovered, an Island called Estotoland, lying Westward above 1000 miles from Freesland, upon which, one of the Boats was cast away, and the 6. men therein were taken and carried to a fair and populous City, where the King sent for many Interpreters, but none could understand their language, but one who spoke Latin, who was also cast there by chance, who understanding their case, rehearsed it to the King, who caused them to stay in his Country 3. years, in which time they learned the Language: one of them was in diverse parts of the Island, and reports it to be Rich and aboundeth with all Commodities of the world, it is little less than Iseland, but far more fruitful, in the middle is a Mountain, from whence there Springs 4. Rivers that pass through the whole Country.  
The Inhabitants are very witty people, and have all Arts and faculties as we have, and it is credible that in times past, they have had traffic with our men; for be said, he saw Latin books in the King's Library, which at that present they did not understand, they have a peculiar language and letters or characters to themselves, they have Mines of all manner of metals, but they abound with Gold; they have trade in Engroneland, from whence they bring Furs, Brimstone, and Pitch, he saith, that to the Southward, there is a great populous country very rich in gold, they sow Corn, and make Beer and Ale, and use it as we do wine, they have mighty great woods, there are many Cities and Castles. They build small Barks, and have sailing, but they have not the Loadstone, nor know not the use of the Compass; wherefore the Fishers were had in great estimation, insomuch that the King sent them Southward to a country they call Dorgio, but in that voyage they had such weather, that they thought to have perished in the sea, but escaping that, they fell into another more cruel, for they were taken in the Country and the most part of them 
Man eaters.  eaten of the Savage people, which fed upon Man's flesh as the sweetest meat.  
But this Fisherman escaped, by teaching them to take fish with nets, in the Sea and in fresh rivers, whereby he was honoured and beloved of all.  
The Lords of the Country fell out about him, and in 13. years he was there, he was sent to at least 25. of them from one to another, to teach his Art of Fishing, so that he was in all parts of the Country; which he saith, is very great, the people very rude, and void of goodness, they all go naked, neither have they wit to cover their bodies with the skins of beasts they take by hunting, whereby they are miserably vexed with cold, they have Lances, sharp at the point, they have Bows, and strings made of beast skins, they are a cruel people, and have certain laws amongst themselves; to Southwards the people have more civility, the air being more temperate, and have Cities and Temples with Idols, there they sacrifice men to Idols, and afterwards eat them, they have some knowledge of gold and silver.  
Now this Fisherman had an intent to get home, but his companions being in despair thereof, never offered to attempt their freedom, and therefore stayed there; whereupon he travailed through the woods towards Dorgio, the next Lord knew him, and he was conveyed from one to another, until at length he came to Dorgio, where he stayed three years, and hearing of diverse Boats that were arrived there, he went to the sea side, and ask of whence they were, they said of Estotiland, he being glad, requested to be entertained by them, and carried to their country, which they gladly granted and used him for their Interpreter.  
After that, he frequented that trading with them and became very rich, wherewith he furnished a bark, returned into Friezeland, and to his Lord made this report of that wealthy Country.  
He is credited here, for that the Mariners do affirm his reports to be true, wherefore this Lord is resolved to send me forth with a fleet toward these parts, but it was not so; for Z●chmni went himself, and concerning their proceedings I have a Letter in form following;   

Our preparation for Estotiland was begun in an unlucky hour, for three days before our departure the Fisherman died that should have been our guide, notwithstanding this Lord would not give over the enterprise, taking the Mariners that returned with him; making our navigation to the Westward, we discovered Lands subject to Friesland, and having passed certain shelves, we stayed at Ledovo 7. days.  
The first of july, we arrived at Ilofe, we stayed not there but had a vexing storm at Sea for 8. days, not knowing where we were, a great part of their barks were cast away, the weather being fair they gathered up the pieces of broken barks sailing on with prosperous wind, they discovered land at W.  
They took harbour, and an infinite company of armed men came to defend their Island, Zichmni makes signs of peace, sends 10. men, of ten several languages but they could understand none, but one that was of Iseland, who informed them, that the Lands name was Ic●ria, named after the name of the first King of that place, whom they say was son to Dedalus, King of Scotland, who conquered that Island, and left his son there for King, and they called this Sea the Icarion Sea, in remembrance of that King, in further search was drowned there. They would not suffer us to land, but only they would receive one man to learn the Italian tongue, as they had received the other ten.  
He espying a harbour on the East side, put therein for wood and water, but the inhabitants assaults, slew, and maimed many of them, enforcing them away; and sailing about the Cape of the Island towards the North, we found many shoalds, amongst the which, we were ten days continually in danger of losing our whole fleet.  
Zichmni seeing he could not prevail against the force of the Lands, sailed 6. days towards the West, but the wind changing into S. W. he sailed 4. days with wind a poop with a grown sea, he discovers land, not knowing what land, and rowing to it with Oars; they find a good harbour, and see far off a Mountain, that cast forth smoke. Zichmni sent forth an hundred Soldiers, to search what people inhabited it, the whiles he takes in wood and water, catches great store of fish and Sea fowl, with such abundance of Eggs, that his men half famished were filled therewith, this was in june, the air so temperate & pleasant as impossible to express. They find no people, they name the haven Trine, the Soldiers returning back, had been through the Island, finds the fire natural, that the hills bottom produced, and that there was a Spring which issued water like pitch, and run into the Sea, and that there dwelled a multitude of people of small stature, hiding themselves in caves in the ground. Zichmni taking liking to the soil, stays there with such as were willing, the rest he sent away in the ships, wherein unwilling, I was Captain.  
Anthony sails 20. days East without sight of any Land, altering his course S. E. in 5. days he discovered Neome, he knowing the Country, had sailed past an Island as he found, he victuailed here, the Island being subject to Zichmni: And in 3. days he sails to Friesland.  
What followed after this Letter he knew not, but by conjecture, that Zich: built a City, and discovered on both sides of Engroneland, and that he see it particularly described in the Sea card, but the narration is lost. The beginning of his letter is thus.   

COncerning these things that you desire to know of me, as of their Manners, and Customs, of the Beasts and Countries adjoining. I have made thereof a particular Book, which by God's help, I will bring with me, wherein I have described, the Country, the monstrous Fishes, the Laws and Customs of Friesland, Iseland, Eastland, the Kingdom of Norway, Estotiland, Dorgio, an the end of the life, of Mr. Nicolo, with his discovery, and the state of Engroneland: I have also written the Life and Acts of Zichmni, a Prince as worthy of Immortal memory, as any that ever lived, for his great vigilancy, and singular humanity: Wherein I have described the discovery of Engroneland, on both sides, and the City he builded; and further, I hope to be with you very shortly to satisfy you by word of mouth.  
All these Letters were written by Mr. Anthony, to Mr. Carlo his brother.   

FOr the more credit and confirmation of the former History of Mr. Nichcolo and Mr. Anthony, which for some few respects, may be called in question. I have hereunto annexed, the judgement of that Famous Cosmographer Abraham Ortelius, or rather the yielding or submitting of his judgement thereunto, who in his Theatrum Ortis, Fol. 6. next after the Map of Mar del Zur, borroweth proof, and authority out of this Relation, to show that the N. E. part of America, called Estotiland, is in the Original always affirmed to be an Island: was about the year, 1390. discovered by the foresaid Venetians, and above 100 years before Columbus set sail for these Western Regions, and that the Northern Seas were even then sailed by our Europian pilate's.  
This writer acknowledging, that Original copies of the Zenijs Letters, were by him careleslly torn in peeec● in his youth, which loss he now grieved at, I doubt in this, he was enforced in many things, to patch up, as his memory would serve, so as there may be some likelihood of untruths, howsoever I do believe, the first Copies were true, though this is subject to mistake.  
To continue antiquity may be to some purpose, seeing there may be some use thereof by the painful Seamen, otherwise it may something satisfy, the never satisfied Curious, who inquire after the beginning of things, and herein Mr. Hakeluits' pains doth deserve great commendations: who recordeth in his English Voyages.  
That Madoc, soon of Oween Guyneth, Prince of North Wales left the Land in contention, between his Brethren, and prepared certain ships with Men and Munition, and sought adventures by Sea, sailing West, leaving the coast of Ireland so far North, that he came to a Land unknown, where he saw many strange things.  
This must needs be some part of this Country, of which the Spaniards affirm themselves to be the first founders since Dannos time, whereupon it is manifest, that this Country was by Brittanies discovered long before Columbus.  
Of Mado●s return there be many fables, but he did return, and declared of the fruitful Countries, he had seen with out Inhabitants, and on the contrary, what barren and wild ground, his Brethren and Nephews, did kill and murder one another for: He prepared a Navy of ships, got with him such Men and Women, as were desirous to live in quiet, and taking leave of his friends, took his journey thither again. Therefore it is to be supposed, that he and his people inhabited part of this Country; for it appeareth by Francis Lopez de Gomara, that in Acuzamill and other places, the people honoured the Cross, whereby it may be gathered, that Christians had been there before the coming of the Spaniards.  
This Madoc arriving again in that West Country, unto the which he came 1170. left most of his people there, and returned back for more of his own Nation, acquaintance, and friends, to inhabit that fair and large Country, went thither again, with 10. sail, as I find noted by Guyten Owen. I am of opinion, that the Land whereunto he came was some part of the West Indies.  
As concerning Sebastian Cabot, I cannot find, that he was any further Northward than the 58. Degree, and so returned along the Land of America to the S. but for more certainty, hear his own Relation to Gal●acius Bu●rigarius, the Pope's Legate in Spain. Understanding, saith he, by reason of the Sphere, that if I should sail by the way of Northwest, I should by a shorter tract come to India; I caused the King to be advertised of my device, who immediately caused two Caravels to be furnished, with all things needful, which was as near as I can remember, in the year 1496. In the beginning of Summer, I begun to sail Northwest, not thinking to find any other Land then that of Cataia, and from thence to come into India.  
But after certain days, I found the Land run to the North which was to me a great displeasure, nevertheless sailing along the Coast, to see if I could find any Gulf that turned, I found the Land still to continue continent, to the 56. Degree under the Pole▪ and seeing that there the Coast turned toward the East, despairing to find the passage, I turned back again, and sailed down by the Coast of that Land toward the Equinoctial. Thus much from himself.  
But hear, how Baptistie Ramusius his Country man, how he flattereth him thus. It's many years, since it was written unto me by Sebastian Cabota our Countryman a Venetian, a Man of great experience and very rare in the Art of Navigation, and the knowledge of cosmography, who sailed along and beyond this Coast of new France, at the charges of Henry the 7. King of England, and he advertised me, that having sailed along time West by North, beyond those Lands into the Latit. of 67. Deg. and ½. under the North Pole; and on the 11. day of june, finding still the open Sea, without any impediment, he thought verily by that way, to have passed on still to Cataia, which is in the East, and would have done it, if the Mutiny of the shipmasters and Mariners, had not hindered, and made him return home, from that place.   

Out of Robert Fabians Chronicle.  
THere is also mention made of john Cabota, Sebastian's Father, by his means, in the 13. year of Henry the Seaventh, at the same King's charge, one ship was victuailed from Bristol, wherein diverse Merchants of London adventured sma stocks, to search for an Island, he said was very Rich and replenished with great Commodities: In his company went from Bristol 3. or 4. small Barks, laden with corpse Cloth, Caps, Laces, Points, and other trifles; they departed the beginning of May, but were not heard of in that Mayor's time.   

Out of the same Chronicle.  
William Purchase being Mayor, three Saluages were taken in New found Land, and brought to the King, 
3. Savages brought home▪  they were clothed in Beasts skins, and eat raw flesh, and spoke such speech, that no man could understand them, and in their demeanour much like to bruit Beasts; of which two years after, I saw two apparelled after the manner of Englishmen in Westminster Parish, I could not discern them from English, until I had learned what they were.   

An Extract taken out of the Map of Sebastian Cabota, cut by Clement adam's.  
IN the year of Grace 1497. John Cabot a Venetian and Sebastian his Son, with an English Fleet, set from Bristol, discovered that Island which before that time, no man had attempted, on the 24. day of June, this Land he called Prima Vesta, that is to say, first seen; that Island lying out before the Land, he called the I'll of St. John: Because he discovered it upon that day of St. John Baptist. The inhabitants of this I'll, use to wear Beasts skins, in their Wars they use Bows, Arrows, Pikes, Darts, Wooden-clubs, and slings: The soil is Barren in some places, and yieldeth little fruit; but is full of white Bears, and Stags, far greater than ours, it yieldeth plenty of Fish, and these very great, as Seals and Sammons, there are Soles of a yard in length, but especially, there is great plenty of that kind of Fish, which the Savages call Baccalaos, there are also bred Hawks and Eagles.   

Another Testimony of the Voyage of Sebastian Caboc, taken out of the third Decade of Peter Martyr of Angleria.  
THe North seas have been searched by one S●bastia● Cabot a Venetian borne, he furnished 2. Ships at his own charge, (and first) with 300. men directed his course, towards the N. Pole, that even in the Month of July, he found monstrous heaps of Ice swimming on the Sea, and in a manner continual day light: Thus seeing these heaps of Ice before him, he was enforced to turn his sails, and follow the W. coasting the shore, he was thereby, brought so far into the South, by reason of the land stretching Southward, that it was there almost equal in latitude with Fretum Herculeum.  
As he traveled by the coasts of this great Land which he named Bacculaos, he saith, he found the like course of waters toward the West, but the same running more soft and gently, than the swift waters, which the Spaniards found in their Navigation southward; wherefore it is not only mo●e like to be true, but aught also of necessity to be concluded, that between both the Lands hitherto unknown, there should be certain great open places, whereby the waters continually pass, from the East, to the West: Which waters I suppose to be driven about the Globe of the Earth, by the incessant Motion and impulsion of the Heavens, and not to be swallowed and cast up again, by the breathing of Demogorgon, as some have imagined; because they see the Sea by increase, and decrease to ebb and flow. Sebastian Cabota himself calls those Land's Bacculaos, because that in those Seas thereabout, he found so great multitude of certain big Fish▪ much like unto Tanis, which the Inhabitants call Bacculaos, and that they sometime stayed his ship. He found the people also of these Regions covered with Beasts skins, he saith also, he saw great plenty of Copper, and this is all of Note out of this Author.   

Francis Lopez de Gomara, out of his General History of the West-Indies.  
HE which brought most certain news of the Country of Bacculaos, saith Gomara, was Sebastian Cabot a Venetian, which rigged 2. ships, at the Cost of Henry the 7. King of England, having great desire to Traffic for the Spices, as the Portugals did; he carried with him 300. men, and took the way towards Iseland, from beyond the Cape of Labrador, until he found himself in 58. Deg. and better, he made relation that in the Month of July, it was so cold and the Ice so great, that he durst not pass any further; the days were very long in manner without night, he returned and refreshed at Bacculaos, and after sailed along the Coast Southward unto 38. Degrees, and from thence he shaped his Course to return into England.    

An abstract of the Courses, Distances, Latitudes, Longitudes, Variations, Depths, and other Observations; as also, the several proceedings, Discoveries, Accidents, and remarkable things of the Captains, Masters, Pilots and others, formerly employed for the search of the Northwest Passage to the East India.  

The History of Sir Martin Frobrishe●s voyage, 1567.  
WAs 15. years in noting and bringing up the Adventure before he did attempt the same, which was brought to pass by the help of the right honourable Ambrose Dudley Earl of Warwick, the Expedition was prosecuted in two small Barks of 25. tons the piece, viz. The Gabriel, and the Michael, and one Pinnace of 10. Tons.  
He departed from Blackwall, june 15. went by the North, 
June 15.  the 15. of july he had sight of a ragged land, he took to be Freezeland▪ dared not approach the same for Ice and Fog, and thereabouts he lost the sight of his small Pinnace by storm; which he thought the Sea had devoured, wherein were only four Men.  
The Michael misliking the matter, slipped back for England, with report, that the Captain was lost at Sea.  
The worthy Captain notwithstanding he had sprung his Mainmast in the storm, proceeded on W. Northwards, and the 20. he had sight of a high land he named Queen Elizabeth's 
July 20.  Forlarnd, and sailing more Northerly along the Coast, descried another Forland with a Gut, Bay or passage Westward: He met great store of Ice along the Coast, was crossed with winds that he could not thwart those straits in few days; he discerns the Ice to be well consumed, either ingulfed therein by Indrafts, or else set so Southwards by Currents; He enters the 21. sails Westwards 50. leagues with land on both sides; imagines the one the main Continent of Asia, the other on larboard the firm land of America, he named the Strait Frobrishers strait. After he had sailed 60. leagues up he went on land, found signs where fire had been made; and Dear so mankind, as he was fain to defend himself against them: The people resort to him in their Canoes of Leather, had like to have stolen his Boat from him before he was aware; they came on Shipboard, brought him Salmon, Flesh and Fish, they appeared to be nimble of their joints 
Savage thiefs Salmon, Flesh, Fish.  and strong; they fall to trade for Fish, Seale, coats of Seal skins, and Bears skins, for bells, looking-glasses, and other toys; they intercept his boat with 5. men, ne'er till this day 
His boat and 5 men lost.  heard of. The Captain by the ringing of a bell entices one of the Savages to him, as though he would give it him, he lets the bell fall into the Sea, as the Savage should have taken it, 
He betrays one Savage.  he takes him by the hand and pulls him with his boat into the Ship: Whereupon in despite, the Savage bit his tongue 
The spite of a Savage.  in twain, yet he lived till he came into England, and then died of cold he had taken at Sea; with this prize he returns for England, arriveth in Harwich the 2. of October.  
He commandeth his Company at their landing in the foresaid Country, to bring away something with them of the 
Possession.  first they could lay their hand upon, in token of possession in the right of Queen Elizabeth.  
Whereupon, some brought Stone, some flowers, some grass, one brought a piece of stone much like to Sea coal in colour, but by weight seemed to be Mettle or Mineral; but as yet not esteemed of, but from the place from whence it came.  
Of this bright Stone he gives a piece (as of something brought from that far Country) to one of his Adventurers wives, who throwing the same into the fire to burn; and after it was quenched with vinegar, it glisteren with a bright Marquesset of Gold; whereupon the matter being called into some question, it was tried by certain Goldsmiths in 
Gold Oare.  London, who upon essay made, gave out that it held Gold, and that very richly for the quantity; and the said Goldsmiths promised great matters, if any quantity thereof could be had, which hopes produced a second Voyage.  
This Voyage they gave names to Sounds, Lands, Bays, Capes, straits, &c, as Elizabeth Forland, Cape Labradore, Gabriels' Island, Prior's Sound, Thomas Williams Island, Bourchers Island: Frobrishers straits. And describes the Country▪ people to be like the Tartars: With long black hair, broad Faces, flat Noses, tawny coloured, wearing Garments of Seals skins. He arrived in Harwich the 2. of October.   

Navigation of Christopher Hall Master, with Frobrisher the first Voyage.  
SEcretary Woollye, was sent from her Majesty, to give charge to the Company of the ship to obey their Captain, and be diligent in all things; he observes at Gravesend and found the. Latitude. 51. deg. 23. min. Variation 11. deg. ●/●.  
Inn 24. he had sight of Fairs Isle: The 25. he had sight of the Swinborne in Shotland, the S. most Cape bears N. N. W. Fairly at the same time W. S. W. sailing from these bearing with Swinborne, he had depth 60. 50. 40. Fathams. 
Lat. 59 46.   
Fairly bearing W. N. W. 6. leagues offryn, he had depth 59 and 46. fathom, and went into Tromius Sound in Shotland to stop a leak.  
14. League's West, Southwards from Fair, I'll he had variation W. 11. deg. 9 min.  
july, 11. He had sight of Friesland sharp pinacled High-Land, 
July. Lat. 61.  Land, and covered with snow; bearing W. N. W. the Captain attempted to get on Land, but could not for great store of Ice: And had no ground at 120. Fatham, sailing from thence 20. league. S. W. observing the Sun in the Meridian 52. deg. judges the variation W. 2. points and a half.  
The 28. was foggy, but at the breaking up thereof, he had sight of Land, supposed Labrado; found great store of Ice about the Land, but he had no ground at 100 Fath. a Cables length 
Great Current.  off shore. And a great Current sets S. W. and N. E.  
1. League ●/●. in the hour, The tide sets to the shore, and thenone great piece of Ice breaking made a noise, as if the Cliff had fallen into the Sea.  
10. The flood sets S. W. along the Land: And it flows so. 
August. A mistake.   
11. Latitude here 63. ●/●. This day they enter the straits, and set sail for Gabriels' Island, then distant 10. Leagues.  
13. They enter within a Sound in a Sandy Bay, the Land bears E. S. E. depth 8. Fatham, a S. E. Moon full Sea; they name this Sound Prior's sound, distant from Grabriels' 10. league.  
16. Calm and fair, in 2. hours the Ice was froze about 
August.  the Ship a quarter of an inch thick.  
The 19 the Captain and he went on shore upon an Island with 8. men, and from the top thereof, they had sight of 7. Boats which came rowing from the East side to the Island, than they returned on shipboard and sent their Boat with 5. men to see which way they took, and so with a white Cloth or waff brought one of their Boats with their men in her along the shore, rowing after the Boat until they see the ship, and then they rowed on shore, and he followed and gave every one of them a thread Point and brought one of them 
Savages come on shipboard.  aboard, where he did Eat, and Drink, and then carried him ashore again; whereupon the rest being 19 Persons came on board, but he could not understand their Language, they be like Tartars, with long black hair, broad faced, flat nosed, and tawny Coloured, wearing Seal skins, and so do the women, nothing differing, but the women in the Face hath blue strokes down the Cheeks, and about the eyes; their 
Women marked.  Boats are made of Seal skins, with a wooden keel within them, much like unto a Spanish shalop, save only they be flat bottomed, and sharp ended.  
20. They went on Land upon the East side of the Island with 4. men more in the Boat, where they see their houses, the people came to them calling (and rowing) one of them came into their Boat, they carried him on board, & gave him a Bell, & a knife, the Captain commanded 5. men to set him on shore in an Island, & not amongst their Company, but they not regarding went to them, who surprised their Boat and themselves▪ 
A Surprise.  never as yet heard of.  
21. The next day, they shot off a Falken-gun, and sounded a trumpet to hear from their men, but were not answered, this morning the Snow was on Foot thick upon the ha●tches.  
22. They went to the place where their men were lost, and had sight of 14. Boats, and some came near them, but they could hear nothing of their men.  
26. Returns homeward, at 8. a clock in the night, was thwart of Gabriels' Isle, and had Cape Labradore as he supposed, W. 10. Leagues off.  
1. Had sight of Friesland 8. league. off, from this day to the 
September.  6. they run along Iseland.  
25. Sight of Orkney.  
1. Anchor at Yarmouth. 
October.    

Sir Martin Frobrisher his 2. Voyage. 1577.  
DEparted from Blackwall the 26. of May, with 3. ships, 
May.  to wit, the Aid of the Queens, burden 180. Tons, the Michael, and the Gabriel, accompanied with 140. Gentlemen, Soldiers, and Sailors, victualled for half a year.  
He went by the North the 7. of June, arrived at Orkney, in 
June.  the Isles of Scotland. 8. He departs from thence, sails betwixt W. and N. W. until the 4. of July, 26. days sail; from thence they meet with much Drift-wood, as they suppose from New found Land: And driven over with the Current, which they say, sets from the W. to the East.  
The 4. of july, they had sight of Friesland, 10. or 12. leagues off, and great store of Ice, 30. or 40. Fatham above water, they 
July.  supposed on ground; though they could scarce sound the bottom for depth. The General attempteth to go on Land but cannot: they coast it 4. days; sees no sign of habitation.  
Yet by Birds which in Fogs had lost the land & came to the Ships; they suppose the Country to be more habitable within, then outward shore maketh show or signification.  
The 8. they depart from thence. 16. He comes to the making of the Land, named the year before by him, the Queen's Forland, being as they judge it, an Island lying near the supposed continent of America: Another Island lying upon the Asian side, called Hall's Island; betwixt which two Lands, goeth in Frobrishers straits, or the unknown passage into the Sea of Sur. He doth suppose that the Ice of this Coast is carried by some contrary E. or W. tide or current, upon the Coast of Freezland: causing that Country to be far more intemperate; than other countries far more North.  
At their first entrance, they found the Strait mured with Ice, the Captain with his Pinnace passed twice through, before he durst hazard in the great Ships.  
They go on land, the people seemed to be joyful thereof, they embrace▪ and the Captain laid hands on them; but they escape through nimbleness▪ and defends themselves with their bows and Arrows; he took one, all the rest escaped.  
They put their Ships into the straits all full of Ice, they made 14. bourds in one watch, to refrain the Ice, the lightness of the night did them much comfort and help for sight, and this hazard they made for safeguard of their Captain and Master who were on land.  
17. Being the day following, the Capt. came on board with report of great riches hid in the bowels of that Continent.  
Within 3. or 4. days after, they had been in the straits, 
July.  the W. and N. W. winds dispersed the Ice. The 19 they enter without impediment. The 20. they found a good harbour, 
jackman Mrs. Mate.  and names it jackmans' Sound, anchoring the Ships there.  
The General marches up into the land, taketh possession in the Queen's name, and employs his men about the business they came thither for.  
Whilst they continued in this harbour, they kept watch continually with boats and ropes ready to hale and tow away the Ice, which otherwise might have driven thwart the Ships with Ebb and flood.  
The General finds not commodity answerable to his Expectation in the supposed America: leaves the Ships; coasts on to the supposed Asia, the stones on land and Sand in Sea sparkle like Gold on both sides, (if all be Gold that glisters) upon the West shore they found a dead Fish floating, it proved by the horn to be a Sea Unicorn; the Spiders put therein 
Sea Unicorn.  died.  
The General in further search, finds Gold oar as he supposed, with a good harbour, and returns to the Ships; by the way he espies a Tent covered with Seal skins, the people was fled, he leaves glasses, bells, and knives, therein; only took one Dog and nothing else; leaves a letter, with 
They took a Dog.  pen, ink and paper, for his men to write (which was taken from him the last year) if they were living.  
Their men march up again, and found their Tents were removed to the foreside of the Bay, they fled by Sea; our 
A conflict.  men encompass them both by land and Sea, they defend themselves with bows & Arrows, and fiercly assault our men: We wounded 3. with our Arrows, who perceiving themselves hurt desperately, leapt from the Rocks into the sea and drowned 
A woman and ●●●ld taken.  themselves. The rest escaped by flying into the Mountains, only▪ women stayed, the one for Age, the other having had a Child, was brought on Shipboard being shot through the hair of her head but her child was shot through the arm, which the Chirurgeon endeavouring to cure, she plucked off the 
Barbarous Surgery.  applied salves, and like a Dog, with licking, healed up the Child's arm.  
The man Savage formerly taken and she brought together, every man with silence desired to behold the manner of their meeting, the which was more worth the beholding then can well be expressed; At their first sight they beheld each the other very wistly a good space, without speech or word uttered, with great change of Colour and Countenance, as though it seemed the grief of their Captivity had taken away the use of their tongues, the Woman at first very suddenly, as though she disdained or regarded not the man, turned away, and began to sing as though she minded another matter, but being again brought together, the Man broke up the silence first, and with a stern and stayed countenance, began to tell a long solemn tale to the woman, whereunto she gave good hearing, and interrupted him nothing till he had finished, and afterwards being grown into more familiar acquaintance by speech, they were turned together, so that I think the one would hardly have lived without the comforts of the other, and for so much as we could perceive; albeit they lived continually together, yet they did never use as man and wife, though the woman spared not to do all necessary things that appertain to a good huswife, i●defferently for them both; as in making clean their Cabin, and in every other thing appertaining to his ease. For when he was sick, she would make him clean, and kill and slay the dogs for their eating, and dress his meat. Only I think it worth 
Slavage Modesty.  the noting, the continency of them both, for the man would never shift himself, except he had first caused the woman to depart out of his Cabin, and they both were most shamefast, lest any of their privy parts should be discovered, either of themselves or of any other.  
This Bay was named York Sound: The point Bloody Point.  
Our men returned to their Tents (seeing there was no hope to bring them to Civility) & made spoil of them; wherein they found an old shirt, a doublet, a Girdle, and shoes of the men lost the last year.  
This done they return again to their Ship. And the third 
August.  day they depart from this supposed America: The fourth, they came to the General in a fair harbour on the East side, which they named the Countess of Warwick's Sound; In this place, they fully intent to ●ade with the supposed gold Mineral, to countervail the charge of their first and this second Voyage.  
The Inhabitants come to them again, and make show that 3. of the 5. men are alive, making signs for pen and ink, and that within three or four days they would return, and bring those that were living.   

Sir Martin Frobrisher his Letter to the English Captains, taken the last year in Meta Incognita.  
IN the Name of GOD in whom we all believe, who I trust hath preserved your bodies and Souls amongst those Infidels, I commend me unto you, I will be glad to seek by all means you ca● device for your deliverance, either with force or with any Commodities within my ships, which I will spare for your sakes, or any thing else I can do for you; I have on board of theirs a man, a woman, and child, which I am contented to deliver for you, but the man of theirs which I carried away the last year is dead in England; moreover you may declare unto them, that if they deliver you not, I will not leave a man alive in their Country: And thus if one of you can come to speak with me, they shall have either the man, woman or child, in pawn for you; and thus unto God whom ● trust you do serve, In hast I leave you to him, we will daily pray for you, this Tuesday morning the 7. of August.  
Yours to the utmost of my poor. MARTIN FROBRISHER.   

I have sent you by these bearers, Pen, Ink and Paper to write back again, if persoally you can, come to satisfy me of their estate.  
Here their Captive being on shore, set up 5. small sticks in a Circle one by another, with a small bone placed in the midst, they conceited thereby, he would give his Countrymen to understand, that for 5. men betrayed the last year he was taken prisoner, which he signified by the bone in the midst; for afterwards, we showed him the Picture of his Countryman which the last year was brought into England, whose counterfeit was drawn with his Boat and furniture, both as he was in his own and also English apparel, he was upon the sudden much amazed thereat, and beholding advisedly the same with silence a good while, as though he would strain courtesy, whether should begin the speech (for he thought him no doubt, a living creature) at length began to question with him, as with his Companion, and finding him dumb and mute, seemed to suspect him as one disdainful, and would with a little help have grown into choler at the matter, until at last by feeling and handling, he found him but a deceived Picture, and than with great noise and cries ceased not to wonder, thinking that we could make men live or dye at our pleasure.  
They also make signs they have a King carried on men's 
A King.  shoulders, a man far surpassing any of ours in bigness and stature. It may be thought they are used to traffic with some other Nation; yet for all this fair dealing they lay lurking to betray our men, with diverse signs and raw flesh, which we got, and it served for meat for the man and woman, whose stomaches as yet could not digest the Ships victuals; One amongst them counterfeited himself ●ame, who being shot at with a Calliver to affright him, he presently took to his legs and run away; but in all this time they cannot hear of their men.  
Their weapons are Bows, Arrows, slings and darts, they have 2. sorts of Boats, the one is for one man and close decked, shaped like a Weavers shuttle; the other open and will carry 
Great Canoes.  14. men more or less; and planckt with Seal skins.  
It is thought that their habitation in Winter is far within the land, and that they abide here in Summer only to live upon Fish.  
The 24. of August after they had satisfied their minds and laden their Ships, they depart, falls with the lands end of England and puts into Milford haven in the Admiral.  
The 2. barks were separated at Seaby storm; the one arrived at Bristol: the other came about Scotland, and arrived safely at Yarmouth. In this voyage they lost two men; Queen Elizabeth named the land Meta incognita.   

Things Remarkable in this second Voyage.  
THey are men of large Corporature, good proportion, and of colour not much unlike the Sunne-burnt Country man. They wear their hair something long, cut disorderly before, their women wear their hair long, knit up with two loops, some of them Races their cheeks, chins, and faces, whereupon they lie a colour like dark Azure.  
They eat all their meat Raw, as flesh, fish, fowl, or but lightly parboiled, with water and blood they will eat Ice as we do Sugar.  
For necessity, they will eat grass like bruit beasts, without table or stool, and when their hands are imbrued in blood they lick them clean with their tongues.  
They yoke their Dogs for use, as we do Oxen, and when they grow old they fatten them to eat, and if they die they do the like.  
They apparel themselves in skins of Beasts & Fowl, sowed together with the sinews thereof, to defend them from cold.  
They make their apparel with hoods and tails, which tails they bestow as favours to ratify any friendship shown them, the men's garments are not so long as the women's.  
They wear their hose close to their legs, from the waist to the knee without any opening before, as well the one kind as the other, upon their legs they wear hose of leather, with the fur-side inward 3. pair at once, especially the women, in these hose they put their necessaries they carry about them, they put also a bone into their hose from the foot to the knee, whereon their hose being drawn are held up in place of garters.  
They dress their skins very soft and supple with hair on, in winter they wear the skin-side inwards, in Summer outward, other apparel they have none.  
Their beasts, fishes, and fowls, are all their meat, drink, apparel, houses, bedding; and all their Riches.  
Their houses are tents covered with skins, pitched with quarters four square, meeting at tops sewed together with sinews, their entrance is always over against the Sun.  
They have other sorts of houses which they found not to be inhabited, raised with stones and Whale bones, and covered with skins, the entering not unlike unto an ovens mouth, which they frequent during their hunting time, and so leaves them until they come thither again.  
They have 2. sorts of Boats, the one only for one man the other for 16. men, they kill all their fish and flesh with darts, and it may be thought, they repair to some other place to live in winter farther from the Sea side, they will eat their flesh and fish, smell it never so filthily, what knowledge they have of God or what Idol they adore is unknown, they make signs of people that wear bright plates of Gold in their foreheads. The Country is high and mountainous, great quantity of snow lying thereon, there is little plain ground and no grass, but that which is like unto moss growing upon soft ground such as we get turf upon. There is no wood at all. There is great quantity of Deer, their skins like unto Asses, their heads or horns do far exceed any, both in length and breadth of those Countries, their feet are great as Oxen which measured were 7. or 8. inches in breadth, their are also Hares, Wolves, fishing-Beares, and sundry sorts of Sea fowl.   

The 3. Voyage of Sir Martin Frobrisher, this Voyage the Queen gave him a Chain of Gold.  
Articles to be observed in his Fleet.  
1. INprimis to banish Swearing, Dice, and Card playing, and filthy Communication, and to serve GOD twice a day with the ordinary service used in the Church of England, and to clear the glass according to the old order of England.  
2. The Admiral shall carry the light, and after his light be once put out no man to go on head of him, but every man to fill his sails to follow as near as they may, without endangering one another.  
3. That no man shall by day or night depart further from the Admiral than the distance of one English mile, and as near as they may, without endangering one another.  
4. If it chance to grow thick, and the wind contrary either by day or night, that the Admiral be forced to cast about, before her casting about she shall give warning by shooting off a piece, and to her shall answer the Vide-admiral, and the Rear-admiral, each of them with a Piece, if it be by night or in a fog, and that the Vide-admiral shall answer first and the Rear-admiral last.  
5. That no man in the fight descrying any sail, or sails, give upon any occasion any Chase before he have spoken with the Admiral.  
6. That every night all the Fleet come up and speak with the Admiral, at 7. of the clock or betwixt that and eight, and if the weather will not serve them all to speak with the Admiral, than some shall come to the Vide-admiral, and receive the order of their course from Mr. Hall. chief pilot of the flight, as he shall direct them.  
7. If to any man in the flight there happeneth any mischance, they shall presently shoot off 2. pieces by day, and by night 2. pieces, and show 2. lights.  
8. If any man in the night come up and hail his fellow knowing him not, he shall give him his watch word, Before the world was God, the other shall answer him if he be one of our flight, After God came Christ his Son, so that if any be found amongst us not of our company, he that first discryeth any such sail or sails, shall give warning to the Admiral by himself or other that he can speak unto, that sails better than he, being ne●rer unto him.  
9 That every ship in the fleet in the time of Fogs, which continually happen with little winds and most calms, shall keep a reasonable noise with Drum and Trumpet, or otherwise to keep themselves clear one of the other.  
10. If it fall so thick and misty, that we lay to Hull, the Admiral shall give warning with a piece, and putting out▪ lights one over the other, to the end that every man may take in his sails, and at his setting of sails again do the like if it be not clear.  
11. If any man discover Land by night, that he give like warning that he doth for mischances, 2. lights and 2. pieces; if it be by day one piece, and put out his flag, and strike all sails he hath abroad.  
12. If any ship shall happen to lose company by force of weather, than any such ship or ships, shall get him into the Latitude of— and so keep that Latitude until they get Fri●land, they shall get them into the Latit. of— and to the North of— and being once entered into the straits, all such ship or ships shall every watch shoot off a good piece, & look out well for smoke and fire, which those that get in first shall make every night, until all the fleet become together.  
13. That upon the sight of an Ensign, in the Mast of the Admiral, a piece being shot off, the half fleet shall repair to the Admiral, to understand such conference, as the General is to have with them.  
14. If any chance to meet with any Enemy, that 4. ships shall attend upon the Admiral, viz. The Francis of Foy▪ the Moon, the Bark Dynnis, and the Gabriel; and 4 upon my Lieutenant General in the Judeth. viz. The Hopewell, the Ar●enall, the Bear, and the Salamander; & the other 4. upon the Vice-admiral, the Anne Francis, the Thomas of Ipswich, the Emanuel, and the Michael.  
15. If there happen any disordered person in the flight, that he be taken and kept in safe custody until he may conveniently be brought aboard the Admtrall, there to receive such punishment as his or their offence shall deserve. 
120. Persons appointed to inhabit Metaincognita: 3 Ships was appointed to be left for the use of the Inhabitants.   
He departed from Harwich the 31. of May, 1578. with 15. Ships, having given that Instructions for ordering of his fleet as well for civil government as direction.  
He goes by the West; the 6. of june he had sight of Cape Clear sailing towards the N. W parts from Ireland.  
A great Current from S. W. carried them 1. point to the N. E. of their course, which current seemed to him to continue its course towards Norway. 
Freezeland.   
The 20. of june, the General descries land, and being Frezeland, names it West England, he goes on shore, and finds a good harbour for Ships, the people ●led; they judge it part of Meta incognita, or Groneland, their boats and apparel are all alike with those of Meta incognita; they found in their Tents, a box of small Nails, red herrings, and diverse carved things, so as they judge them to be civil people, and Artificers 
June.  or else to have trade with those that are.  
23 They depart from thence, and names a certain cliff for some resemblance Charing cross, they meet with much ye, many Whales and fogs.  
The Salamander a ship of his Flight struck upon a Whale, with full stem being under courses and Bonnets, he makes an ugly noise and two days after they found a dead Whale, supposes 
July.  it the same.  
The 2. they had sight of the Queen's Forland, they bear in all day, had much Ice, at night they were entered the Sreight all overcome with Ice; not froze there, but driven by the winds violence. The writer conceives the Mary glaciale to be a conjecture. 
It flows 10. Fatham.   
And that no salt Sea can be froze over with Ice, and in these place where it doth ebb and flow above 10. Fathames.  
And the Ice he met at Sea 1000 Miles from land, all which congealed upon fresh water; he concludes they were froze in bays and rivers, and not in the Sea.  
This Ice doth shut together with wind, and open at the shifting or change thereof as in other places, so as it is passable.  
The Bark Dennis struck upon a Rock: The ship sunk, the men were saved by their boats; therein were much of the house drowned, which the men appointed to winter, should have lived in Meta incognita. Amidst the Ice a storm takes them at S. E. some takes in sails and hulls, that had room; others make fast to the Ice others send off Ice with poles, oars, junkes, oaken boards, and the like; so as all were put to it: Yet for all this, their ship sides, and waeles were sore torn and bruised.  
The next day, the wind changed W. N. W. the Ice dispersed, they go to Sea and meets 4. more of their Company, who had all kept the Sea, during the S. E. storm, they resolve to keep the Sea until the Sun dissolve, or the wind dispierce the Ice out of the strait.  
7. They cast about inward again, had sight. Of what Land it should be there was difference of opinions; Through 
Current N. E  the thick mists, and by snow newly fallen, the habit of the Land was altered: Thinking they had been to the N. E. of Frobrishers straits. Then coming from Land by a Current coming from thence along the Coast, they were carried to S. W. off the Queens Forland, more miles than they thought possible  
Here they make a piece of Land, for Mount Warwick, yet wonders how they should be so far shot within the strait without their knowledge, how be it they confessed they found a swifter course of flood, than hitherto they had observed; And here their Ships were whirled about in a moment, 
Whirlpool.  lying a Hull as though they had been in a Whirlpool, the waters making no less noise to be heard a far off, than the waterfall of London bridge.  
Here they could have no observation, the General sends to the Ships to know their chiefest opinions; Christopher Hall chief Pilot said, he had never seen that coast before, nor could not make it for any part of Frobrishers straits, although the land did lie and trent alike. 
July.   
The 10. the weather continued thick and dark, and the fleet dispersed, they were doubtful whether to set to Sea, or to follow a doubtful course in a Sea, Bay, or Straight, they knew not, or stand a long an unknown coast, where they could not discern dangers for dark mists and thick weather.  
Whereupon some betook themselves to Sea, as thinking that the safest Course, others followed the General, within that doubtful and unknown straits above 60. leagues, having always a fair Continent upon the Starboard, and a continuance of an open Sea before them, so as if it 
This doth argue that this Straight doth go through Groeneland into Fretum Davis.  had not been for the gathering of his fleet again; as also their lading of Ore, he both would and could have gone into the Mare del Sur, for the further they sailed, the less Ice, and 50. leagues within this Straight was none at all.  
This straight hath also a great Indraft; for by the foresaid current, the floating wrack of the bark Dyoniss lost at the Queen's Forland, was brought thither along the Coast, and by the Indraft drawn in there, it being many miles distant.  
They do also affirm out of some of their best mariners observation, that in this straight, the ●lood-tyde doth run 9 hours, and ebb 3. which may well come to pass by force of the current coming from the E. and butting upon that coast, may enforce the tide into all indrafts and rivers, with longer flow, until the force of the ebb, receiving his strength from the West Sea, do resist it, the Sea will not according to the saying.  Naturam expellas furca● licit usqui recurrit. 
Also they observed upon this Coast, that lying a Hull, 25. 
This 15. league. was to the E. from Land; and this hullling must be near some indraft. If so▪ I am persuaded, the S. part of Groenland is all Lands.  leagues off Land, the wind blowing trade they were brought to within two leagues thereof contrary to expectation.  
This part of the Country, they hold to be more populous, and fruitful than any discovered before: And better stored with grass, fowl, and wild Beasts. And here they see greater Boats than before, and of the contents of 20. persons; And they think that being 60. league. up the soresaid strait, they saw Land on Larboard.  
To return back again the same way out of this straight, along the supposed backside of the Continent of America: at the Queen's Forland; he espies a Gut to go through in Frobrishers straits, sends the Gabriel through, who meets again in the straight, so the Queen's Forland proved an Island.  
They anchor in the straight, at a Land they named Hattons' Head-land, where they met 7. of their ships, and stays for the rest. The 26. they had a cruel storm of wind and snow which dispersed their Fleet, and were most cruelly weatherbeaten.  
The 2. of August, all the Fleet arrived except 4. and harbours nee●e Mount Oxford. The 6. day they got up as high as Leicester point. Then they hold a Consultation for inhabiting but doth not. 1. ship they had lost then as they thought but she came home without doing any thing. Therest searches for Ours and finds one, calls it Bests blessing, after his own name, that found it, but in bringing their ship thereto, she grounded upon a Rock & half dried; So as they were forced to underprop her with their main yard, and thereby escaped the danger which they might otherwise have fallen into.  
Now the Fleet being all laden and ready, they furnish up a little house with Bells, Babies, Pictures of men and women, Glasses, Whissles, Pipes, with an oven with baked bread, & left it to the Natives. And upon the last of August, the whole Fleet was ready to depart, but a cruel storm took them, some at Sea; some at anchor in Sounds: The Buss was fain to seek a new way to Sea through a Sound she rid in upon the backside of Bear sound; and got to Sea to the N. of Frobrishers straits; but the General came home in the Gabriel and could not get aboard his own ship the Aid.  
The Buss coming home, found an Island in 57d, and a half sailed a long 3. days, and saith, it is a fruitful Champion country, and woody.  
The Buss fell on the South of Freezeland, the 8. of September, they steered from thence S. E. and by S. until the 12. when they descried land 5. leagues off: The S. W. part bore S. E. by E. the Northermost, N, N, E. or N, E. the Master accounted the S. E. point of Freezland was then from him N. W. by N. 
If this Island were found again there is great store of F●●h about ●●.  50. league. he accounts this Island to be 25. leagues long S. E. and N. W. the S. side is in 57 ●/●. they had sight of it 28. hours, they opened 2. harbours therein, the Master did account himself 50, leagues S. E. by S. from Freezeland, when he first discovered this land; there died about 40. persons upon this voyage.  
It is to be observed in these Voyages, That these are but Histories, and that they did not know whether they saw Asia and America or no, as I am sure they did not, nor know in what land they were; yet for certain they were at Meta Incognita, otherwise Groneland. I think they meant, to have kept this golden Country to themselves; for the courses, distance, latitude, longitude, variation, and other marine observations herein is none, only one Latitude of 63. 8. min. the entrance of Frobrishers straits; and Freezeland they have placed in 61. deg. with this new Island, the Buss is in 37d. and a half Northern Latitude.  
There is Bears, Hares, Foxes, and innumerable of Sea-Fowle, where of his men killed in one day 15. hundred, he found of Guinea beans in their tents of colour Red, the Inhabitants are good markemen with their darts, for the most part they will strike a Duck in the eye, but altogether in the head.   

The first Voyage of Captain john D●vis of Sandruge in Devonshire 1585. to the North-West.  
He departed from Darmouth the 7. day of june, with 2. 
Thought to find it betwixt Frobrishers 62 and C●bots, 58. as I suppose.  Barks, viz. the Sunshine of 50. tons 23. persons, and the Moonshine of 35. tons, 17. persons; he put into Falmouth the 8. and remained there until the 13. he went by the West.  
14. He puts into Si●●ey and had contrary winds until the 
June.  28, in his course N. Westward he see many Whales and Porpoises, they killed a Darly-head or porkfish which eat as sweet as any Mutton.  
The 19 they fall into a great whirling or brisling of a tide 
July.  setting to Northwards, and they heard a mighty roaring of the Sea, as if it had been the breach of some Shore, the weather was fog and mist, they launch a boar to sound, but finds no ground at 300. fathoms, and found the roaring to be the Sea and Ice beating together.  
The 20. they descried land, the most deformed that ever was seen, it seemed like the form of Sugar loafes, over-to●ping the Clouds and covered over with snow, the shore belaid with Ice, a league off he names this Land Desolation.  
The 21. they perceived themselves imbaid very deep, and great store of Ice, to the N. N. E. W, and S. W. they cleared themselves by running S. S. W. along the shore.  
The Captain attempts to land but could not for Ice, they 
This water came from land for certain.  try for fish but could get none, the water was black and thick like to a standing pool, here were many Seals.  
They see woods on land like to those on New found land, they had great store of float-wood upon the Coast, they took up one Tree 60. foot long and 14. hands about, they bend their course to South with intent to double the Land.  
The 23. they coast the land which did lie E. N. E and W, S. W.  
The 24. they coast the Land lying E. and W. not able to come near shore for Ice the weather something thick and cold, the allowance of victual was increased, so as 5. men had every morning ●/●. pound of bread and one can of beer to breakfast, the weather like April in England, but when the wind blew from land or Ice it was cold, but when it came of the Sea it was very hot.  
They depart from this land, sails N. Westward above 4. days; 29. they descry land in 64. 15. bearing N. E. the ay●e and sea clear and temperate, he stands with land, espies many fair sounds and harbours and many Inlets into the land, he judges this land to be a number of Lands, he anchors, goes on land, finds where the inhabitants had been, he finds also a Shoe, pieces of Leather sowed with seams, and pieces of fur, and wool like to Beaver. 
Wool like Beaver.   
The Country people come to him, he causes his Musicians to play wherein they took great delight, and falls a dancing, at night he comes a board, they all depart.  
The 30. in the morning came 30. Canoes by the Ship, calls 
The Savages came.  them to land, and they both make protestation by clapping on their breasts and pointing to the Sun, they become familiar, they will sell their clothes from their backs, with the buskins, hose and gloves made of Seal skins and bird skins, the leather well dressed and artificially sowed; They had one pair of 
Leather well dressed.  Buskins full of wool like Beaver, they are very tractable, void of subtlety, and easy to be brought to civility, he thinks they worship the Sun.  
During their stay here, they found a reasonable quantity of wood, as Fur, Spruce, and junupir, which had floated thither. They saw abundance of Seals in Shoales, as it had all been fish, the cliffs was such as Sir Martin Frobrisher brought from Meta Incognita: There was diverse flowers, 'Slud or Muscovia-glasse, 
Muscovy-glasse  they found an herb growing upon the Rocks whose fruit was sweet, full of red luyce, the ripe ones were 
A red Berry.  like Currans, they judge the people to have store of Furs, 
Store of Furs  they make show after they see he would have skins and furs, that they would go into the Country and fetch such things as they had, but the wind coming fair he came away.  
The first of August they proceeded N. N. W. for the discovery.  
The 6. he descried land in 66. 40. min. void of Ice, he anchors 
August.  & in a bay near a fair Mount, the Cliffs thereof as orient as Gold: He names it Mount Raleigh, the road Totnes-road, the Sound encompassing the road Exe●ers Sound, the N. Forland Dyers Cape, the S. Forland or cheeks of the Sound Cape Walsingham; He espies 4. white Bears, and kills one first, and two afterwards.  
The next day they kill a Bear, the sore-paw was 14. inches 
A huge Bear killed.  over, this Coast was Mountainous without wood, or any thing growing thereon; the air was very temperare.  
The 8. he sets sail from Mount Raleigh, and Coasts along S. S. W.  
The 9 his men complained their allowance was too small, 
Allowance augmented.  it was augmented to 5. men 4. l. of bread a day, 12. quarts of beer, 6. New-land fishes, and on the flesh day one gill of Pease more, but Butter and Cheese, was restrained from them.  
The 11. he comes to the South-most Cape of this Land, he named it the Cape of God's mercy; the weather foggy, he Coasts thee N. side, and at the fogs up-breaking, he was entered into a fair passage in some places 20. league. broad; tolerable weather, void of Ice, the Sea of the nature, colour and quality of the main Ocean.  
Hear he hath great hope of a passage, sails 60. league. N. N. W. discovers certain Lands in the midst: but passage on both sides, he divides both the ships, the one sails on the N. 
Fog in a strange strait.  side the other on the S. where they stayed 5. days with S. E. wind, fog and foul weather.  
14. They go on Land, find signs of people, and tame dogs with collars about their necks; a bone in their Pizzles, and are used to trail sleds which they found, like ours; one made of Fur, spruce, and oaken boards; the other of Whale-bone. They had hung upon the top of these sleds, the heads of 3. Beasts they had killed. They found other trifles nothing worth, but only to show that the people had lately been there, but they find this place all Lands with great Sounds passing betwixt them. And here they found whales coming 
Whales▪  from the Western Sea; and to the Eastward they had not seen one.  
As they were rowing into a Sound lying S. W. suddenly there came a violent Countercheck of a tide from S. W. 
Tide from S. W. flowed 6. or 7. Fathams.  against the flood which they came with; but sounding, they could have no ground here at 300. fathoms. It flowed uppe and down 6. or 7. fathoms, and they could not perceive from whence it was maintained: If care had been taken at their entrance into this Straight, they might easily have resolved themselves.  
The 21. they coast the S. shore, they see many Sounds.  
The 23. they enter into a fair Sound, at the S. entrance of this Straight in 25. fathom green Ose.  
The 26. they depart from the sight of the N. land of this entrance, directing their course homewards.  
The 10, he had sight of Desolation. 13, He departs from sight thereof; the 27, he had sight of England; and the 30, he came into Dartmouth.   

The Observation.  
He set forth from England, june 28, his furthest was 66▪ d. 40. N. latitude, he sails then N, W. into a passage 60. league. upon the America side, as was then supposed and found no hindrance; yet he returns homewards the 21. of August: He was the first we know of, that ever was on the Westside of Groenland, or sailed so far West in that parallel.  
He discovered upon Groenland-side, from Desolation to 64. 15, min. and on the Westside from 66. 40. to the Southside of his new Entrance, and returned home safely.   

Captain john Davis, his second Voyage. 1587.  
HE departed from Dartmouth with 4. ships, viz. The Mermaid 
May 7.  100 Tons, the Sunshine 60. tons, the Moonshine 35. tons, the North-star 10. tons.  
The 15. discovers land in 60. deg. and in longitude from the 
June.  Meridian of London 47. mightily pestered with Ice and snow, from land the Ice lay in some places 10. 20. 50. leagues; he was constrained to bear back into 57 deg. to acquit the Ice.  
The 29. he meets land in 64. and in longitude from London, Meridian 58. 30. for diverse reasons he bears into this known harbour, and to set up his Pinnace; he finds many goodly harbours, with high land little troubled with snow, and sea altogether void of Ice; he sends his Boats to search before the ships for shoale-water to anchor in. The Country people come to them with cries and shouts; but after they espied some of the Company, whom they knew before, they came to their boats and hung upon them with great joy. The Captain with diverse others goeth on Land. The people come to him with dancing and leaping; and made signs, they knew all those that had been there the year before: At this present, there were 18. of them to whom he gave to every one a knife; they offered him skins, but he showed them that he bestowed them in courtesy, and so dismissed them; with signs that they should return in 4. hours.  
The people repair to him the next day, and brought with 
The people bring Skins for trade.  them the skins of Seals, Stags, white Hares, Seale-fish, Salmon-peale, small Cod, dry Caplin, with other fish, and Birds.  
He sent to search their habitation with command that no hurt should be offered, they find Tents framed upon wood, covered with Seal skins; they find therein dry Caplin, bags of Train oil, and Seal skins in tan-tubbs.  
He man's his Boat attended with 50. Cannoes', intending to view the Country, the people very carefully help him up and down the steep Rocks. In leaping, our men outstripped them, in wrestling they cast our best wrestler that had both 
They found them to have both skill and strength.  skill and strength.  
In a certain Island they found a grave wherein men lay buried covered over with Seal skins, and a Cross laid over them; they be people of good stature, broad-faced, every time they come they make new truce by pointing to the Sun, and crying Eleo●t, striking upon their breast. He takes them to be Idolaters and witches: They are simple in all their conversation; but very thievish in stealing of Iron; of which they make great account; They in the end began to show their Nature in cutting of Cables, their Boat from their stern●; 
They gave them knives but not for that purpose.  and their clothes where they laid to air.  
They also stole their Oars, a Calliver, a Boar spear, a sword, whereupon they broke the Peace, by shooting off a Musket and a Falcon, at which noise they all departed with great fear. They returned again within 10. hours, to entreat peace which was immediately granted, they brought Seal skins and Salmon-peale, but seeing Iron they could not forbear to steal; they eat their meat raw, drink salt water, and eat grass and ye with delight.  
Their weapons are for the most darts; but some have Bows and Arrows, and slings, with their Nets, made of whale-fynne, with which they do artificially catch fish with. They have war with some other Nation or Inland people; for many of them are wounded; He had amongst them Copper Ore▪ black Copper, and red Copper; thinking to search 
Oars of black, and red Copper.  the habitation of this Country in his Pinnace, he entered a large River and went on Land to discover, but the high Mountains hindered his prospect. He gathers Muscles for his supper, and took harbour for that night under the Rocks: where he see a mighty whi●le wind, taking up the water in great 〈…〉 for the ●pace of 〈…〉 hours' without any intermission. To conclude, he found this not to be firm Land but mighty Rivers and Sounds, and Throughlets between 
Meaning the E. Sea, and Fretum D●●●  vast and desert Lands: with passage between Sea and Sea; he returns to his ship.  
In his absence the people had stolen an Anchor, and with sli●gs had thrown stones into the ship of half a pound weight, he seemed to the Inhabitants to take no notice of the injury done him, he tills them on land, giveth them bracelets and other 
Yet much desirous o●●r●●e.  toys, and entices 7. or 8. on board, some of them goes into the main top.  
After Sunset they begin again to assault them, with stones in slings into the Moonshine, and with one stone struck the Boatswain, that he overthrew him.  
The 11. they came to make a new truce, the Ringleader of the mischief was one; the truce made they take one prisoner, 
A Savage ●aken.  who pointed to his fellows to bring the things that were stolen, and he should be enlarged unto them.  
The wind within an hour came fair, they brought the fellow away. One of his consorts came and followed, talking to him; at length they took leave, making great lamentation: The prisoner spoke 4. or 5. words to the other clapping his hands upon his face; the other doing the like, they depart. This prisoner in few days grew a pleasant Companion, trimmed up his darts, and fishing tools, made Okum, and would lay his hand upon a Rope to hail, his meat was first dry Caplin, they had taken there in their Tents; when it was done he eat poor John.  
The 14. of this Month one man died: the rest were in 
july.  good Health. The 17. in the Latit. of 63. ● min. he fell with a huge Island of Ice in one entire Mass; So big as they could not draw the limits, with Bay and Capes, and like huge Cliffs as he took it, to be Land at first. And in this place he had stickle and strong Currents. No other but what the Ice made being forced through the water by the winds, and drawing so much water as they be either on ground or near. Also, as his motion doth trouble and alter the waters true course, which causeth the Tides to edy, being near it; as Lands in the Sea standing in the Flood, or Ebbs way, will do the like. He Coasts to S. off this Ice until the 30. of july, and saith, ti was such a Bar to his proceedings, as all his hopes were banished. The 24. all his Ropes were frozen: By a gross fog his men begin to grow sick, and feeble; and told him he ought in Conscience to regard the safety of his own life and preservation of others: and not through his overboldness to leave their Widows and Fatherless children to give him bitter curses; (leave these excuses and come home Davis, come home:) besides, the great Ship was too great and unwieldy to discover withal; besides her charge was 100 pound a month; So with diverse other excuses he sends her homewards, and with the Moonshine made shift to steer E, S, E. from the Ice to seek the next Land.  
The first of August, he sees land in 66, 33. Longitude from London 70. deg. here he graves the Moonlight (that had been forth but 3. months) in a very good road he finds this land to be all Lands, with Sea on E, on W, on N. but a Musk●ta stung him grievously; the people here sends him a Seal driving with the tide, which they had boyd up with bladders.  
The people trade with him for skins as the others did, and are in all things a like, but in pronunciation of language more plain, and not hollow in the throat. Their Savage kept him close, and made signs to them to get him a Companion.  
Here he left the Mermaid at Anchor the 12, day and sails W, above 50, leagues, sees land in 66, 19, this land is 70, leagues from the other, he anchors by an Island of Ice from clock 9, to 3, in the morning.  
The 15. he departs this land to the South, sails until the 
He finds many passages but attempts none.  18, and then he sees land N, W a fair Promontory in 65, and no land to Southward; here he had great hope of a Passage: He sails still southwards and sees Land S, W, and by S. the 17. by observation he was in 64, 20, m. he had sailed by Cha●t and precise account 15, leagues S, by W, yet upon observation 
Sail more E. & come home then▪  he found it S, W. so as he saith, it was by a Western Current.  
August, 19 it fell snow and foul weather, they lie at h●ll all Night within 5. leagues of land.  
The 20. the weather breaks up, they bear in with land and got into a harbour close for all weathers▪ they go on land and can discern it to be all Lands, they come away in the afternoon with a N. E. wind fair weather, shapes 
Now Davis is coming home  their course to the South, whereby they may discover the passage.  
They coast the land until the 28. finding it still to continue 
In 56. great store of Codfish.  to the S. from 67. to 57 he sees marvelous store of Sea fowl, as Gulls and others, he tries for fish, in one glass kills an 100, Cod although he was but badly provided, he doubting the weather, steps into harbour in 56. d. sails 10. league. up a River 2 leagues broad, very fair Woods on both sides; stays here until the first of Sept. had 2. great storms, he went 6. miles on land: The woods were Fur, Pineapple, Elder, Ewe, With and Birch, h● sees a black Bear, and here were store of land & river fowl, as Goose, Ducks, Black-birdes, jays, Thrush, and of Partridge and pheasant, he kills great store with Bow and arrows; At the harbours mouth were greatstore of Codfish.  
The first of September he set sail, and with fair weather, coasts along to the Southward, the 3. day being calm lets fall a Cadger to prove for fish; In which place there was such abundance as the hook was no sooner overboard but it was 
Great skull of Fish▪  taken, it was the largest and best fed fish that ever he see, and some of his men which were Fishermen, said they never saw a bigger Skull of fish in their lives.  
The 4. he anchors in a good road among Lands, the Country low-land, pleasant and full of woods: To the N. of this place 8. league; finding a mighty great Sea between 2. lands to the W. the S, land to his judgement is nothing but Isles, he greatly desired to have gone into this Sea but wind or something was against him, he anchored in 4. fathom fine sand. In this place is fish and fowl mighty store, he had left on land some fish to dry, he sent 5. men on land for them; The Country people lay lurking in the wood, and on a sudden assaulted them, they slew 2. and greatly wounded other 2. one escaped by swimming with an arrow shot through his arm.  
Great store of fish and fowl, they made a hook of a crooked Spike, before the bait was changed they took more than 40. great Cod, the fish swimming so abundantly thick about the hook as is incredible to be reported. This Davis in his Hydrographical doth describe.  
The 10. he shapes his course for homeward, he arrived in England the beginning of October.   

The Observation.  
He departed from England the 7. of May, 15. of June he sell with Land in 66d. 70. d. Longitude from London, he was troubled with Ice, he finds that there is Copper o'er, the people may be brought to trade, but are thievish and treacherous, he stayed in harbours 24. days, went no further to the Northwards then 66d. 17. m. in Long from London 70d. he returns the beginning of August, and upon the coast of America in 55d. finds great store of great codfish, having not done so much as he did in his first voyage, he arrived very safely in England the beginning of October.  
You shall understand that the Sunshine and the North-star, were to seek the Passage betwixt Iseland and Groenland by the appointment of Captain john Davis, of which their Voyage the relation is writ by Henry Morgan servant to Master William Saunderson Merchant of London, a worthy and principal Adventurer in the Voyages of Davis, as followeth.   

FromCaptaine Davis.  
THey departed in the Latitude of 60. deg. the 7. of June, and sailed into 66, and took harbour in Iseland the 12, and stays there until the 3, of July, than he comes forth and being a little troubled with Ice shapes his course for Groynland; the 7, he sees it, and ranges along until the month's end.  
The 3, of August, he comes to Gilberts Sound in 64 deg. 14 min. Davis his Rendezvous; and it seemeth was so apppointed to meet Davis and his fleet, who departed from thence the 11. of July; The people came and traded with them, and in the end sought to betray them, they played at football and our men cast them.  
They depart from thence 5, or 6 league. Southwards, the same people come to them again, they see Foxes and Dogs run upon the Lands as they observe them to be, they found the horns of Stags and footing, but see none.  
The 30 of August they depart for England, the wind takes them contrary, so as they take another harbour, there come of the people, and bring them Seal skins.  
The Master would have changed one of the boats he had formerly bought, which they would have taken from them by violence; they fall to combat with our men, and throwing their darts, struck one of our men; another of our men shot one of them into the breast with an arrow, the fight continued, our men took one of them into our boat his boat and all, our men killed three of them, two of them were shot with arrows, and the other hurt with a sword, he with his boat taken was shot with an arrow, our men cast him overboard, and his consort took him up, and conveyed him away, they departed and would not come to us as before.  
The 31 of August, we departed from Gilbert sound, the 3 of September they lost sight of the North Star; the 30, they enter 
500 Seal skins  our Channel. They brought home 500, Seal skins, 140, half skins, what bone it was they brought home, they know not.   

Captain Davis his 3. Voyage, North-West, 1587.  
FRom Dartmouth with 3 Ships, the Elizabeth, the Sunshine, 
May 19  and a Clincker called the Helen of London.  
The 12 of june, there fell difference betwixt the Master of the Sunshine, and the Mariners, for that the Seamen would go on the Voyage a fishing, the Master would not until he had the company of the Elizabeth, but the matter was reconciled, and all were content to go to the place of Rendezvous.  
The 14. of june, they descry land high and mountainous, but did imagine themselves to be 16, or 17, leagues off.  
The 16, they anchored in harbour, the people came according to their old order with crying Eliout, and showed them Seal skins.  
The 17, they make way to set up their Pinnace they brought from London.  
The 18. he passed about the Island, he found black Pumice-stones, and salt kerned upon the Rocks white and 
Salt.  glistering, this day he took one of the people a strong fellow.  
The 20, the Savages came to the Island, where the Pinnace was set up and made ready to be launched, and tore the two upper strokes away from her for love of the Iron; I doubt in revenge of their prisoners, and for harm done the last year; but being thus much made unserviceable, it was agreed, the Elizabeth should have her to fish.  
Now as they were ready to depart, news was brought the Captain, that the ships that they were to venture their lives in (I think for the discovery) had at one time 300. strokes, yet they agree to commit themselves to God's mercy in her, rather 
A Leake.  than return with disgrace; So they stand North-wards along the Land which they call the land of their Merchants: because the people come and traffic with them; but here they were in doubt of their Ship. I take it, the Elizabeth and Sunshine, are gone a fishing home, himself went N. ward into 67. 40. where they had great store of Whales and fowl, which they call Cortenous; two Canoes came to them at Sea, they cry El●out, and gives Birds for bracelets, one had a dart with a piece of Unicorn horn; the Savage made stay thereof until he saw a knife, and then he trucked; they went along with them 3. 
Trade to be had.  hours. The 25 came 30. Canoes 10. leagues off Land and brought Salmon-peeles, Birds, and Caplyn; they give them Pins, Needles, Bracelets, Nails, Knives, Bells, looking-Glasses, and other tri●●es: For a Knife, a Nail, or a Bracelet: they will sell their Coats or any thing they have.  
They brought not above 20. skins, but made signs that if they would go ashore; they should have more. Chichesanege, skins I think.  
The 30. he was in 72. deg 12 min. at midnight the Compass 
june.  set the variation 28. deg. Westward; he Coasted this 
This was the West side of Groynland.  Land which he called London Coast.  
From the 21. to the 30. the Sea all open to the West, and Northward the Land on Starboard E. from him, the wind shifted to the North.  
Then he left that shore, and named the N. most part he did discover Hope Sanderson, and shaping his Course West, run 40. league. and better without sight of any Land.  
The 2. he meets with a mighty bank of Ice, West from him. He would fain have quit it by the North-wards; but 
july.  the wind would not; which if he had, he would have run W. until he had seen Land, and have been resolved. The 6. being fair weather, he puts the Bark amongst the Ice, but could not prevail: the 7, 8, 9, 10. He coasts the Ice: the 11, was fog and calm.  
The 13 he determining to go again to the shore: And harbour for 5, or 6, days; Hoping in that time the extreme heat of the Sun, and beating of the Sea; would have made way with the Ice; but when he was nigh Land he durst not 
It is to be understood, that these Dar●s were headed with Unicorn Horn.  anchor, for depth of water; The Savages came oft and truct for skins. Darts they had for old and new knives, and they would gladly have had him to the Land; but he beare● away.  
The 15. he finds himself driven 6. points west beyond his 
6. points W. of his co●●se.  Course: He lays the fault either in the Ship, or Current.  
The 16. he falls with the bank of Ice again.  
The 17. he had sight of Mount Raleigh, at 12 at Night, he 
All this time he ●anged southward.  was thwart of his old hole again: He sails 60. leagues N, W. up the straits; The 23, he anchors in the bottom of the Gulf; and calls the Isles, Cumberland Iles.  
Whilst he was at anchor, a Whale passed up by him, here 
S. W. by W. full Sea.  the Compass set at 30. d. variation; This day also he departs shaping his course S, E. and seeketh to recover the Sea. The 25 be was becalmed in the bottom of the Gulf, the air extreme hot, Bruton the Master goes a Land to course Dogs; they find many graves and Trane spilt; the Savage dogs was so fat they could scarce go.  
The 26 was a pretty storm at S, E. 27, 28, 29. fair weather; He had coasted the Southside shore of Cumberlands sound: And was got clear out into 62, deg. betwixt which and 63. deg. 00. he espies an opening: And names 
L●mleys Inlet.  it Lumleys Eyelet: And tells of great falls and Gulfs of water.  
The 31 he see a Head-land he names Warwick's Forland. 
August.   
The 1. he falls with the South-west Cape of the Gulf, and names it Chidleys' Cape, in 61 deg. 10. min.  
From the first to the 12, He trents along the South-land, sees 5 Deer on the top of an Island, he calls Darcyes' Island: 
Darcies' Il●.  they take to another Island, his Boat was too little to carry his men and chase the Dear: though it were in the water, one of them was as big as a pretty Cow and very fat, their feet as broad as Ox feet.  
The 13. in 54, d. Latitude. here he struck upon a Rock, he stops his leak: And Coasts along into 52 deg. not finding his fishing ships as was appointed for them to stay, and fish in Latit. between 54, and 55 deg. until the fine of this month, but in 16 days they were fished and gone home: himself arrives at Dartmouth, the 15, of September.   

The Copy of Davis his Letter to Mr. Saunderson.  
GOod Mr. Saunderson, with God's great mercy, I have made my safe return in health with all my company: And have sailed 60. league. further, than my determination at my departure; I have been in 73. deg. finding the Sea all open, and 40 league▪ between Land, and Land; The passage most probable; the B●cecution easy: as at my coming you shall fully know.   

The Marine Observation.  
THat he Coasted the West side of Groynland, farther than before from 65, deg. odd min. to 72, deg. odd minutes, naming it London-Coast, and on the West side was as far up his former straits as before; only he then forgot to name the Earl of Cumberlands Isles, which now he hath done; And beside, he hath in his return home, seen and named Lumleys Inlet, and passed by Fretum Hudson, unknown: Yet he hath named Cape Warwick, Which is the East part of Resolution, & Chidleys' Cape; the South bounds thereof, now called Buttons Isles; But untruely, these two things are both; although in his Letter writ to Mr. Saunderson at his arrival the 2. Voyage he doth assure the Passage; to be in one of the 4. places upon peril of his Life; But I think he durst not venture it: He went forth the 7. of May, and returns homewards the 23 of July. His greatest Variation West was 30. deg. And the 15, of july, he was driven 5, points W. of beyond his Course, by what accident he knoweth not. For to use his own words, speaking of Warwick's Head-land; This Cape as it was the most S. limit of the Gulf, we passed over, the 30, of this Month: So was it the N. promontory or first beginning of a very great Inlet, whose South limit at this present we see not: Which Inlet or Gulf this afternoon and in the Night we passed over to our great admiration, for the waters fall.  
These abstracts are more at large to be seen in the first and 3 Volumes of Mr. H●ckluits Voyages.   

The Voyage of Captain George Waymouth, with two Fly-bo●tes, one of 70, th'other of 60. Tons; 35 men, victualled for 18 months; set forth by the Muscovia and T●●kie Companies.  
HE set forth the second of May 1602. he went by the North, made the Start, or one of the Westmost Isles of 
Comes to H●●sons Bay, the ●● of May.  Orkney, it being low land, bearing West, in latitude 59 deg. 30 min. he shapes a course betwixt N, and West, until he brings the Start North, sails away W, and by N. in 59 deg. 40 min. then steers away W, S, W. in 57 deg. 55 min. and there had no variation at all, he hailed away Westward, and had some fog, much rain, but warm, as in England.  
16 This day at noon he was 57 deg. 35 min. and had not seen the Sun or Moon in 76 hours before, and now had variation 11 deg.  
18 He saw a great Island of Ice, in the afternoon he got sight also of the Southmost part of Groenland, he coasts this Ice to 
Vide Davi●.  the North, coming sometime into black water, and presently the Sea would be clear again; he could not game ground in 120 Fathoms, neither could he discern any Current, at which he reckons Cape Desolation N, N, E, 24 leagues off him.  
22 He was in 60 deg. 37 min. latitude. 27 The weather warm, as in England, he had great store of seagulls.  
28 He directs his course Westwards, and sees the land of America, in 62 deg. 30 min. makes it to be Warwick's foreland, it was high-land and covered with snow, with other small Lands, there was great store of Ice, upon the forelands Eastside, but the sea was altogether clear, the land lay N, by E. about 6 leagues in length.  
29 He was beaten to the Southwards, by N. E. winds, and 
These were formerly found and named by Davis.  finds Warwick's foreland to be an Island, he discovers Lumleys Inlet; a great Current setteth to the West, the greatest hope of a passage this way, the weather was fog and snow, he had a great whirling of a Current, in latitude 61 deg. 12 leagues from the Coast of America. 
Now was he in the entrance of the passage Chidlies' Isles▪ bearing W, by S, half South.   
The 1 of Julie was fog and snow, the air very cold, he traversed to, and again in many overfals, but by his course he could not discern which way the Current set, but most like to the West, he traversed therein 16 or 17 days, and could find no ground in 120 fathom.  
2 He discerns a main bank of Ice in 60 deg. fair weather, 
july.  he launched his boat, and loaded her twice therewith, to dissolve to freshwater: he sets into many overfals alongst this coast of America, which coast here he conceives to be broken land.  
3 The S, W. he stands in with the coast of America, and meets with Ice 10 leagues off, the water black, and thick as puddle.  
8 He had beat it to the Northward, and descries the land 
This was upon the Southside of Davis his entrance into Cumberlands Isles.  of America, in 60 deg. 53 min. being very high, it bore S, W. covered with snow, he was 5 leagues off, but could not come near it for Ice.  
9 A storm began at N, E. he clears himself of the land and Ice by standing to Southwards, the storm continued, so that he stood to the Southwards in forecourse.  
17 From the 9 to the 17, he was in traverse, and here he heard a fearful noise of Ice, he had thick weather, his ropes and sails all frozen.  
18 The wind N, E. extreme cold and frost, the air very clear; his ropes were froze, and it froze so extremely, that it was a main bar to his proceedings, and destruction to his men.  
19 He stood to Eastward, with wind N, E. and the same night his men conspired to bear up the helm, and keep him in cabin; they show the reason for so doing in writing; by 
A mutiny.  good chance he understands thereof and prevents them.   

The Reasons.  
That although it were granted, that we might winter between 60 and 70 degrees of latitude, with safety of lives and vessels, yet it will be May next, before we can dismure them to launch out into the Sea; and therefore if the Merchants should have purpose to proceed on the discovery of the N. W. parts of America the next year: you may be in the foresaid latitude from England by the first of May, and so be furnished better with men and victuals, to pass and proceed in the foresaid action.  
Seeing then, that you cannot assure us of a safe harbour to the Northward, we purpose to bear up the helm for England, yet with this limitation, that if in your wisdom you shall think good to make any discovery (it seemeth there were some with him understood more than himself) either in 60, or 57 degrees, with this Northwest wind, we will yield our lives with yourself to encounter any danger, thus much we thought needful to signify, as a matter builded upon reason, and not proceeding upon fear or cowardice. 
This cannot be.   
Then being in latitude 68 and 55 min. there was no means to persuade them, but they would bear up the helm, whereupon he came out of his cabin, to inquire who was the cause, they answered, one and all, hoisting up sails, and directing the course South by West.  
22 He sent for the chiefest of the Mutineers, and punished 
This doth not appear that he could punish, and yet suffer them to carry the ship back.  them severely, this day he came by an Island of Ice, both ships launched their boats, to fetch some to make freshwater: this Island cracked two or three times, as though it had been thunder-clappes, and it broke in sunder to the great danger of his boats, the one being half laden with Ice.  
25 It blew hard, the course West by South, with fog, and was in latitude 61 degrees, and 40 minutes, and finds an Inlet in this latitude.  
27 The South-south-East wind blew very hard, with fog and rain, his course West.  
30 The wind came in a shower to West, Northwest, and 
July.  blew hard, and because the year was far spent, and many men sick in both Ships, he thought good to return; with great hope of this Inlet to be a passage of more probability, than Davis his straits, because he found it not pestered with 
No such matter.  Ice, and a strait of 40 leagues broad; he saith, he sailed 100 leagues West by South, into the Inlet; he saith also, he found the variation to be 35 degrees Westward, and the needle to decline, or rather incline.   

Observe.  
83 Degrees and a half, the 5 of Julie, he was clear off the Inlet; the 6, Southeast wind and fog, the 7, 8, and 9th, he passed by many great Lands of Ice, & discovered an Island upon 
Here was Davis.  the coast of America, latitude 55 degrees, 30 minutes.  
14 He stood off and on this coast, from the 5, until the 14, had some foul weather, and made some Lands; he stands into an Inlet in 56 degrees, and had good hope of a passage for diverse probable reasons.  
I find nothing more of note, but that upon the Coast of America, betwixt 55 degrees, 30 and 50 minutes, he observed two variations, the one of 17 deg. 15 min. the other 18 degr. 12 min. the coast was void of Ice, unless some great Lands drive from the North, and that the ship had like to have perished for want of spare decks; one whirlwind he saw upon this Coast, take up the Sea into the Air extremely, that he 
A whirlwind.  was entered 30 leagues within one Inlet, latitude 56 degrees, where if the wind had come Northerly, South or East but one day, he had perished.  
4 He had sight of the Island of Silly, the next day he came 
August.  into Dartmouth.   

The general Observation.  
He set forth the 2 of May, and returned homewards the 30 of july, his greatest latitude we can be certain of, was 63 deg. 53 min. and passing the Grand Meridian, betwixt Orkney and Desolation, he had no variation, his greatest was 35 degrees Westward; he neither discovered, nor named any thing more than Davis, nor had any sight of Groenland, nor was not so far North; nor can I conceive he hath added any thing more to this design; yet these two, Davis and he did (I conceive) light Hudson into his straits, nor did he, try in so long time being, to and again, upon the Coast of America for Davis his fishing, having such abundance of the largest, and best fed Codfish that he saw; his ships were never separated, which showed that they were not greatly distressed.   

Master james Hall of Kingston upon Hull, Pilot Major of three Ships, set forth by the King of Denmark for the discovery of Groenland. 1605. his first Voyage Abstracted.  
FRom Denmark he set forth the 2 of May, and saith, he 
Variation.  found the Compass vary Eastward, at the Naes of Norway, 7 deg. 10 min.  
He saith, that one league to the Northward of Fair ●sl●; he found the race of a Tide, setting so strongly Northwestward, as if it had been in the race of Portland.  
Fair Isle, bearing E, S, E. four leagues off; Swi●borne head N. E. by N. eight leagues off. The I'll of Fowl, N, E. the Compass was varied to the Eastward, of true North, 60 deg. 10. minutes, and he thinketh that the Island Buss discovered by 
A great mistake.  the Buss of Bridgewater in Frobrishers last Voyage, is not truly placed in the Marine Charts.  
At his falling with Groenland, he named a headland, Cape 
It can be no other but Cape Farewell.  Christianus, after the King of Denmark, in latitude 59 deg. 50 minutes, and he found it due; for that none other before him hath named it; S, W. by W. five leagues from thence, he had 12 deg. 15 min. variation Westwards, standing from thence to Seawards', he sailed three hours in black water as thick as puddle.  
He found Cape Christianus and Desolation, to lie W. by N. 
Two Currents  50 leagues distance, and a Current S, S, W. set him violently into the Ice, he also finds the Current upon the side of America, to set to the North; but contrary, on the Groenland coast, to the South.  
He finds a harbour upon the Coast of Groenland, and sails 
A good harbour.  6 leagues up a great Inlet, or river, before he could find 16 fathoms to anchor in, the land on both sides was steepy and mountainous.  
He goes on land and finds houses, or rather Tents, covered with Seale-skinnes, the people came to him, crying Eliout, holding up their hands, their boats were covered all over with Seal skins, about their Tents, was great abundance of the flesh of Seals (to dry) with Caplin, and of Pilchards innumerable, 
Great store of Pilchards.  of which, with other fishes, their rivers are full, their dogs were very fat, they found in their Tents, Fox and Seal skins, very well dressed; also certain coats of Seal, and Fowl skins, with the feather-side inwards, they also found a certain vessel boiling upon a lamp, the vessel made after the manner of a little pan, the bottom of stone, the sides of Whales Gils, therein was Seales flesh, boiling in Seal oil; and in another a dogs head boiled, by those Tents lay two great boats, with which he supposed they transported themselves from one place to another, this not being the place of their 
Great Cannowes.  continual habits; the boats were open with 8 or 10 thoughts, and 20 foot in length at least, for a sai●e they have the guts of some beast well dressed, and neatly sowed together.  
After this the people came to them in their boats, and bartered Seal skins and their Coats, even for old nails, or for a knife, they will sell coat and boat, Unicorn horn, or 
Savage barter.  Mors teeth, Whale fin, with which they head their darts and weapons, the Latitude of this Harbour's mouth is 66. deg. 
13  30, min. an E, and W. Moon, makes a full Sea, it floweth 3. fathoms and an half up and down, he had made about 
Oil let forth▪  a barrel and ●/●. of oil, and leaving it on land all night, the Savages let it forth. 
18   
The Savages came the next day and bartered, and going on land upon a sudden, without violence done them (which shows their wicked condition) they assailed them with 
Savage assault.  stones out of slings in most violent manner, at the shooting of a Falcon-gun they all fled.  
The next day again they repair to the number of sixty, making new truce by crying Eliout, but perceiving they had bags full of stones by them, at the report of a Pistol they all departed, and after that, they came to the same Cliff again, and violently assaults them that no man could stand upon the hatches, so as he was glad to shield himself by losing his Bonnets, and lacing them about his ship, and at the firing of a Musket they would duck down behind a Rock, the report gone, they would afresh assault them. He departs from hence 
19  and came to an anchor in an excellent haven on the S. side of a high hill, which he named Mount Coningham; this Sound for 
Denmark Haven.  the goodness thereof, he named Denmarke-haven.  
20 He loosed from this harbour, the Savages came again to the number of 73. beating and making a hideous noise, they enter into barter, and throw Shells and toys into his Boat, he causing his boy to fetch them, they shoot him through both buttocks, with a Dart; there were at this time mustered upon the Lands, to the number of 300 people.   

Now followeth Mr. james Hall his topographical Description of the Land, as he discovered the same.  
THe land of Groenland, is a very high ragged, and mountainous Country, having many good Rivers, Harbours, and Bays; into 5. of which, he sailed 10, or 12 English leagues, being very navigable, with abundance of Fish of sundry sorts, the Land in all places where I came, seemed to be fertile, according to the Climate wherein it lieth, for between the Mountains was most pleasant Plains and Valleys, insomuch as if he had not seen the same, he would not have believed, that such a fertile land in show could have been in those Northern Regions; there is also great store of Fowl, as Ravens, Crows, Partridges, Pheasants, Seamewes', Gulls, with other sorts; of Beasts he hath not seen any, except black Foxes of which there are very many. He doth suppose there are also many Deer, for about their tents, they found many Harts-hornes, with the bones of other beasts, also within the land he saw the footing and dung of diverse other beasts, he found the footing of one beast to be 8 inches over; in the rivers were Fishes, as Seals, Whales, and Salmon, with diverse other sorts of fishes; the coast is a very good and fair land, for 3 leag. off, he found 15 fathoms, and as he approached the same 13, 12, 10 fathoms, very fair sandy ground. The people are a kind of Samoid or wandering nation, removing from one place unto another, they are people of a reasonable stature, brown of colour, very like the people of the East and W. India, they are active and warlike, using their darts and slings very nimbly, they eat their meat raw, or little parboiled, with blood, oil or water; they apparel themselves in skins of such beasts as they kill, but especially with Seals and fowls, which they can dress very soft and smooth, in Summer turning the hair and feather side outwards, in Winter inwards, their weapons are slings, bows, darts headed with bone or iron, he supposeth them to be Idolatrous, worshipping the Sun, he met all the coast along much drift wood, but from whence it came he knew not, he coasted this Coast along from 66 deg. to 69 deg. and found many good sounds and harbours, and returning towards his Ship which he found in a harbour, by espying certain Worlockes, which the Captain had caused to be set as Beacons, for to give him knowledge of their being.  
In this his absence from the Admiral, the Saluages had 
july.  done them much violence, the Captain had taken three of of them, whom he kindly entreated, others of them he slew, this evening he takes in his provision of fresh water.  
He sets on land one young man to be left in the Country, 
July.  to his cruel fortune, and this was done by express command of the State-holder of Denmark, before his coming forth they also in the Pinnace set another on land, both being malefactors, giving of them small necessaries, (It may be those people lived a long time after, and may be yet living, if the Savages have not devoured them) he sets sails and comes to Sea, where he found much drift Ice with a high Sea, which he thought to be a current, setting through Fret●●● Davis to 
A strange current.  the Southward, as by experience he proved; for by observation this day at noon, he was in Latitude 62 deg. 40. m. whereas, the day before he was in Latitude 66 deg. 10 min. having made by account a S, by W. way, about 10 leagues, this current he did find to set along the Coast of Groenland, South by East.  
15 This day he was in Latitude 57 degrees; the 16 day close weather, he meets with a mighty skull of Whales, amongst drift Ice, and meets also a great current setting West Northwest over for America. This is the 
A great Current.  current found by Frobrisher, coming from the East, and butting upon the East-side of Groenland, and doth strike along the Land to Cape Christianus, otherwise called Cape Farewell.  
1 He met with a skull of Herrings, so that he knew himself 
August.  not far from Orkney, he was in Latitude, 58 deg. 40 m. and sounding had 42 fathoms, very sandy ground, with some black dents, when shortly after, and the same day in the evening, he sounded again, and had but 20 fathoms dented ground, he was near the shore before he saw it, for it was thick weather.  
10 He came to Elsenore Road in Denmark.   

The second Voyage of Master james Hall from Denmark to the further discovery of Groenland with five Ships, (observed 1606.)  
●7 He set forth from Copemanhaven, and went betwixt 
May.  Orkney and Shotland the 7 of Iu●e, which day one of the Groenlanders died, it seemed it was one of them he had brought from thence the year before. 14 He accounteth himself to be 19, deg. 45, min. from the Meridian of the Naes of Norway.  
14 He steereth away W. the wind S, E. and thick weather, 
June.  he imagineth himself in 58 deg. 10, min. Latit. at which time by reason of a Northerly Current, contrary to his expectation, 
Northerly Current variation 11 deg.  he had made a West way Southerly 22 leagues, and then as he supposeth, the Compass varied Westward one point.  
1 He sees land being 8, leag. off, with a great bank of Ice, 
July.  lying off the S, W. end thereof; he supposeth it to be Buss 
Buss I'll again discovered.  Island, and that it lieth more to the Westward, than it is placed in the Marine charts.  
Steering away W, by N. he was in a great Current, setting 
Current see S, S, W.  S, S. W. the which he did suppose, did set betwixt Jseland, and Buss I'll, over with America, from hence he steers away W, N, W.  
6 He found himself to be in 58 deg. 50, min. whereby contrary to his expectation, he did plainly see the Southern current 
A caveat for Commanders in Fleets.  to be the cause, this Evening he found the Compass to be varied 12 deg. 5 min. Westward, this Night their Pinnace and Vide-admiral, come foul of one another.  
8 He was in 59, deg. 30, min. and finds still the Current and variation to carry him to the southward of West.  
10 He sees the Coast of America in Latit. 60, deg. 16, 
Variation.  min. about 9 leagues off, and finds the needle varied 23 deg. W. the hill tops were covered with snow, the shore to the 
A Current.  N. full of Ice; he had a Current set West into the shore, and endangers him: Had not a gale fresh at S, West, brought him off.  
18 Until this day he passed many Mountains of Ice, at Noon was in 63, deg. 45, min. Latit.  
19 Being amongst much Ice, and plying to get clear, saith 
Strong Current.  he seeth the Land of America in 64 Latit. it lay S, and N. very high, and ragged, covered with Snow: He finds 
Da●is doth write of the same not far from this place.  still a strong Current, to the West, from the Latit. 51. his Compass was placed ¾. of a point to Eastward of N, and was carried almost 4, points to Westwards beyond his judgement, he found this Current to set W, N, W. the Compass varied 23 degrees.  
From the 20, until the 25. he passeth and traverseth over from the West side for Groyneland, and had sight of Queen Anne's Cape, 10. leagues off.  
27. He seeth the Capes he named the last year, as Cape Annt, Cape Sophy, the Fords also, as Rumells ford, Christianus ford, and puts into Coninghams' ford; where he saith, 
Sylver Mine  the Silver was.  
The Savages come on board, and barter with them for 
August.  Iron, with Seal skins, and Whale-fynne; he searched up the Ford, and finds it to be but a Bay, with many green, and pleasant Lands, the people to the number of 25. follows them with their Boats, some of his men on Land travails up the Mountains, and sees rain Dear. 
Rain Dear.   
6 There fell some small difference amongst them about choosing of an anchoring place, the water being deep, and they removing from their first Road-sted further up the River; where it floweth S, E. and N, W. in Latitude 66, deg. 25. minutes.  
9 The Captain went up the River, with his Boat, where they came to see their winter Houses, which were builded with Whales bones, the balks thereof were of Whale's ribs, and covered with Earth; they had certain vaults or rooms underground 4 square, two yards deep in the Earth: The town consisteth of about 40. houses, they found the burial of their dead, the Corpse wrapped in Seale-skinnes, and stones laid in the manner of a Coffin over them.  
This day they take 5, of the inhabitants to bring into Denmark, to be informed of their Country, which they call Seca●●nga, and say, that within the Land, they have a great 
A King in Groynland.  King; who is carried upon men's shoulders.  
10 They come forth of Rumels' ford, and in great danger got to Sea▪ being enforced between certain Lands, which 
He comes homeward.  lie off Cape sophy 4, leagues into the Sea; the last year he named them, Knights Lands; being got there he came into 66. deg. 50. min. La●it. W, N, W. from Cape Sophy 15 league. off.  
18 He goes within sight of shore, being all high land▪ like Lands and great store of Ice, betwixt him, and the same.  
28 He coasted to and again amongst Ice, until this day having had a storm▪ and meets one of his Fleet, which had been separated from him, he fell with two banks of Ice, and is 8, leag. off Desolation by account, but could not see it by reason of fog.  
31 He meets Ice which he marvailes at, being that the South-most part of Groynland described in the Marine Chart, is in the Latit. of 60 deg. he being then in 59 deg. 10 min. Desolation bearing W, N, W. half N, 64 league. off; and Cape 
Cape Christianus the next known part of Groenland.  Christianus, the next known part of Groynland N, W, by W. Westerly 38 league. he holds an E, S, E. Course, and sees Land the same day, being very high, lying along E, S, E. 16. league; the W. part seemed to fall away E, by N. the land was very high, and covered with snow, he was not certain, whether it was the Main or an Island, he named it Frost Island. (I cannot conceive but that by his Latit. it must be the same, he had formerly named Cape Christianus.)  
1 He comes homewards the 8, day, and is in 58. d. 36 m. 
September▪  variation 2 d. 45 m. W. The 10. day, he was in 59 deg. 10. min. variation, 1 deg. 4 min.  
18 He espies the Island of Farrey, Latit. 62 d. 3, m. the stream sets under the Isles next hand E, and W.  
He arrived at Copeman Haven, his conclusion is, that Bredarenses 
October. 4.  Ford, is the most Northerly, Coninghams' Ford is next in 67. d. and odd m. the Ford where they see the Town, is 2 league. to S, of Coninghams', the town stands 10, leag. up the Ford, the King's Ford is in 66 d. ●/●. (but he did not find the Silver Mine.  
Master james Hall was employed in a third Voyage from Denmark 1607. but after that he had made the Land, the Danes mutined, and in fine forced the ships back again for Iseland, there being then nothing done towards the edifying of this work, it is needless to make any further search after the same.   

The 4th and last Voyage of Master james Hall from Kingston upon Hull, with 2 Ships, viz. the Patience, and the Hearts-Ease, written by William Baffin.  
HE saith, that in the Morning perceiving the Sun, and Moon to shine very clear, he purposed to find out the Longitude, and this day he spent in finding out the true Meridian Line upon an Island, by hanging at the extremes thereof ● plummets in thread instead of an Index or sight.  
9 He observed the Moon just upon the Meridian, at which 
july.  very instant the Sun's almicanter was 8 deg. 53 min. N. the Poles elevation 65 deg. 20 min. by which working, according to the doctrine of Spherical triangles having 3 sides given, to wit, the Compliment of the Poles elevation, the Compliment of the Almicanter, and the compliment of the Sun's declination to find out the quantity of the Angle, at the Po●e; by which working, he finds the time to be clock 4, 17 min. and 24 sec. he finds likewise by the Ephemerideses, that the Moon came to the Meridian of London at 4 a clock 25 m. 34 sec. which 17 m. and 24 sec. substracted, leaveth 8 min. 10 sec. of time, for the difference of the Moons passing betwixt both the Meridian's, the Moon's motion that day was 12 degrees, seven minutes, which converted into Minutes of time, were 48 minutes 29 sec. this wrought by the rule of proportion, is thus; if 48 min. 29 sec. the time that the Moon cometh sooner to the Meridian, than she did the day before, give 360 deg. the Earth's Circumference; what shall 8 min. 
Longitude wrought in Cockings Sound Latit. 65 deg. 20. min.  10 sec. to wit, 60 deg. 30. min. the difference betwixt the Meridian of London, and Cockings Sound in Groenland.  
This he affirmeth to be without any great error, the rules truly observed and Ephemerideses exact, for that no instrument can be exact enough to find out the true Hour, Minute, and second, the loss of one Minute being the loss of 7 deg. in Longitude.  
22 Master Hall was slain with a Dart, thrown into 
Master Hall slain.  his body, by one of the Groenlanders, before whose death, and since the ninth day, little was done worthy note; but the supposed Mine sought for; and in that search many brave Rivers and Harbours were found, with the footing of some great Deer or Elk, as big as an Ox; ●t 
Dear footing.  may be supposed that the cause of this Blow, was for the loss of the Brother, or other the Friends of the Momicide, which might be some of those five, the Danes carried away the last year; (and but one before,) for that in all trading, both before and after his Death, they did never 
A Caveat.  offer any violence, unto any of the Company, but before, would oftentimes be pointing and aiming as it were at him, call him Captain one to another.  
They search further for the Mine, and find many places where the Danes had digged, with stone of Orient colour, but when it was refined, it proved dross: having no mettle at all therein, but was like to Muscovia sludde, they also found a pleasant valley.  
They find not the Mine, as also the people forbear to trade with them, as before, they made way again out of this River, to come to their Admiral, in which way & in many Lands, they find where many of their winter houses had been, & some of their Tents were but lately carried away, in which place they also found, of their long Boats made of Wood; and bound together with skins of Whale-fyn, and covered with Seal skins, being 33 foot long, and 5, broad having in them 10 thoughts or Seats, this day they depart Rumells Ford, in 67 degrees Latitude, and 24 degrees 16, minute's variation, it being one of the fairest Rivers he see in that Country, it lieth in East, and E, by South, and that Night he came to the Admiral, then in the King's Ford.  
26 They consult about coming home, for the Captain was slain, and the people refuse to trade with them as they were wont. I think for fear, for the same Voyage, one james Pullie, was also slain by a Savage, for offering to take one of their people out of his Boat by violence.   

They depart homewards, Master Andrew Barker, of Hull in the Admiral, William Huntris' Master in the Pinnace.  
18 HE is in 58 deg. 50 min. he finds the variation 
August.  to be 13 deg. 22 min. contrary to observation of other men in this place, and because this was the first Seavoyage of this young Artsman, I will trace his own words; the 18. the Sun's declination saith he, was 9 d. 58 min. for the Meridian of London; but being almost 4 hours of time to the Westwards, there is 1/●. to be abated from the rest, for his declination was 9 deg. 55 min. his altitude, 24 deg. 40. min. in Latitude 59 deg. his distance from the South by the 
So much B●ffin September.  Compass 81 deg. Latitude 57 deg. variation 11 deg. 10 m.  
6 Nothing of note but one storm until this day, the latitude was 61 deg. 18 min. the variation 6 deg. East, the deep 68 Fathoms.  
8 He came to the I'll of Orkney, where anchoring, the people 
September.  came, and gave them Hens, geese, and sheep, for old clothes, or shoes.  
11 He came to Kingston upon Hull.  
The observation he made of Groenland.  
That it is an exceeding high land, and Mountains which are very high within the land, they are of stone, some of one colour, some of another; all glistering, but nothing worth, if there be any Mettle, it lieth low in the earth, and cannot well be come by; there are some rocks purer than Alabaster, the Northside of the Mountains are continually covered with snow, there are few trees but in one place 40 miles within the land; in a river called Balls-river, upon the Southside of a Mountain, there is a little Grove of Wood, about 6 or 7 foot high, like a Coppice in England, it being of Willow, juniper, and such like, they found much Angelica, And he thinks the Country people do eat thereof, for he saw many of those roots in their boats.  
There are store of Foxes in the Main and Lands of sundry colours, there are as white as snow, and long surred; there is diverse Deer, but they be far up within the land; for the Inhabitants do hunt them sore that come towards the Sea, where themselves live; he see 7 at one time, his men had diverse Darts, & horns of Deer, he see the foot of one beast bigger than the foot of an Ox, their Dogs and Fox Pizzles have a bone within them; the people all the Summer time use nothing, but fishing, drying their fish, and Seals flesh upon the rocks, for their winter's provision; every one both man and woman, have a boat covered with Seales skins, close sowed, that no water can enter them, some of them are 20 foot long, and not above a foot broad, shaped like a Weavers shuttle, so light, that a man may carry many of them at once; they use but one oar, with a wash at both ends, it is incredible to see how swiftly they row, no ship being able to sail so fast, they sit in the midst of their boats, and holds their oar in the middle; In these boats they catch their fish, as Seals, Salmon, Morses, and others; they strike some with Darts, and angle others; their cord is made of Whale-bone, their hook of a bone, with which lines and hooks, we have catched very much fish.  
I could not learn of their rites and Ceremonies, but generally they worship the Sun, they remove from place to place as their fishing doth serve; they live in tents in the Summer, and in winter in houses somewhat within the ground, when they approach you they will hold up their hand to the Sun, Crying Eliout, which we answering in like fashion, they dare boldly come to us. They make a Cave with stones, wherein they bury their dead, according to the bigness of the Corpses, defending them strongly from the p●ey of Foxes, or Ravenous beasts, they make another near the former, wherein they bury his bow, arrows and darts, and other his provision, and he is buried in his apparel, the coldness of the clime keeps the body from putrefaction.  
11 They eat their meat raw, yet they use fire, they drink 
September.  Salt-water, by the Ship side.  
Some of our men conceived them to be Man-eaters, but he thinks not, because they might have killed 3 of our men, at one time filling water, in an Island far from our Ship and without any weapon, at which time, a great company of them came to them, and searching their boat for Iron, they gave them all they had, with their chest keys; whereupon they depart 
A Cavea●.  without doing them any harm, but let others take heed.   

Since that I have entered thus far into Groenland by the way of Capt. Davis and Mast. james Hall, hear the report of Dethmar Plef-kins a Minister, sent into Iseland from Hamburgh, 1563.  
GRoenland was first so named in the year of CHRIST, 900. And although I purposed, saith he, to pass over Groenland with silence, yet seeing I touched upon the land, and observed some few things, I thought it not impertinent to make mention of them. There was in a Monastery in Iseland, called Helgafiel, a certain blind Monk who lived miserably there, he was borne in Groenland, of a dark complexion, and broad face; the Governor commanded him to be brought unto him, that he might know some part of the State of Groenland, he said, there was a Monastery of St. Thomas in Groenland, into the which, his parents thrust him when he was but young, and after he was taken out by the Bishop of Groenland, when he was 30 years of age, to sail with him into Norway, to the Archbishop of Nidrosia (or Drunton) to whom the Island Bishops are subject; in his return he was left in a Monastery by the Bishop, whose Country Groenland was, this was done as he said, in 1546. he said that Island was called Groenland, Antiphrastically: for that it seldom or never waxeth green, and that there is so great cold there throughout the whole year (except june, july, and August) that being clothed and covered with Furs, they could scarce be warm, and that they had at home, certain round pieces of wood, which being moved with their feet, kept their feet warm, he saith, that it aboundeth as Island doth with fishes, and that they 
Their Pigmies are beasts, Unicorns, fishes.  had Bears and white Foxes, ●ay, Pigmies, and Unicorns, and that the Day did not appear, until the Sun had run through Pisces.  
This Monk told us marvellous strange things, that there was in the Monastery of S. Thomas (where he lived) a Fountain, which sent forth burning and flaming water, that this water was conveyed through Pipes of stone, to the several Cells of the Monks, and that it made them warm as stoves do with us, and all kind of meats might be boiled in this Fountain, and fiery water, & no otherwise than if it had been on a fire indeed, he advertised moreover, that the walls of the Monastery, were made with Pumice stones, out of a certain mountain not far from the Monastery: like to Hecla in Iseland, for if you pour this water upon the Pumice stone, there will follow a slimy matter, which in steed of lime they use for motter.  
After the Governor's conference with him, I came privately to demand, certain particulars, touching the Pigmies and other things; he had a little skill in the Latin tongue, he understood me speaking Latin, but answered me by an Interpreter; he said the Pigmies represent the most perfect shape of man, that they were hairy to the outermost joints of the finger, and that the males have beards down to the knees, but although they have the shape of man, yet they have little sense, or understanding, or distinct speech, but make show of a kind of ●issing▪ after the manner of Ge●se, that his Abbot kept two of them in his Monastery, male and female, but they lived not long, and that they were unreasonable creatures, and live in perpetual darkness, that some say, they have War with the Cranes; but that, he knew not.  
He affirmed that the same manner of food was in Groenland, as in Iseland; to wit, of Fish, but not of cattle, because they have no cattle; and that the Country is not populous. Forthwith from Iseland begins the H●perbor●on Sea, which beats upon Groenland, and the Country of the Pigmies, which at this day, is called Nova Zembla, and there the frozen Sea hath a Bay, which is called the white Sea, or 
Pigmy's country.  Mare album; and there are certain passages whereby they sail into the Soythian Sea, if they can for Ice. And the Governor had a ship of the King of Denmark's furnished withal necessaries, but when he heard (by the Monk) of the short cut into the Kingdom of China, by the Tartar●a● Sea, which had often been attempted by others, held it but in vain.  
The last of March, 1564. he commanded that ship to 
The Author's Voyage.  sail to those places, and me also together with them, enjoining me diligently to mark well the situation of the places, and whatsoever we met with, worthy of sight or report; we were in the ship 3 score and 4 men, as well Danes as Iselanders, and the 20 day of April we arrived in a certain Promontory of Groenland, and when we found no harbour, to the which we may safely commit ourselves, letting down the lead, we found the depth of the Sea, and it was such, as we could not anchor there, and the abundance of Ice was so great, that it was not possible to sail near the rocks, 24 of us armed, with great labour, and danger went on shore in our Skiffe; among whom I was to try whether I could find a harbour or no, and what kind of men Groenland had, in the mean time the ship floated in the Sea and Ice in a great Calm, half our Company abode on the shore (to keep the Skiffe) another part (and I with them) ran abroad to discover, they that were left on shore to keep the Skiffe, going hither and thither, found a little man dead, with a long beard, with a little boat, and a crooked hook of the bone of a fish, and a leather 
A little man dead.  Cord, four fish-bladders were bound unto the boat (as is supposed) that it should not be drowned, whereof 3 were sunk & fallen flat, this boat (because it was very unlike ours) the Governor sent to the King of Denmark.  
We wandered in the mean season, in a land unknown unto us, which was covered with snow, and Ice, we found neither footing of men or any inhabitants, nor fit place, but the Sea was closed and fenced, on every side with craggy Rocks; yet we met with a great white Bear, which neither feared us, nor could be driven away with our cries, but came full upon us, as to his certain prey, and when he came near unto us being twice shot through with a gun, he stood bolt upright, with his forefeet like as a man standeth, until he was shot through, the 3. time, and so fell down dead, his skin was sent to the King of Denmark, we agreed amongst ourselves before we went on shore, if we found a fit harbour, or else had need of their help, that we should pluck up our Slander, which we carried out with us, for that purpose; and that, if they would call us back, should signify the same with their Ordnance; a tempest arising in the mean while, the Master of the Ship gives us a sign to return, and calls us back unto the Ship, all of us after with great labour, in 3. days returned unto the Ship with the Bear's skin, we sailed 
A great mistake The Russ. were the first that named this land Nova Zembla, so Stephen B●rrowes, 1556. But this cannot be Pigmies-land, for that must join or be near to Groenland.  therefore to the other side of the Island to the North, to the Country of the Pigmies or Nova Zembla, that by the mouth of the white Sea, we might come to the Scythian or Tartarian Sea; from thence they say, there is a passage to the Kingdom of China and Cathay, but being hindered by the Ice, we could not pass the mouth of that Sea, wherefore without doing any thing, we returned into Iseland the 16 of June.   

The Voyage of Master john Knight employed into Groynland as Captain, the year before by the King of Denmark but now out of England to search the N. W. passage. 1606.  
18 He was set forth at the cost and charge of the Muscovia 
April.  Company, and the East India Merchants.  
He set sail from Gravesend the 18 of April, and arrived in Orkney the 26. he stayed there 14 days with contrary winds, and in the mean time he entertains 2. men of the Country, to go along with him on the Voyage.  
12 He set forth from St. Margaret's Sound in Orkney, and 
May.  steered away W. by S.  
16 This day at noon holding still his course Westward off 
Variation 48d  S. the Latit. was 58 d. 19 m. his magnetical declination 8 deg. also this morning's Sun being 10 d. above the Horizon, was distant from E, Northward 22 degrees.  
17 This day he was in 58 d. 10 m. this morning the Sun did rise 50 d. to the N. off East.  
12 He was in Latit. 57 d. 50 m. continuing his course still Southwards off W. from the last day much wind at N, N, ●. and fog, and he had a current setting to the North.  
22 He saw many Sea gulls and Rock weed.  
23 He judged his way to be made S, W, by W. but it proved W, by S. or rather W, 20 league. by reason of a current (there he sees an Owl.)  
28 He had Lat. 57 d. 57 m. the variation 14 d. 30 m. Westward, 
Latit. 57 d. 57 m Variation 14 d. 30.  this day he had black water streams, leeches and falls of currents, it seemed to the N. and some to the West.  
29 Latit. 58 degrees he was in a tyde-gate, which he judged to set N, and S. or that it was the Eddie of the currents which he saw the other day (he sees white Fowls chirping 
Dead Cowes.  like Sparrows) and also many dead Cow's adrift (I think rather Crows.)  
His Latit. was 58 d. 3. m. the variation 24 d. to the N, Westwards, 
Latitude 58 d. 3 min. Variation 24 d. June.  this night he observed the Sun to set 21 d. W. from N.  
1 He was in Latit. 57 d. 35 m. and saw many black fowls, like Willockes flying in flocks together.  
4 He was in Latit. 54 d. 40 min.  
5 He was in 56 d. and had the variation by the Scale 20 d. 
Latitude 56 d. Variat. 20 and 24 deg.  by his other Instruments 24 d. W. the Sun was 22 d. ●/●. high, and to the North off W. 30 d. by the Instruments, and 26 d. by the scale.  
11 At noon, he had Latit. 58. at night the Sun set 14 d. W, from N. at morning it riseth 50. d. to the E. off North.  
13 He had sight of land like Lands, in Latit. 57 d. 25 min. and had some quantity of Ice driving to the South.  
On Friday he makes fast to the Ice, but the wind calming, he rows, betwixt Ice and Ice, towards the land, but in a fog he makes fast again to the Ice, when it cleared he loosed again, and Rows in, and is exceedingly pestered with Ice, suffering a mighty storm (with thick, and foggy weather) which so bruised his Ship betwixt the Lands of Ice; that he was in danger to be crushed to pieces, though employed all his industry to the uttermost of his power.  
19 He again discovers the Island of America, bearing N. and by W. about 15 league. off, the variation 25 d. W. Latit. 56 
Latitude 56 d. 48 min. Var●at. 25 d.  d. 48 m. this coast showeth like broken Lands and the Tide of flood cometh from the North.  
24 He had a violent storm Northerly, and such a su●●e of the Sea came in, that his ropes broke that were fast on shore, 
Lost his Rudder.  his Rudder was driven from his stern by the force of the mighty Lands of Ice, so that he was forced to hale close into the bottom of a cove, to save his clothes, furniture and victuals, but before he had done, the Ship was half full of water, 
His Ship bul●ed.  and he took little rest for that night, (which may very well be believed.)  
25 The ship on ground, he goeth about to set the water out: of her, and to stop so many of her leaks as he could come by, and some went to building the shallop, he caused his boat to be launched over the Ice, and sent his mate Edward Gorill with 3 more, to seek for a better place, where to bring his ship on ground, if it were possible to mend her again. They returned without any certainty, by reason of the abundance of Ice, which choked every place, yet they found wood growing on the shore.   

Here Master john Knight ended, writing his journal with his life, another proceeds as followeth.  
26 ON Thursday in the morning he caused some of his men to go on board to save what things they could, himself, Edw. Gorrill his mate, and 3 more of his company took the boat, having with them 4 pistols, 3 muskets, 5 swords, and a half pikes, for to go over to a great Island, not above a mile from the ship, to see for Harbour to mend his ship in, they took with them an Equinoctial Dial, a paper to draw the land; when they were passed over, the Mr. his Brother and Mate, with one more went on shore, leaving ●. in the Boat from 10 of the clock in the morning until 11 at night, who heard no news of them, after they departed from the top of the hill; then did the Trumpeter being one of them left in the Boat, sound two or 3 times, and the other did discharge his Musket two or 3 times more, and so they came away to the 
The Master & other n●●●● hard ●●●.  W. side with the Boat where the ship was, who were watching for their coming; but when they see these two come and no more, they marvelled where the rest were; and when they were on land, the others inquired for the Master and the rest, but they could tell no news of them, after their departure from the boat, but that they did see them go on to the top of the Island, which report did strike all the men into great fear, to think in what extremity they were, because they wanted their Master & 3 of their men, their ship sunk and they nothing to trust too but their shallop, which was at that time but ½. furnished: This night lying on shore in their Tent, which was betwixt 2 Rocks, they kept very good watch, for fear of any people's sudden assault, or if the Master and his company, had travailed so far, as they could not come home again that night, if they should shoot a musket they might hear them; but they came not at all.  
27 They consulted that 7 of them should go over with the boat to try if they could see or learn any news of their Master or of their men, supposing that they were either surprised by the Savages of the Country, or else devoured by the wild beasts, so they took with them 7 muskets, swords and Targets, and such provision as they had in the ship, and went down to the Sea side, but they could not get over for Ice, at length they returned, with much ado to come to shore, and went to the ship to save such things, as they could get out of her.  
28 Fair weather, they make clear the ship, and help to save and mend all things, she lay upon the Rocks; therefore they make her as light as they could, for beating and bruising of her Hull, that night it reigned very sore, and about clock 1. in the boatswain and Stewards watch it being almost out, the Steward goes on board the ship to pump, leaving the boatswain at watch, some muskets shot from their Tent, now while he was pumping, there came over the Rocks a great sort of the Country people, to the place where the boatswain was at watch, who when they saw him, they shot 
Savage tre●●●ry.  arrows at him, running to him as fast as they could, whereupon he discharged his musket at them, and so fled back to the Tent as fast as he could, thinking they had beset it they were so many; the Steward hearing the Musket go off, came forth of the Ship, & when he was coming saw the Savages approaching their Shallop, and cried out to them in the Tent to save the boat, and the Shallop, who made what hast they could; but when they came at their boat and see so many of the Salu. in the Shallop, they were then afraid of being betrayed, at this time it reigned sore, yet calling their wits together, they sent 2 of their men back to the tent, the rest made towards the Savages, and shot at them some 3 or 4 muskets, who when they perceived it, they stood in the shallop and held up their hands to them calling one to another; they thinking it were better to dye in their own defence in pursuing the Savages, than they them, for it was in the night, and they were still in sight; thus recovering their Shallop, they sent more men to keep the Tent, the Savages were but 8 men, and a dog, yet the rest followed, but they were got into other boats, before they over took them. The Ice was so thick, that they stuck fast in them, they came so near them as they could, and shot a dozen shot at them, before they could get clear, the shot caused them to cry out one to another very sore, for their boats were full of men, as far as they could judge, they are little people, tawny coloured, thick haired, little or no beard, flat 
Saluages described.  nosed, and are man-eaters.  
26 They carry all their provision aboard their Ship for fear 
june.  of the Savages second assault, the ship lying between two Rocks, and all without so full of Ice, that they could not pass any way to sea, no not with a boat; this day 2 of our men watched, that we might have warning, if any of them came again with their boats, the Carpenter made what haste he could with the shallop, and did only tinch, but neither calk● nor pitched her, yet they brought her to the ship.  
30 They fall to work with axes, and pickaxes, to cut the Ice, for all about the Island was nothing else, and no place to ride free in, that night it pleased God, that they rowed her away with their oars, but she was exceeding leak, and the shallop also, and which was worse, they had never a Rudder to steer withal, yet they rowed all night amongst Ice.  
1 and 2. They rowed up and down amongst the driving Ice, 
July.  with little hopes to recover their Country.  
3 The wind at N. they had a great current set to Southward, 
Currant South▪ ward▪  they make fast to a piece of Ice, and went to work, to stow their things snug & close down within board to make her stiff, for they had no ballast, the Carpenter makes what shift he could, to hang their Rudder, having nothing to make Gudgeons nor Pintels, they were fain to break open the Master's Chest, to take the Iron bands, to make fast 
An enforced shift to hang a Rudder.  2 pickaxes for 2 pintels, this Night they hang the Rudder with 2 pintels, and a Cable through the middle of it, to keep it too with two tacks, now were they in good hopes, to get clear; for before their ship being Leake, with her stem sore beaten with Ice, and Rocks, themselves with pumping and rowing, were both sore and weary.  
4 This day, the wind came W, N, W. and was fair weather 
july.  (they got clear out of the Bay the Noone-watch) and was the first they had of long time before, being all glad to watch to conduct the Ship clear from the Ice, their ship was so leak, that if she stood unpumped but half an hour, they could not dry her with 1000 strokes; therefore they were enforced to Rumige, and found many leaks, but not that which caused them to pump so sore; at last they find it close abaft the forefoote, where the keel was split in 2 or 3 places, they could not come to stop it, for it was under a timber, in at which the Sea came so fast as it was not possible 
They ●oder.  to keep her free with both pumps, than did they take their main bonnet, and basted it with Okum, and put it overboard right against their leak, which eased them 4 or 500 strokes in an hour, they all this day consult to shape their course for Newfoundland, hoping to meet with some English or French, and to mend their Ship; at this time one of their men was very sick, another had his hand splinted, and most of them all were so sore with rowing, and pumping, as they were not able to stir, but that they must perforce.  
5 They shape their Course for Newfoundland.  
21 They fall with land being nothing but Lands, Latit. 49 degrees, 30 minutes.  
22 Fair weather, they stand in among Lands, and a great Current set from Island to Island, no ground at a 100 Fathoms, they keep too and fro all this night, in great danger▪ being among broken Rocks, with thick weather.  
23 They espy a dozen shallops fishing, they make towards them, they took harbour and remained in this Bay oh Fogo: until the 22 of August, repairing their ship, and refreshing themselves; the 24 of September, they arrive a Dartmouth.  
This journal from the death of Master john Knight, uva writ by Oliver Browne one of the Company.   

An Abstract of the Voyage of Master Henry Hudson, to the Northwest, begun the 17 of April, 1610. and ended with his life, being treacherously exposed by some of his Company.  
22 IN the Road of Lee, in the River of Thames, he caused 
April.  Master Coolbrand to be set in a Pink, to be carried back again to London. This Coolbrand was every way held to be a better man than himself, being put in by the Adventurers as his assistant, who envying the same (he having the command in his own hands) devised this course, to send himself the same way, though in a far worse place, as hereafter followeth.  
5 He came to the Isles of Orkney, and here he set the N. 
May.  end of the Needle, and the North end of the Fly all one.  
6 He was in latitude 59 d. 23 m. and there he perceived that the N. end of Scotland, Orkney, and Shotland (for he visited them all) as he saith, are not so Northerly as is commonly set down in the Charts.  
8 He saw far Lands in Lat. 62. 24 m. but he stayed not there.  
11 He fell with the E. part of Iseland, then plied up along the S. part of the land and came to the Westmost; and the 15. he still plied up until the last of May, and got some fowls of diverse sorts.  
1 He put to Sea out of a harbour in the Westmost part of 
june.  Iseland, (and according as he writeth) plied to the Westward in Latit. 66d. 34 m.  
2 He was in Latit. 65 d. 57 m. small wind Easterly.  
4 He saw Greenland perfectly over the Ice, this night, Sun 
Greenland.  set at N. and rise N, N, E. The 5. he plied in 65 d. still incom bred with Ice, which hang upon the c●●st of Greenland.  
9 He was off Frebrishers s●ra●●s, and p●ide Southward until 
Davis his error but not believed.  the 15. and then he was in Latit. ●9 d. 27 m, and had sight of Desolation, and finds the error, of the former lying down of the land, running to the Northward, as he saith, until this day in 60 d. 42 m. he saw much Ice, many riplings and overfallings, and a strong stream setting West Northwest.  
23 In sight of much Ice, wind variable, and in latitude 62. degrees, 19 minutes.  
25 About midnight he saw the land North, but was suddenly lost, yet he run still Westward in 6● deg. 19 min. and he plied upon the South side seeking the shore, he was troubled with much Ice, in latitude, 52 deg. 16. min.  
8 He plied off the shore again, until this day, the Pol●s 
july.  elevation 60 d. 0 m. he saw the land from N, W. by W. ½ N. unto the S, W, by W. covered with snow, a Champion land, and calls it Desire provoked.  
11 He plied still to Westward, and fearing a storm, he anchored by 3 ragged Lands, in uncertain deeps, between 8. and 9 fathoms; he finds the harbour unsufficient, by reason of sunken rocks, one of the which was the next morning 2. fathoms above water (which he had gone over) he calls them the Isles of God's mercy; it floweth here better than 
The I'll of God's Mercy▪  4 fathoms; the stood came from North, flowing 8 a Clock the Change day, the latitude in this place is 62 d. 9 min.  
16 Plying to Southward, until this day he was in 58 deg. 50 min. there he was Embayed with land, and had much Ice.  
19 Until this day he plied Westward, and found his latitude 61 deg. 24 min. where he see a Bay in the South land which he named (Hold with h●pe.)  
21 Hence he plies to the Northward, had variable winds, and finds the Sea more grown, than he had any time since he left England.  
23 The Poles height was 61 deg. 33. min.  
25 He saw the Southland, and named it, Magna Britania.  
26 He was in latitude, 62 deg. 44 min.  
28 He plied Southward off the Westward, and was in 63. deg. 10 min.  
31 Plying Southerly, he found himself in 62 d. 2● min.  
1 He had sight of the North shore, from the N, E, by ●. 
●. August.  to the W. by. S. the N. 12 leagues off, the W. part 20 leagues, he had no ground at 180 fathoms, and he thought he see land, bearing E, N, E. on the Sun's side, but could not make it perfectly, here he found the latitude, 62 deg. 50. min.  
2 This day he had sight of a Fair headland 6 leagues off, which he called Salisburies' Foreland, he ran from thence W, S, W. 14 leagues, in the midst of which, he came in to a great whirling Sea, whither caused by the meeting of a streams, or overfals he knew not, thence sailing W, by S. 7 leagves farther; he was in the mouth of a strait, and had no ground at 100 fathoms, the strait not being above 2 leagues broad in the passage, in this Western part, which from the Eastern part of Fretum Davis is distant 250 leagues.  
3 This day he put through this passage (which was narrow) after his men had been on land, that did observe; the flood-tide did come from N. flowing by the shore 5 fathoms.  
After he had sailed West by South 10 leagues, the land fell to the Southwards, and the Isles to the West left him, he observed, and found himself in 61 d. 20 m. and a Sea from the Westwards.  
He names the Cape on the Starboard, C. Digges, being an 
Cape Digges.  Island; that on the Larbord stands upon the main, named by 
Cape Worstenholme.  him Cape Worstenholme, here is all I find extant of his own writing, although he lived until july following, before he was exposed.   

A large discourse of the said Voyage, and the success thereof, written by Abacuk Pricket, Who lived to come home  
They came to the Isles of Orkney, and from thence to far, 
May.  one day being calm, they fell to fishing, and killed good store of God and Ling, from thence they raise the Isles of Westmony, in one of which the King of Denmark hath a fortress, by which they passed to raise the Snow-hill-foote, a mountain so called, on the N, W. part of the land, and in that course, they see the famous Mount Hecla, which cast out much fire, a sign of foul weather to come; they leave Island on stern, and met a main of Ice, lying upon the Northpart thereof, which when they see, they stood back for a Harbour in Island, called Derefer, where he killed good store of Fowl; from thence they put to Sea again, but the wind not serving, he puts back again into another harbour, called Lousy Bay, hear they found a Bath so hot as would scald a Fowl,  
He put forth for Groenland, and thought he saw land, but i● 
June 1.  proved a fog bank.  
He raised Groenland, but great store of Ice hung upon the land, this land is Mountainous, with hills like Sugar loaves, covered with Snow.  
He coasted along betwixt W, and N, W. until he saw Dissolation, which is a great Island, on the N, W. part of Groenland, here he saw great store of Whales, some came about and under the ship, but did no harm: From hence he directed his course N, W. and would have hailed more Northerly if the wind would have suffered him, in this course he see the first mountainous Ice; about the last of June, he raised the land N. off him, he took the same to be that Island which Capt. Davis set in his Chart, on the W. side of this strait he would have gone to N. thereof, but the wind would not suffer him, so he fell on the Southside into a great rippling or overfall of a current, into this current, he went and made his way Northward off W. until he met with Ice which hung on this Island; wherefore he cast about to the South, and cleared himself and then stood to the W, amongst some store of sloting Ice, and upon the Ice store of Seals, he still made way N, W. and meets sometimes with Ice, and then again clear; thus proceeding betwixt Ice and Ice, he sees a great Island of Ice overtumble, which was a good warning to him not to come near them; the next day he had a great storm, and was driven to put in amongst 
A warning.  the Ice, and there to lie, some of his men fell sick, he will not say for fear, though he see no other sign of grief.  
The storm ceasing, he put from the Ice standing W, S, W: and N, W. and as the clear Sea and Ice would suffer him; seeing the sea thus continued he would seek to the S. but the more he strove the worse he was, for he was fast enclosed and began to despair (as he after told this Writer) he thought he should never have got out of this Ice, but there have perished.  
Wherefore he showed him his Card, that he was 100 league. 
See Weymare  further than ever any English man was, and referred to their choice to proceed further or no; whereupon some wished them at home, others any where so from amongst the Ice, but in 
Discontents▪  this distraction, there passed words which was thought upon long time after.  
There was one told the Master, that if he had a 100 pound he would give 90 thereof to be at home, but the Carpenter made answer and said, if he had 100 he would not give 10 upon any such condition, but would hold it as good money as ever he had any, and by God's leave, to bring it as well home; well, to work they go and with labour get the ship clear, the sea being also clear, a league or 2 off; the course now is N, N, W. in the end, he raised high land, at S. W. (covered with snow) and names it, Desire provokes, he heard the noise of a great overfall of a tide that came out of the Land, and now he could well discern that formerly he had been embayed, and that Time made his acquaintance so well known to the Ice, that when wet fog or foul weather came, he should make fast to the broad piece of Ice, and run and sport, and fill sweet fresh water upon the same, after he had brought this land to bear S off him, he had a current or tide to open the Ice, being carried first one way and then another, but in bays they lay as in a pond, without moving, in the Bay wherein he was thus troubled, he see of those Icy mountains on ground, here was 120 and 140 fathoms of water, and here he sees a Bear upon the Ice, his men gave chase, to him, but lost him, by the tides carrying away the Ice, the Bear was gone out of their reach.  
He continued his course, towards the North-West, and raised land to the North and Ice, where there was a Bear which came from Ice to Ice, until she came near them, and then she run away; he stood along on the South side of this land meeting with Ice, which seeing, he stood into the shore, and found a harbour, in the West end of this Island, he went over one Rock of two fathoms and a half, and at low water it was so much bare, he names it the Isles of God's mercy, 
Isles of God's Mercy. Partridges.  the Master sent this Author, over to discover this Island, to the North and North-West he met with a covery of Partridges, and killed only the old one, it was barren land, having nothing thereon but water plashes, and torn Rocks, as though it had been subject to earthquakes, to the North of this Island, there is a great bay or Sea, they know not what it 
Spring tides carried the Ice to the N, West.  may prove, there was a great Island of Ice on ground, which with the spring tide was set on float and carried to the N, W. but came not back within sight, here they found some drift wood on shore.  
From thence he stood to S, W. to double the land to the W. off him, through many pieces of Ice, at length he found a clear Sea, and raised land to the N, W. whereupon he stood more to S. then before (and fell amongst Ice) which he would have doubled to the N. but could not, than he stood to the S, W. amongst the Ice, and strove to get to the land but could not for the Ice, from out of this bay he stood to the North, and was soon clear of the Ice, than he stood to S. W. and W. where he was enclosed with land and Ice, having land on the one side from the S. to the N, W. and on the other side he see land from E. to W. but the land that lay to the N. and lay E. and W. was but an Island, he went so far as he could, (and made fast to the Ice, the tide brought upon him) but the ebb did open 
Tide and ebb.  and made way, and 7 or 8 hours he was clear, and with the great Lands of Ice, was carried to the N, W.  
He stands to the W. along the S. shore and raised 3 Capes or headlands one above another, the middlemost is an Island, with a Bay which he thinks will prove a good harbour, he names them Prince Henry's Forland, when he had laid these, he raised another which was the extreme part of the land looking towards the N. upon it are two hills (but one above the rest) like an humlocke, he names it King james his Cape, to the N. of this lies certain Lands, he names it Queen Annes Forland, he still followed the N. shore beyond the Kings Forland, there is a Bay wherein lieth some broken land and close to the main, but he passed by on the night.  
From thence he stood to the N. and W. to double this land again, and fell with land that stretched from the main, like a shore from S, to N. and from N, to W. and down to S, again, here a storm takes him and he stands to N. and raises land, than he stood to S. again, for he was loathat any time to see the N. shore, the storm continuing, and he coming to the S. he found himself shot to the W. a great way, which he mervailed at, (considering his leaward way) to S. W. ward off this land, there is a hill he named Mount Charles, to the N. and beyond this is an Island, that to the East hath a fore head land, and beyond it to the W. other broken land, where he thinks may be found a good harbour, he names this Cape Salisbury.  
He then left those lands to the North-East, and fell into a ripline or overfall of a current, which he thought to be should water, but had no ground, he put on still in sight of the South-land, and raised land 2 league. from the main, he took it to be the North main, but it proved an Island, having a very fair Head-land to the West, which he named Cape Digges, 
Cape Digges.  on the other side, to the East, was another Cape or head-land which he called Cape Worstenholme; betwixt which two he 
Cape Worstenholme.  sailed South.  
He sends the Boat on shore to Digges his Island, and in her going she was overtaken by a storm of Rain, Thunder, and Lightning, they came to the N, East-side, being high-land, but with much ado, going to the highest part, they find some 
Dee●e  plain ground, and Dear, 4 or 5. And after 16 in one Herd, but could not come nigh them with Musket shot.  
Thus going from place to place, they see (to the West) a Hill higher than all the rest, it was steep, and they could not get up to it, but on the South-west side; and on that side was a great water pond, from whence on the South runneth a stream of water, as much as would drive a Mill, falling into the Sea: and in this place bred great store of Fowl, and the best grass grew there, they had seen since their coming from England, they found Sorrell and Scurvey-grasse in great abundance, they found likewise Hills, made like to haycocks, 
Fowl hanged.  within which were great store of Fowl hanged by the necks, they took many of them; and down a valley carried them to their Boate.  
In this time the Master had brought in the Ship, between the two lands, & shot off some pieces, to call the boat on board, for it was a fog, they persuaded him to stay here for refreshing, but he would not, but sailed down to the S. the land bears E, from him, and the same Main that he had all 
He lost sight of East-land.  the time followed, he looseth the sight thereof, because it fell away to the East, and after he had sailed 25 or 30. league. he came to shallow water, broken ground, and Rocks; which he passed to the S. and in a storm of wind, the water still shoalding, he came to anchor in 15 fathoms.  
After this, he weighed and stood S, E. for so the Land laid, and came to have land on both sides, than he anchored, and sent the Boat on land, the Land on the W. was a very narrow 
A large Sea to South.  point, and to the S. there was a large Sea: He stood to the South between these two Lands in this place, not above two leagues, and in the sight of the East-shore; in the end he lost sight thereof, and came into the bottom of a bay into 6. or 7. fathom water, than he stands up again to the N. by the West-shore, until he came to an Island in 53 deg. where he took in water, and ballast.  
From thence, he passed to the N. but some 2 or 3 days after, there fell some reasoning concerning their coming into this Bay and going out, the Master takes occasion to revive old matters, and displaces his Mate Robert Ivet, and also his Boatswain, for words spoken in the great Bay of Ice; he places Robert Bylot his Mate, and William Wilson Boatswain, and then stands up to the N, until he raised land, and then down to the S. then up again to the N. and then down to 
Michaelmas Bay.  the S. and on Michaelmas day he came in and went out from certain Lands which he sets down for Michalmas Bay; from thence he stood to the N. and came into shoal water, the weather thick and foul.  
He anchored in 6 or 7 fathoms, and lay there 8 days, before which time he could not have one hour to get up his anchor, the wind then ceasing, the Master would have up the anchor, against the mind of all that knew what belonged thereunto; but when he had his anchor on peak, the Ship took one sea and threw them all from Capstone, and diverse were hurt, he left his anchor and saved most of his Cable, for the Carpenter had laid his axe ready to cut the Cable if occasion should so fall out.  
From hence he stands to S, W. through a clear Sea of diverse soundings, and came to a Sea of two colours, one black the other white, and 16 or 17 fathom water, between which he went 5 or 6 league. the night coming on, he goes in his main and foresail and came into 5 or 6 fathoms, he saw no land for it was dark, so that he stood to the East, and had 
The West most of Hadsons' Bays.  deeper water, and then stood to the S. and S. W. and came to the West●. most bay of all, (in this bay wintered Captain james of Bristol) in this bay nearest to the N. shore he anchored and sent on Land his boat, he found the land flat, and his 
Footing of a Man.  men saw the footing of a man & a duck in the snowy Rocks and found good store of wood, here he saw a ledge of Rocks lying S. and N. to the southward off him, and flowed over at full sea, and a strong tide set in there, he weighed anchor at midnight and thought to stand forth as he came in, but it 
S●● on ● Rock.  fortuned that he run upon these Rocks, and sat there, for 12 hours, but by God's mercy he got off again unhurt though not unaffrighted.  
He then stood up to the East and raised 3 hills lying North and South, he went to the furthermost, and left it to the North he came into a Bay and anchored, and sent the Carpenter, and this writer to look for a place to winter; it being the last of October; the night's long and cold, the earth all covered with Snow, themselves wearied, having spent 3 months in a labyrinth, 
November.  in this Bay, they went down to the East, to the bottom there, but returned not with that they went for; the next day he went to the South, and S, West, where he found a place, unto which he brought his ship, and hailed her on ground, and on the 10 day she was froze in; now he looks to the lengthening of his provision.  
He was victualled for 6 months with good provision and might have had more from home if he would, now he must pinch for that he knew of no supply until he came the next year to Cape Digs, where the Fowl breed, for there was all his hopes; wherefore he propounded reward to him that either killed beast, fish, or fowl; his Gunner died about the middle of this month, he blameth the Master's uncharitable dealing with this man, but note what followed.  
The Master kept in his house at London, a young man named 
Henry Green's condition.  Henry Greene, borne in Kent, of worthy Parents, but by his life and conversation, he had lost the love of all his friends, & spent all that he had, but by the means of one Master Venison, his mother parted with 4 l. to buy him clothes, which money he was not trusted with the disposing of himself, this Henry Greene, was not known to the Adventurers, nor had any wages, but came only on board at Gravesend, and at Harwich, would have gone into the field with one Wilkinson of our Company; at Island he fell out with the Chirurgeon in Dutch, 
Green beats the Surgeon.  and he beat him on shore in English, which set all the Company in a rage, so that they had much ado to get the Chirurgeon on board again, this Author told the Master of it, but he bade him let the matter alone; for (said he) the Chirurgeon hath a tongue that would wrong the best friend he had, but Robert juet, the Master's Mate would needs put his fingers in the Embers, and told the Carpenter a long tale, (when he was drunk) that the Master had brought in Green to crack his credit that should displease him, which when the Master heard of, (being forty leagues from Island) he would have gone back to Island to have sent Juet his Mate home in a Fisherman, but being otherwise persuaded, all was well and Green stood upright, and was very inward with the Master, and was a serviceable man every way for manhood, but for Religion he would say he was white Paper, whereon he might write what he would; now the Gunner was dead, and then (as order is in such cases) if the Company stand in need of any thing belonged to the man that is deceased, then is it brought to the main Mast, and there sold to them that will give the most for it; this Gunner, had a grey cloth Gown, which Greene prayed the Master to befriend him, so much as to let him have it, paying for it as another would give, the Master said he should, and therefore answered some, who sought for it that Greene should have it and none else.  
Now out of time and season, the Master called the Carpenter to go in hand with a house on shore, which at the beginning he would not hear of, when it might have been done; the Carpenter told him that the Snow and Frost was such, as he neither could nor would go in hand with such work, which when he heard he feretted him out of his cabbine and struck him, calling him by many foul words and threatened to hang him, the Carpenter told him, that he knew what belonged to his place better than he did, and that he was no house Carpenter, yet the house was made with much labour to no end, the next day after, the Master and the Carpenter fell out, the Carpenter took his Piece and Henry Greene with him, for it was ordered that none should go out alone, but one with a Piece another with a Pike, this did move the Master so much more against Greene, that Robert Bylot his mate must have the Gown, and had it delivered unto him, which Henry Greene seeing, he charged the Mr. with his promise, but the Mr. did so rail on Greene, & with so many words of disgrace, telling him that all his friends durst not trust him with 20 shillings, & therefore why should he, and as for wages he was to have none, nor should if he did not please him, yet the Mr. had promised him as good wages as any man in the ship, and to have him one of the Prince's Guard at his home coming, but you shall see how the Devil so wrought out of this that Greene did the Master what mischief he could, in seeking 
Green practice of mischief.  to discredit him, and to thrust him and other honest men out of the ship; to speak of all the troubles, and of this cold Winter would be too tedious.  
Now he showeth how mercifully God dealt with them in this time, for in the space of three months he had such store of one kind of Fowl, which were Partridge, as white as Milk, at which he killed at least one hundred dozen, of sundry sorts, for all was fish that came to the net, at the Spring this fowl left them, and in their places came other of diverse sorts, as Swans, Goose, Duck, and Teal, but hard to come by, he thought that they would have bred there in those broken grounds, but they do not, but came from the S, and flew to the N. further than he was this Voyage, yet if they had been taken short with N. or N. E. winds, they stay there against the winds return, and then take their flight to the N. ward, and in short time none of them are to be seen there.  
Then he searched the woody hills and valleys, for all things 
Miserable food.  that had any show of substance (for food) how vile soever, the moss of the ground, and the frog in his engendering time was not spared, but amongst diverse sorts of buds, it pleased God that Thomas Woodhouse brought one of a tree, that was full of Turpentine substance, of this the Surgeon made a decoction 
A Medecinable bud.  to drink, and applied the buds hot to them that were troubled with ache in any part, from whence they received present ease.  
Now about that time the Ice began to break out of the 
A Savage▪  bays, there came a Savage to their Ship, as it were to see and to be seen, and was the first, that they had seen in all that time, he entreats him well, and used him kindly, promising to himself great matters by this means; and therefore called for all the Knives and hatchets which every man had to his private use, and to this Savage he gave a knife, a lookingglass, and buttons, who received them thankfully, and made signs that after he had slept he would come again, which he did and brought with him a sled which he drew after him, and upon it two Dear skins, and two Beaver skins, he had a scrip under his arm, out of which he drew those things the Master had given him; and lays the knife upon the Beaver skins, and the glasses and buttons upon the other, and so gave them to the Master, who received them; and the Savage took 
They trade.  those things which the Master had given him, and put them into his scrip again, than the Master showed him a hatchet, for which he would have given him one of his Dear skins, but the Master would have both, and so he had, although not willingly, after many signs of people to the N. and to the S. and that after so many sleeps, he would come again, he went his way but came no more.  
Now the Ice being broke out of the Sounds, that a boat might pass, the Mr. appointed William Wilson, Henry Greene, Michael Peirce, John Thomas, Andrew Motter, Bennet Mathewes, and Arnold Lodlo, to go on fishing, these men the first day they went, caught 500 fish as big as good Herrings, and some Trout, here was good hope to have their want 
Fishing.  supplied, but those were the most that ever they got in one day, for many days they got not a quarter so many; in this time of their fishing, Henry Greene, and William Wilson, with some others plotted to take the net & Shallop which the Carpenter had new set up, and so to shift for themselves, but the Shallop being ready, the Master would go in it himself, to the S, and S, W, to see if he could meet with people, for to that end it was set up: and that way he could see the woods set on fire by them; the Master takes the net and shallop, and so much victuals as would serve for nine days, and went to the Southward, they that remained on board were appointed to take in water, wood, and ballast; and to make the ship ready against his return; but he could set no time, for he was persuaded that if he met with the Savages, he should have refreshing of fresh meat, and that good store; but in conclusion, he returned worse than he went, and though the Inhabitants set the woods on fire before him, yet they would not come to him.  
Being now returned, he makes ready for his home coming, 
A bill of return.  and first he delivers all the bread in the fore room, which came to a pound a piece for every man's share, and delivered unto every man a bill of return, willing them to have that to show if it pleased God they came home, and he wept, when he gave it unto them, but to help themselves to some relief; the boat went to fish from Friday morning until Sunday noon, and brought but 80 small fish for 18 hungry bellies; whereupon he weighed and came away from his wintering place into the Sea, where his bread being gone, that store of cheese which he had must stop the gap, being but five; the Company grudged, 
Cheese shifted.  for they made account of nine; but those five were equally divided by the Master, some counselling him to the contrary, for there were some, who having it, would make haste to be rid thereof, because they could not govern it; I know (saith the writer) when Henry Greene gave half his bread which he had for 14 days, to one to keep, and prayed him not to let him have any until the next Monday, but before Wednesday at night, he never left until he had it again, having eaten up his first weeks bread before; so Wilson the boatswain, had eat in one day his 14 days bread, and hath laid in bed, 2 or 3 days for his labour. The cause why the Master delivered all the cheese, was because they were not all of one goodness, and therefore they should see that they had no wrong done them, but that every man had the best and worst together, which was 3 pound and one half for 7 days.  
The wind serving, he weighed and stands to the N, W. and on Monday night, the 18 of June, he fell into the Ice, and the next day with W. wind he lay fast within sight of land until Sunday following; now being here the Master told Nicholas Simmes that there would be a breaking up of Chests, and a search for bread, and willed him, if he had any to bring it to him, which he did, and delivered the Master 30 Cakes in a bag; this deed of the Mr. (if it be true) hath made me marvel what should be the reason, why he did not stop the breach in the beginning, but let it grow to that height as it overthrew himself and many other honest men; but there are many devices in the heart of man, but the counsel of the Lord should stand.  
Being thus on the Ice, on Saturday the one and twentieth 
Wilson and Greene, their treachery.  of june at night, Wilson the Boatswain, and Henry Greene came to this writer lying lame in his cabin, and told him that they and the rest of their associates would shift the Company, and turn the Master and all the sick men into the Shallop, and let them shift for themselves, for there was not 14 days victual left for all the Company, at that poor allowance they were at: and that there they lay, the Master not caring to go one way or other; and that they had not eaten any thing this three days, and therefore were resolute either to mend o● end, and what they had begun, they would go through therewith, or die; when he heard this, he told them, he marvelled to hear so much from them, considering that they were married men, and had wives and children, and that for their sakes they should commit so foul a thing in the sight of God and man, as that would be: for why should they banish themselves from their native country; Henry Greene bade him hold his peace, for he knew the worst of it; which was to be hanged when he came at home, and therefore of the two he 
Hang or starve  would rather be hanged at home then starved abroad, and for the good will they bore him they would have him to stay in the ship; he gave them thanks, and told them that he came into the ship, not to forsake her, nor yet to hurt himself and others by any such deed, Henry Greene told him then, that he must take his fortune in the Shallop, if there be no remedy quoth he, the will of God he done.  
Away goes Green in a rage, swearing to cut his throat that went about to disturb them, and left Wilson by him, with whom he had some conference, but to no good, for he was persuaded to go on with the action, whilst it was hot, lest their parties should fail them; and the mischief they intended to others, should fall upon their own shoulders. Greene comes again and demanded what he said; Wilson answered and said, he is in his old song, still patient; then he spoke to Green to stay 3 days, in which time he would so deal with the Mr. as all should be well, but being denied, he dealt with him but for 2 days, nay, for 12 hours, there is no way then say they, but out of hand: then he told them that if they would stay while Monday▪ he would join with them to share all the victuals in the ship▪ and would justify it when he came at home; but this would not serve, wherefore he told them it was some worse matter they had in hand, than they made show of, and that it was blood and revenge he sought or else he would not undertake such a deed, at such a time of night, Green with that took his Bible, which lay before him, and 
Swear.  swore that he would do no harm, and what he did, it was for the good of the Voyage, and for nothing else, and that all the rest should do the like, the like did Wilson swear.  
Greene went his way, and presently comes Ivett, who because he was an ancient man, he hoped to have found some reason in him, but he was worse than Green, for he swore plainly that he would justify this deed at home-comming, after him came, john Thomas, and Michael Pierce, as birds of one feather, but because they died, as hereafter shall be showed, he let them pass; then came Motter and Bennet, of whom he demanded, if they were well advised what they had taken in hand, they answered, they were, and therefore came to take their oath.  
Now saith this writer, because he was much condemned for this oath, as one that plotted with them, and that by an oath he should bind them together to perform what they had begun; he thought good to set down to the view of all men, to see how well their oath and deeds agreed, and thus it was; You shall be true to God, your Prince and Country, you shall do nothing but to the glory of God, and to the good of the action in hand, and harm to no man. This was the oath without adding or diminishing, he looked for more of those companions, althoughthose were too many, but there came no more while it was dark, and they in readiness to put this deed of darkness into execution, he called to him Green and Wilson, and prayed them not to go in hand with it in the dark, but to stay until morning, for now he hoped every man would go to his rest, but wickedness sleepeth not: for Henry Greene keepeth the Master Company all night, and gave this writer bread, which his cabin mate gave him, and others were as watchful as he; then he asked Henry Greene, whom he would put out with the Master, he said the Carpenter, john King, and the sick men, he said they should not do well to part with the Carpenter, what need soever they should have; why, the Carpenter was in no more regard amongst them, than another, for that he and John King were condemned for wrong done in the victuals; but the chiefest cause was because the Master loved him, and made him his mate, upon this his return from his wintring place, thereby displacing Robert Bylot, who they did grudge because he could neither write nor read; for therefore said they, the Master and his ignorant mate will carry the ship whether the Master pleaseth; the Master having forbidden any man to keep account or reckoning having taken from all men whatsoever served for that purpose; well, he obtained of Henry Greene and Wilson, that the Carpenter should stay, by which means, after that they had satisfied themselves, the Master and the rest might be taken into the ship again, or he hoped that some one or other would give some notice to the Carpenter, john King, or the Master; for so it might have come to pass, and have been by some of them prevented, that were the most forward.  
Now it cannot be amiss to show how they were lodged, and to begin in the cook's Room, there lay Bennet, and the Cooper lame without the Cook's room, on the starboard side lay Thomas Woodhouse sick, next to him lay Sydrach Fenner lame, then lay Wilson the boatswain, and then Arnold Lodlo next to him, in the Gunner's room lay Robert juet and John Thomas, on the Larboard side lay Michael But, and Adiran Moor which was never well since they lost their anchor, next to him lay Michael Peirce and Andrew Motter, next to them, without the Gunner room lay john King, and with him Robert Bilot, next to them himself, and next to him Francis Clements, In the midship betwixt the Capstone and the Pompes, Henry Greene, and Nicholas Simmes, this night John King was late up, and they thought he had been with the Mr. but he was with the Carpenter, who lay in the poop, and coming from him was met by his cabbine mate, as it were by chance, so they went to cabbine together, it was not long ere it was day, than came Bennet, for water for the kettle, he went into the hold, when he was in, they shut the hatch on him, but who kept it down he knoweth not, but upon the deck came Bennet.  
In the mean time went Henry Greeene and another to the Carpenter, and held him talk, until the Master came out of his cabin, which he soon did, then came John 
The Master bound.  Thomas and Bennet, before him, while Wilson binds his arms behind him, he asked what they meant, they told him that he should know when he was in the Shallop; now juet, while this was doing, came to John King into the hold, who 
King liked one.  was provided for him, for he had got a sword of his own and kept him at a Bay, and might have killed him but others came to help him, and so he came up to the Master, the Master called to the Carpenter, and told him that he was bound, but he heard no answer made, now Arnold Lodlo, and Michael But, railed at them and told them there knavery would show itself, than was the Shallop hailed up to the ship side, and the poor sick and lame men, were called up to get them into the Shallop, the Master called to this writer who came out of his cabbine, as well as he could, to the hatch way to speak with him, where on his knees he besought them for the love of God to remember themselves, and to do as they would be done unto, they bade him keep himself well and get him into his cabbine, not suffering the Master to speak to him; but when he came into his cabin again, at the horn window which gave light into his cabbine, the Mr. told him that Juet would overthrow them all; nay said he, it is that villain Greene, and spoke it not softly.  
Now was the Carpenter at liberty, and asked them if they would be hanged when they came at home, and as for himself, he said he would not stay in the Ship unless they would force him, they bid him go then, for they would not stay him, I will said he, so I may have my chest and all that is in it, they said he should, and presently put it into the Shallop, then came he to take his leave of this writer, who persuaded him to stay, which if he would he might so work that all might be well, but he answered, that he did not think but that they would be glad to take them in again, for he was so persuaded by the Master, that there was not one in all the ship that could tell how to carry her home, but saith he, if we must part (which we will not willingly do, for they would follow the ship) prayed him if they came to the Cape before them, that he would leave some token, that he had been there near to the place where the Fowls breed, and he would do the like for us, and so with tears we parted, now were the sick men driven out of their cabbines into the Shallop but john Thomas, who was Francis Clement's friend, and Bennet, was the Cooper's, so as there was words between them and Henry Greene, saying that they should go, and the other swearing that they should not go, but such as were in the Shallop should return when Henry Greene heard that, he was compelled to give place and to put out Arnold Lodl● and Michael But, which with much a do they did.  
In the mean time there was some that plied there work 
Breaking chests open.  as though the ship had been entered by force, and they had free leave to pillage, breaking up chests and ri●eling all places, one of them came to this writer, and asked him what they should do, who answered that they should make an end of what they had begun, for he see him do nothing but shark 
The names of those exposed into the Shallop.  up and down; now all the poor men in the Shallop, as Henry Hudson Master, john Hudson his son, Arnold Lodle, Sirack Fenner, Philip Staff the Carpenter, Thomas Woodhonse, Adam Mo●re, Henry King, and M●che●● But; the Carpenter got of them a piece, and powder and shot and some pikes, an Iron pot with some meal and other things, they stood out of the Ice the Shallop being fast to the stern of the Ship, and so when they were high out, for he cannot say they were clean out, they cut the head-fest from the stern of their ship, and then out went topsailes, and stood to the E. in clear Sea, having lost sight of the Shallop, in the end they took in top sails, righted their helm, and lay in foresail, until they had ransacked and searched all places in the Ship, in the hold they found one of the vessels of meal whole, and another half spent, for they had but two, they found also 2 firkins of butter, some 27 pieces of pork, and half a Bushel of pease, but in the Mrs. cabbine they found 200 of Biscuit Cakes, a peck of meal, of Bear to the quantity of a Butt, now when it was said that the Shallop was again come within sight, they let fall the main sail, and out top sails and fly as from an enemy.  
Then he prayed them to remember themselves, but Wilson nor the rest would hear of no such matter, coming high the E. shore they cast about to the W. and came to an Island where they anckred in 16 fathoms, and tries on shore with the net for fish, but could not drive for rocks, Michael Peirce, killed two fowl, and hear they found good store of weed called cockle grass, of which they gathered (as in their wintering place) and came on board▪ they lay there that night and the most of the next day, in which time they see not the Shallop nor 
Lost the Shalfor ever.  ever after, now came He●. Greene and told him that it was the companies will that he should go up into the Mrs. cabbine, and take charge thereof, he told him that it was more fit for Rob. juet, he said he should not come in it, nor meddle with the Mrs. Card nor journals, so up he came and Hen. Greene gave the key of the Mrs. chest and told him that he had laid the Mrs. best things together, which he would use himself when time did serve, the bread was also delivered this writer by tale.  
The wind serving they stand N, E. and this was Bylots course contrary to Ivet, who would have gone N, West, they had the E. shore in sight, and in the night had a stiff gale of wind and stood before it, until they met with Ice, and stood amongst the same until they were fast, it was so thick on head, and the wind brought it so fast on a stern, that they could not stir backwards, and so laid there 14 days in worse plight than ever before they had been, where was great store, yet it lay not so broad upon the water as this, for this sloating Ice continued miles and half miles in compass, having a deep Sea and a tide of flood setting S, E. and N, W. but Bilked was confident to go through to the N, E. as he did.  
At length being clear of the Ice, he continued his course in sight of the East shore until he had raised 4 Lands which lay North and South but past them 6 or 7 league. where the wind took them short, they stood back to them again, and came to anchor between 2 of the Westmost, they found nothing on land but Cockle grass, he saith, he found that before they came to this place; that he was kept in the Ship) against Henry Green's mind) because he did not favour their proceeding better than he did, for he drove him to take upon him to search for such things as himself had stolen, and accused him of a matter no less than treason amongst themselves, for that he had deceived the company of 30 bread cakes; now they began to talk that England was no safe place for them, and Henry Greene swore that the ship should not come in any place, but keep the Sea still, until he had the King's hand and seal to show for his safety, they had many devises but Henry Greene was their Captain and so they called him, from those Lands he stood to the N. having the Eastern land in sight, and raised these Lands the Master had called Romn●ys Lands, between which Lands and the shallow ground to the E. off them, the Mr. stood down into the first great bay, this was going outward in the Master's time: they kept the East side ●●i●l●in sight, and coming thwart of low land, struck once upon a Rock that lay under water, but without any harm, 
S●ru●k upon a Ro●k.  that they saw they continue their course and raise Lan● on head which stretched to the North, there they said p●●i●●l● that Robert Bilot by his Northern course had l●●● th●●●●●s to the South, and that in time they must s●●ke th●t way for relief, having but small store left: Bu● Bilot would still follow the land to the North, saying that ●●●●●p●d in good time to find what would relieve us that way, as soon as to the South; This Writer faith, that he told them that this Land was the Mai●● of Wostenholme Cape, and that the shallow Rockey ground was the same that the Master ran down by when he went into▪ the great Bay. Robert Ive●, and all said it was not possible unless the Master had brought the Ship over land, and willed them to look into the Master's Card, how well their course and it did agree, they stood to the East, and left the Main land to the North by many small Lands into a narrow gut, between two Lands and anchored; they went on the West side, and found a great Horn, and cockle 
Found a great horn which they took to be Sea Unicorn.  grass on the East side, this Grass was great relief to them, for without it they could not have recovered the Capes, for want of Victual.  
When they weighed Anchor the● doubled the Cape to the North which is high land, even to the Capes which is North and South some 25. or 30. leagues, than they stand to the North, they saw of those Fowls which breed at the Capes, and killed some; at which time with great joy they raised the Capes, and bearing for them, came to the Lands that lay in the mouth of the straits: but bearing in they ran upon a Rock, and stood fast for 8. or 9 hours, it was 
Set on ● Rock  ebb when they grounded, but the next flood floated them off again. It was fair weather, the ebb came from the East, and the flood from the West; being afloat they stood to the Eastward and anchored.  
This day he sent the Boat on land to kill Fowl, they in the Ship had warning to stand as near as they could: but the wind being contrary, they could not fetch the place where the Fowl breed, but they found great store of Gulls upon the Cliffs, but hard to come by, but with their pieces they killed 30. and towards night returned on shipboard; then they brought their Ship nearer the Mouth of the straits, and anchored in 18. Fathoin upon a Riff or Shelf: but when they had weighed and stood to the place where the Fowl breed, they were fain to stand to and again in the straits mouth under Sail, because they could not find ground to Anchor in, the water was so deep.  
The Boat went to Diggs Cape, and made directly for the place where the Fowl breed, where they see 7. Boats came about the Eastern point towards them: but when the Savages saw their Boat, they draw their lesser Boats into their bigger, and when they had done they came rowing to their Boat, and made signs to the rest, our men made ready for all essays; the Saluages came to them, and they grew familiar 
Savages.  one with another, so as ours taken one of theirs into their Boat, and they took one of ours into theirs; then they carried our Men to a Cove where their Tents stood to the Westward of the place where the Fowl breed, so they carried our Man into their Tents, where he remained until our men returned theirs; In our Boat went their man to the place where the Fowl breed; and we being desirous to know how the Savages killed their Fowl, he showed them the 
Savage fowling.  manner how, which was thus: They took a long Pole with a snare at the end, which they put about the Fowls neck, and so pluck them down. When our men knew that we had a better way, and so showed the Savages the use of our Pieces, which at one shot would kill 7. or 8. To be short, they returned to the Cove to receive our man, and to deliver: heirs. When they came they made great joy with dancing, leaping, 
july. Moor's teeth, and diverse things.  and striking of their breasts, they offered diverse things to our Men: but they only took some Moors teeth, which they gave them for a knife, and two glass Buttons, so receiving our Man, they came abroad rejoicing at this chance as if they had met with the most simple people of the World.  
And Henry Greene more than the rest was so confident that 
Henry Greene.  by no means we should take care to stand upon our guard: God blinded him so, that where he thought to receive great matters from this people, he received more than he looked for; and that suddenly, by being made an example for all men that make no conscience of doing evil; and that we take heed how we trust the Savage people how simple soever they seem to be.  
They made haste to be on shore, and because the Ship rid far off, they weighed and stood as near the place where the Fowl breed as they could; and because he, this Writer was lame, he was to go into Boat to carry such things as he had in the Cabbine, of every thing some what; And so with more haste then good speed (and not without swearing) away he went; as Henry Greene, William Wilson, John Thomas, Michael Pierce, Andrew Motter, and himself. When they came near the shore, the people were on the hills dancing and leaping; to the Cove we came, where they had drawn up their Boats. We brought our Boat to the East side of the Cove close to the Rocks; on land they go, and make fast the Boat to a great stone on the shore; the people came and every one had something in his hand to barter; but Henry Greene swore that they should have nothing until he had Venison, for that they had so promised him by signs the last day.  
Now when we came they made signs to their Dogs, 
Ealvages treacherous.  whereof there were many like Mongrels, as big as Hounds, and pointed to the Mountains, and to the Sun, clapping their hands. Then Henry Greene, John Thomas, and William Wilson, stood hard by the Boats head; Michael Pierce, and Andrew Motter were got upon the Rocks a gathering of Sorrell, not one of them had any Weapon about him, not so much as a stick, save Henry Greene only, who had a piece of a Pike in his hand, nor saw he any thing they had to shoot him with. Henry Greene and Wilson had Looking glades, lewes-trumps, and Bells, which they were showing; the Savages standing round about them; one of them came into the Boats head to show him a Bottle. This Writer made signs unto him to get him ou shore: but he made as though he had not understood him: whereupon he stood up and pointed him on shore. In the mean time another stole behind to the stern of the Boat; and when he saw him on shore that was on the Boats head, he sat down again, but suddenly he saw the legs and feet of a man by him; wherefore he cast up his head and saw the Savage, with his knife in his hand, who stroke at 
Savage had a knife.  his Breast over his head; he casting up his arm to save his breast; the Savage wounded his arm, and struck him into the body under his right Pap, the Savage stroke a second blow, which he met with his left hand, and then struck him into the right thigh, and had like to have cut off his little finger of his left hand; Now this Writer had got hold of the string of the knife, and had wound it about his left hand, he striving with both his hands to make an end of that he had begun, found the Savage but weak in the gripe, (God enabling him) getting hold of the sleeve of his left arm he see his left side lay open to him; which when he saw, he put his sleeve of his left arm into his left hand, holding the string of the knife fast in the same hand, and having got his right hand at liberty, he sought for somewhat wherewith to strike him, not remembering his Dagger at his side, but looking down he saw it; and there with struck the Savage into the body and throat. 
Savage slain.   
Whilst he was thus assaulted in the Boat, their men were set upon on the shore, John Thomas and William Wilson had their bowels cut; and Michael Pierce and Henry Greene being mortally wounded came tumbling into the Boat together. When Andrew Moter saw this medley, he came running down the Rock and leapt into the Sea, and so swum to the Boat; and hung at her stern until Michael Pierce took 
God's judgement upon the treacherous  him in, who manfully made good the Boats head against the Savages that pressed sore upon them. Now Michael Pierce had got an Hatchet, with which he struck one that he lay sprawling in the Sea. Henry Greene cried coragi●, and laid about him with Truncheon; this Writer cryeth to clear the Boats head, and Andrew Motter cryeth to be taken in; the Savages betake them to their Bows and Arrows, which they sent so amongst them, that Henry Greene was slain outright, 
Greene slain.  and Michael Pierce received many wounds, and so did the rest. Michael Pierce cleareth the Boat and put it from the shore, and helpeth Andrew Motter in: but in the clearing of the Boat Pricket received a cruel wound on his back with an Arrow. Michael Pierce and Motter rowed away the Boat; which when the Savages saw, they came to their Boats; which they feared they would have launched to have followed them, but they did not; their Ship was in the middle of the Channel, and yet could not see them all this time.  
Now when they had rowed a good way from the shore Pierce fainted, and could row no more: then was Motter driven to stand in the Boats head and wave to the Ship, which at first saw them not; and when they did, they could not tell what to make of them, but in they stood for them, and so took them up. Greene was thrown into the Sea, the rest was taken into the Ship, the Savage being yet alive, but without sense. That day died Wilson cursing and swearing in most fearful manner, Michael Pierce lived two days and then 
The end of 4. wicked men.  died. Thus have you had the tragical end of Greene and his 3. Mates, being the lustiest men in all the Ship.  
The poor number that was left was to ply the Ship to and again in the mouth of the Straits, for there was no anchoring; and beside, they were to go in the Boat to kill Fowl to bring them home, which they did with great danger; for if the wind blew, there was an high Sea: and the Eddie of the tide would carry the Ship so near the Rocks, as it feared the Master, for so now they call By lot.  
After which great labour, and on the South Cape they had killed 300. Fowl, they stood to the East: but the wind came 
Three hundred Fowls killed.  East, and put them back again to the Capes where they killed 100 Fowls; at length a West wind drives them homewards, for the most par along the North side of the Straight, until he fell into broken ground about the Queen's Forland, and there anchored, and ●●om thence he came to God's mercies, and from thence to those Lands that lie in the mouth of the Straits: but not seeing the land until they were ready to run their Bowsprit against the Rocks in a fog, but it cleared a little, and then they might see themselves enclosed amongst Rocky Lands, and could find no ground to anchor in.  
They lie a try all night, and the next day the fog continues, they seek for ground to anchor in, but found none under 100 Fathoms. The next day he weighed again and stood to the East, and now they are brought to the allowance of half a Fowl a day, yet they had some meatleft, and nothing else; and now were glad to burn of the feathers (for sowing of the skins, which before they sleaed off the Fowl) because they will not pull, nor the garbage also was not thrown away.  
He saith that after they were clear of those Lands which lie out with two points, one on the South East, and the other on the North, making a Bay to the sight, as if there were no way through, he continued his course East South East, and South East, thinking to raise desolations, from thence to shape his course from Ireland, though Ivet persuaded to go for Newfoundland, hoping there to have relief amongst our Countrymen: but in Latitude 57 degrees, the wind came South West, and so it was thought fit to seek for food where some grew: viz Ireland, and so the course was directed; In which time they were fain to fry their Fowls bones in Candle 
Fowls Bones fried for meat.  tallow, putting vinegar thereto which was stirred amongst them, and every man had one pound of Candles allowed for one week as a great dainty. And when Rob. Juet said that by his reckoning they were within 60. or 70. leagues of Ireland, they had 200. leagues thither, their course was much longer, (though evil stony) for their men were so weak as they were fain to sit at the Helm.  
Then Robert Juet died, and the rest despaired, and said they were past Ireland; their last Fowl was in Stepetub, and the men cared not what end went first. The Master was glad to do their labour and his own, tackling going to wrack, and none regarding to help the same. In this extremity it pleased God to give them sight of Land; not far from the place where the Master said they should fall, which was the Bay of Galloway to the West of the Derses; so they stood along to the South W. and espied a sail which was a Boat off Foye at anchor fishing; this Bark brought them into Bear 
Bear Haven in Ireland.  Haven; here they stayed some few days and dealt with the Irish for Relief, but found none: for in that place there was neither bread, drink, nor money, or Country men which were then on fishing, they found as could in kindnsse, that they would do nothing without present money. In the end John Waymouth one of the Bark brought them in and furnished them with money upon pawn of their best Anchor and Cable, wherewith they brought Bread, Bear, and Beef.  
Now as they were beholding to Waymouth, so were they beholding to Captain Tailor for making their Contracts, and for their men's wages, who would not go with them home, except Waymouth would pass his word; Whereupon Taylor swore he would press them; and if they would not go he would hang them.  
In conclusion, they agreed for 3. pound 10. shillings a man to bring the Ship to Plymouth or Phalmouth, and to give the Pilot 5. pound; and if they were put into Bristol, they were to have 4. li. 10. s. a Man, and the Pilot 6. li. and omitting further circumstance, they came to Plymouth, from thence to 
Arrive at Plymouth.  the Downs, from thence to Gravesend, and so to London; where the Master had this Writer to Sir Thomas smith's.   

The Printer on the behalf of Pricket.  
FOr as much as this may happily be suspected by some, not so friendly to Pricket, who returned with that company who so cruelly had exposed Hudson; and therefore may seem to lay heavy imputation, and rip up further occasion than they will believe: he saith also he added the report of Thomas Woodhouse one of the exposed Company, who ascribed the occasions of discord to Juet; I take not on me to sentence, no not to examine; I present the evidence just as I had it: Let the Bench censure with both ears, that which they may see with both eyes, and there note, to which I first prefixed his letter to Master Samuel Macham.  
Master Macham, I heartily commend me unto you. I can write unto you no news, though I have seen much but such as every Fisherman haunting the Coast, can report better than myself.  
We kept our Whitsunday on the N. E. end of Iseland; and I think I never fared better in England then we feasted here; they of the Country are very poor, and live miserably: yet we found there store of dainty fresh Fish, and dainty Fowl. I myself in one afternoon killed so many as feasted all our Company, being 23. persons at one time only with Partridges, besides Curlew, Plover, Mallard, Teal, and Geese. I 
Store of fowl in Iseland.  have seen two hot Baths in Iseland, and have been in one of them. We are resolved to try the utmost, and lie only expecting a fair wind, and to refresh ourselves to avoid the Ice, which now is come off the West Coast, of which we have seen whole Lands: but God be thanked have not been in danger of any; Thus I desire all your prayers for us.  
Iseland this 30, of May. 1610.   

A note sound in the Desk of Thomas Woodhouse Student in the Mathematics, and one of th●se exposed with one Hudson in the Shallop.  
THE 10. of September 1610. after dinner our Master called all the company together, to hear and bear witness of the abu●e of some of the company; it having been the request of Robert juet, that the Master should redress some abuses and slanders as he called them, against this juet, which thing after the Master had examined, and heard with equity what he could say for himself, there were proved so many great abuses and mutinous matters against the Master, and action by Ivet, that there was danger to have suffered them longer: and it was fit time to punish and cut off further occasions of the like motives.  
It was first proved to his face by Bennet Matthew, our Trumpeter, 
Inets mutinies.  upon our first sight of Island: and he confessed that he supposed that in the account would be manslaughter, and prove bloody to some.  
Secondly, at our coming from Island, in the hearing of the company, he did threaten to turn the Ship head home, from the action, which at that time was wisely pacified by the Master, in hope of amendment.  
Thirdly, it was deposed by Philip Staff our Capenter, and Arnold Lodlo to his face upon the holy Bible, that he persuaded them to keep Muskets charged, and Swords ready in their Cabbines, for they should be charged with shot ere the voyage were over.  
Fourthly, we being pestered in the Ice, he had used many words tending to mutiny, discouragement, and slander of the action, which easily took effect in those that were timorous: And had not the Master in time prevented, it might easily have overthrown the voyage, and now lately being embayed in a deep Bay, which the Master had desire to see, for some reasons to himself known, his words tended altogether to put the company into a fright of extremity, by venturing in cold, jesting at our Master's hope to see Bancum by Candlemas.  
For those and diverse other base slanders against the Master, 
Ivet displaced.  he was deposed, and Robert Bylot who had showed himself honestly, respecting the good of the voyage, was placed Masters Mate in his stead.  
Also, Francis Clements the Boatswain, at that time was put from his office, and William Wilson a man thought more fit preferred to his place: this man had▪ basely carried himself to our. Master, and to the action.  
Also, Adrian M●tter was appointed Boatswaines mate, and a promise from the Master, that from this day juets' wages should remain to Bylot, and the Bosons overplus of wages should be equally divided, between Wilson and john King, to the owners good liking, and one of the quarter Masters, who had very well carried themselves to the furtherance of the business.  
Also, the Master promised, that if the offenders yet behaved themselves honestly, he would be a means for their good and that he would forget injuries, with other admonitions.  
Here the Reader may observe a plain expression of hudson's 
hudson's good nature.  good carriage, made concerning the voyage, and pithily demonstrated, which makes me ready to call Pricket to further question, who in all his long declaration of this voyage, hath not given Hudson any commendations, no not in his good parts: and yet hath taken pains enough otherways, to make an ample expression, and to call the rogue Greene, Henry Greene Well Pricket, I am in great doubt of thy fidelity to Master Hudson.   

The Voyage of Sir Thomas Button with two ships, the Resolution, 
August.  the Admiral, the Discovery Vide-admiral, manured and victualled for 18. Months. 1612.  
COncerning this voyage there cannot be much expected from me, seeing that I have met with none of the journals thereof: It appeareth that they have been concealed, for what reasons I know not, but it is sitting that such things should be made extant, as may any way redound to the good of the Commonwealth; and therefore I can but communicate what I have received from Abacuch Pricket, and others by Relation, who was in the same Voyage, and from Sir Thou't as Roe in the last part of a journal of this voyage.  
He departed about the beginning of May, and went by the West, and entered the passage on the South of Resolution, and sometime was fast amongst the Ice: but at length he came to Diggs his Island, where he stayed 8. days; and in that time 
I●e Diggs.  set up a Pinnace he had brought from home with him in pieces; and they set from thence to the Westward, where he discovered the Land he called Carys Swansnest; From thence he proceeded to the Southward of the West, falling with land in Latitude about 60. d. 40. with the named Hopes-check. I think because that there his expectation was crossed, and thereabout enduring a grievous storm, was put to the Southward, and constrained to look for harbour the 13. of August, to repair some losses. After which time came on the new Winter with much stormy weather, as he was constrained to winter there, in a small Rile or Creek on the North side of a River in Lat. 57 d. 10. which River he named Port Nelson, 
Port Nelson.  after the name of his Master (whom he buried there) putting his small Ship in the foremost and Baracadoe both them (with Piles of Fir and earth) from storm of Snow, Ice, Raine, Floods, or what else might fall.  
He wintered in his Ship, and kept 3. sires all the Winter: but lost many men, and yet was supplied with great store of white Partridges, and other Fowl, of which I have heard it credibly reported, that this company killed 1800. dozen in the Winter season.   

The report of Captain Hawbridge. He entredinthe South channel.  
S'eing the South shore within Fretum Hudson, near Hopes advance twice or thrice, and once trying the tide about Sawage Isles, where it came from the South East, & flowed 3. fathoms. At length he came in the South Channel between 
3. Fathoms.  the I'll Salisbury, and the South main sailing in between C. Wostenholme and Sir Drdley Diggs his Isle, to the West end thereof, where he saith is a bank of Owes to anchor upon at 13. fathom. C. Wostenholme is to be brought within the West point of the I'll, which will then bear East by South. Here the Savages did offer to assault his men (bound going to kill 
A Fowl.  Willicks, of which there is such store, as in short time he could have jaded his Boat) with two Canons, and to the number 
80 Savages in 2. Canons.  of 70. or 80. men came upon them, until with one Musket shot he slew one of their men, and hurt more, who much amazed with the report and excecution of a Musket retired, yet at his coming from thence, he sending his Pinnace boat on land to take in fresh water; the Savages were laid in ambush amongst the Rocks, and slew him 5. men dead, one escaped 
5. men slain  by swimming. It is much to be doubted that the Savages did slay those men in revenge, for 4. of their great Canons he took off the Land from this people, whereof he restored but two back again. And here it was where the villains Green and Juct were slain, after they had exposed Master Hudson; This is Sir Dudley Diggs his Isle, and there is Dear within the same. He passed from hence to a Cape on the N. side of his Bays entrance, which he named Carys' Swans nest, and from thence to his Hopes checked, was troubled with shift of winds, and should water, took harbour the 15. of August in Port Nelson, he endured a sharp Winter lost many men, killed 3. Dear in the River as they were swimming for side to side. There came also to them diverse Bears and Wolves, and it was the 16. of February before the River 
* Not above a mile broad.  was froze over, having had diverse warm thawing days before, the Captain having been sick the whole Winter, began to mend the 24. of january. The Ice began not to clear out of the River until the 21. of April, after which they killed daily with their Net abundance of Fish, as big as Mackrils.  
Now during this wintering it appeareth, that Sir Thomas having good time to advise and contemplate what was to be done the nextyeere; drew some Demands in writing, which 
Something propounded to the company.  he caused (it seemed) the most understanding men of his Company to answer. Of which, such answers as came to my hands I do hereby freely impart, for thy better understanding.   

Laus Deo, 1612. December the 22.  
The course and distance from place to place, from Cape Clear, to this River in New Walls.  
Imprimis, from Cape Clear to Cape Desolation 
●. Variation. 24.  straight course by common Compass North W. by W. ½. 428. leagues.  
The Latitude of 59 d. 40. m.  
From Desolation to the I'll of Resolution, 
Variation 26. d. ½.  course is N. W. by W. the Latitude 61. d. the distance 170. Leagues.  
From Resolution to Sir Dudley Diggs his 
Variation 30. d.  Isle, Lat. 62. d. 40. m. N. W. the distance is 142. Leagues.  
From Sir Dudley Diggs his Isle, to the 
Variation 22. d.  Cheeks, the course is W. ½. Northerly, the distance 193. Leagues.  
From the Cheeks to new Wales, Lat. 57 the 
Variation 22. d.  course is S. by W. the distance 90. Leagues.  
The courses are all by the common Compass. Your Worships and ever, or mine own never, till death,  
William Hawkeridge.   

My answer to the first demand under your favour, I think it not amiss to search this River, if God give strength to our Men, before our departure from it, to have the knowledge 
Good advice.  how far it doth extend; and that we may meet with some Inhabitants which may further our expectations, but I cannot think of any profit to be made by it.  
My answer to the 2. Demand, is to search to the Northward about this Western land, until if it be possible that we may find the Flood coming from the Westward, and to bend our courses against that flood following the ebb, searching that way for the passage. For this flood which we 
Well guest Hubart.  have had from the Eastward, I cannot be persuaded but that they are the veins of some head-land to the Northwards of the Cheeks, and by the Inlets of Rivers which let the floods tides into them; which Hedlands being found all, I do assure myself that the tide will be found to come from the Westward.  
Herein I have showed my opinion so far my judgement will afford, until further reasons induceth me to the contrary.  
Per me josias Hubart.   

From the Durses in Ireland, being in 52. Lat. to Cape Farewell in Groenland, Lat. 58 56. 
Variation at Cape Farewell, 11. deg.  the course is W. N. W. W. terly, and the distance is 460. Leagues.  
The Southermost part of the Island of Resolution is in Lat. 60. d. 34. m.  
From Cape Farewell to the Island of Rosolution, 
Variation 29. d. ● great mistake.  the course is W. and by N. and the distance is 208. Leagues.  
Sir Dudley Diggs his Island is in Lat. 62. D. 40. M. and is in distance from the I'll of Resolution. 
Variation 3. points.  upon a W. and by N ⅓. Northerlyrose. 180. Leagues.  
The cheekeslye in 61. D. 17. M. Lat. from 
Variatin. 3. d,  Sir Dudley Diggs his Island, thereto the course is W. and by S. and the distance is 190. Leagues.  
Our wintering being in the Lat. of 56 d. 58. m.  
From the cheeks to our wintering place, 
Variation 2. d. different. Great in the Variations.  the course is S. and by W. ½ Westerly, and the distance is 87. Leagues.   

The 27. of November.  
I made an observation of the Moon, and the planet Mars, and for that I stand in doubt, for the hour to be axactly found out by any Dial Clock, or other Instrument, to hang a planet to find when the foremost Guard was right under the Pole star, at which instant I found ♂ and ☽ to be one degree, and 41. minutes asunder, by which working I suppose or 
Long from London.  deem it to be as followeth; this our wintring place 111. degrees, and 15. of longitude from our Meridian of the City of London.  
Per me josias Hubart.   

In the name of God Amen.  
Of the courses from the Misson head in Ireland, being bound towards the Northwest passage, Captain Thomas Button Gentleman, being our General in the good ship called the Resolution: John Ingram Captain and Master of the Pinnace, called the Discovery. 1612.  
Inprimis, from the Misson head in Ireland, to Cape Discord in Groanland, the course is 
Latitude 6. d. 30. m.  N. W. by N. Northerly, and the distance is 360. Leagues.  
From the Missonhead to Cape Discord in Groynlaend, the course is N. W. 67. W. Northerly, by the compass, the Lat. 59 d. 20. ●. and the distance is 380. Leagues.  
From the Missonhead to Cape Desolation is the course lieth W. N. W. & the distance, 490. Leagues.  
From the foreside of Cape Discord to Cape Farewell, the course lieth S. W. Southerly by compass distance 58. Leagues.  
From Cape Farewell to the Western part of this Head Land, by Cape Desolation, the course is W. N. W. half Northerly, 100 Leagues distant, and from this Head Landto Desolation, is 10 Leagues distant, in all from Farewell to Desolation, the distance is 100 Leagues.  
N. N. E. by compass between Cape Farewell, 
Variation 23. degrees, as he judged.  and the foresaid Head Land, there set a very great current to the Westward.  
From Cape Desolation, to the I'll of Resolution, the course lieth W. N. W. Westerly, 
Variation 29  altitude 62. d. 30. m. and the distance 120. Leagues.  
From Resolution to Salisbury I'll, W. by N. Altitude 63. d. 15. and from the Island to Wostenholmes Cape, the course lieth W. S. W. Southerly 140. Leagues. 12. Leagues.  
And from this Cape to Diggs his Island 3. Leagues.  
From Resolution to Westenholmes Cape, the 
The Variation of this Isle 34.  course lieth W. by N. Westerly, and the distance is 153. Leagues.  
From Resolution to Diggs his Lands, the course is W. by N. Northerly, and the distance 156. Leagues  
Altitude, 63. d.  
From Sir Dudley Diggs his Lands, to Nothinghams' Island, N. by the compass, and the distance is 7. or 8. Leagues.  
From Sir Dudley Diggs Island, to Swans Island, W. by S. 40, Leagues.  
From Diggs his Island to Hopes Checked, the course is W. S. W. a little Welterly, and the 
Hopes Checked 60. d. 40. m.  distance is 200. Leagues.  
The Altitude is 60. d. 40. m.  
From Hopes Checked to the Broken land, when our Admiral received a great storm: the course lieth S. W. 49. Leagues, Altitude 59 49. Leagues.  
From this broken Land, to the head Northerland, the course lieth W. & the distance is 8. Leagues.   

The Headland is the entering into this Bay called New Wales.  
From this Head land unto the Road of the harbour, the course lieth South 42. Leagues, and from Hopes checked to this Road, the course lieth N. E. and by N. 86. Leagues. 
July.   
Hitherto the Lord of his mercy hath blessed, preserved, and kept us from all dangers whatsoever, which we beseech him to bless us of his mercy, and to send us well forth again,  
Amen. Per me Edward Glanvile.   

What I received from Sir Thomas Roe, was an Abstract copy taken out of Sir Thomas Buttons own journal, being at his return to this Hopes Checked, and not before: As from the beginning of his Voyage, or his wintring. I have nothing but by report, and thus he proceeded from thence.  
15. This day being there he plied up with contrary winds, and fog having diversity of depth, altogether standing Eastwards of sometimes to 30. Faddome and more, and standing in to 7. or 6 m. thus travercing and anckoring, until the 23. day, finding the Tide to come from N. E. by N. which is an especial argument that the land doth lie so, and not any thing else of note.  
23 Having thus plied up to the N. E. wards until this day, and standing into the shore, he anckored for to try the tide, thinking to send his Boat on Land, to see what Land it should be: it bore on him from the N. E. by N. to the N. W. by N. and the depth 42. Fathom not above 4. ½. League from the Land, this was the highest land he had seen, since he came from Sir Dudley Diggs his Island, the last year this Land he named Hopes Advance.  
24. This morning proved thick easy wind, and it fell to lighten and thunder, so as he held it not fit to adventure the Boat from the Ship.  
25. He stood of from midnight until this day 10. leagues N. E. by N. to anchor: but he saith the wind was N. E. by N. the ground was more even in standing off, and on then before, he stood off 4. leagues more into 87. Fathom.  
This evening at the Sun's setting, he took him with two several Instruments, and found him to go down 33. d. to the W. off North by one, and by the other 30. d. they took the midst betwixt both.  
26 After midnight he stood in again N. N. W. 5. leagues, the wind came to the S. W. the weather fair and clear, and the best he had since he came from his wintering place: about 9 this morning he sees land; it bore on him from the N. E. by North, to the N. W. by North, about 8. or 9 leagues off at noon he steered to the Eastern point, to get hold thereof, and had a good observation in 62. d. 42. m. and his depth 74. fathoms; who will protract this Voyage to try whether this ut ultra proved a Bay or no, must begin here, and proceed to Carys' Swans nest.  
From this noon until midnight he stood N. E. by N. 18. leagues with much wind and goowne Sea.  
From midninght being in 15. fathoms: the weather hazy, the wind S. W. he stood off N. E. by North 12. leagues, till noon; seeing the weather like to be bad, and at 3. in the morning; he found his depth not answerable to his expectation, for he had but 25. fathom, and at ●. past 3. 21. fathom; he stood S. E. till 4. that morning, and had 30. fathom.  
27. About 6. this morning he gave order to take in his Skiffe; the weather clearing, he saw land N. and by E. about 5. leagues off, and was as the other land that he last saw something higher; and having edged in with the land, from this morning 6. until noon, the land was N. E. and by E. from him.  
From noon until 6. in the evening, he steered E. one point without the land 4. leagues; at 6. he anchored 32. fathom. It was then slake water; for at 8. came a strong set from N. by E. at 11, the wind S. S. W. and blue much, he weighed and stood away N. E. with his Fore and Mision sails.  
28 At midnight he put out all sails and stood N. E. away 4. leagues, until morning 4, having depth then 73. fathom, he edged in N. and N. and by E. upon that tire, he found the night before, and run from this morning 4. until noon, 6. leagues N somewhat Easterly.  
This noon with bold wind S. he lost up for the shore 
Not certain whether flood or ebb at this time.  to get an opportunity, if possibly, to send his Boat on land to have found which had been the flood, and which the ebb: but when he came within 2. leagues of shore, he found the Bay all broken ground, and the Sea full of breaches a good way off the shore, and some within one mile under his Lee.  
The weather growing suddenly very thick, he came to an anchor at one a clock in the afternoon, and sent the Boat on Land: but they had not been from him half a Glass, but it grew so thick, that he caused Muskets to be shot to call the Boat back again, at the end of 5. Glasses they returned, saying, that having rode half an hour at anchor, they could discern no tide, no more could he in the Ship. In this place it is a Bay full of small Isles near the shore under the high land; and as he road boar on him N. N. E. Easterly, and S. W. at clock 4. the wind began to blow very much; he weighed 
Began here to protract and find whether it be a Bay or me●  and stands E. N. E. of with a S. S. W. wind until 6. that night the winde increasing to a great storm, he takes in his main and top sails, and stands away E. N. E. with a foresail, at 8. a clock he had 63. fathom, and so standing one hour longer, it began to should contrary to expectation, he came into 50. fathom for that to fore running Eastward, he always depened his water, which now shoalding he edged of E. till midnight, & they had but 44. fathom, which perceiving, he found that he was embayed, therefore to prevent further danger, he struck sail and lay to Halle.  
29. From midnight until 3. this morning, he lay on Hull, having the water so should, and at 3. the weather clearing a little with the increase of the daylight, he saw land from the E. by S. to the N. N. E. Easterly, which perceiving, he set his Sails, and flats about his Ship head, and stood W. of till noon, 4. Leagues.  
Thus at noon it falling calm and hazie, he anckors with his ledge Anchor, he feared all the coast along to be rocky ground, and being thus at anchor at 23. Fathom, he had at 2. a Clock a little clear, and saw the Land not pastt 2. Leagues from him, from the N. to the W. S. W. which together with the Land which he saw in the morning, from S. to the E. by S. N. E. Easterly, gave him assurance, that he was embayed, for that he could not be of that Eastern Land, above 7. Leagues. 
64. deg. 30. m.   
Being thus at a Non plus himself by observation, the day before, & by his reckoning since, to be as far Northerly fully, as 65. d. It troubled him something, and especially to see the Eastern Land to treul away Southerly: well the wind coming about to N. N. E. he came out of this he called a Bay, and saith he was enforced therein by extremity of a S. W. wind, and yet he saith that by his not far standing from the West side, this Bay cannot be above 16. or 17. Leagues over, from Land to Land, and in his running he found the depth of it to be not above 4. and 5. and 30. Leagues.  
But as a wise Gentleman, and one well understood in the Rules of Navigation, who having exactly surveyed these journal 
Vt ukra not proved a Bay.  writs in the Margin. I cannot find that it proved a Bay, nor is it one by any thing herein written, and for other things known, is none.  
About 5. in the afternoon, the wind increased to a great storm, he took in his Sails, and went away with a free and 
No course so named.  spirit sail, having 46. Fathom, and between 7. and 8. he came after to 62. Fathom, and in a clear he saw the Land E. and by S. 3. Leagues off: From the time that he set sail, this afternoon until 8. at night, he ran 7. Leagues S. S. W. the wind at N. N. E. At Clock 10. he stood S. E. hoping to have found the Land to wind away, and running but ⅓. of an hour, he came to smooth water upon a sudden, and had but 26. Fathom. And the weather being yet hazie, he saw the Land fair by him, bearing E. S. E. very high Land, than he edged of until midnight S. S. E. Easterly, having come since 8. a Clock, 5. Leagues.  
From Midnight Land still in Verioe he edged off W. N. W. and at 2. in the morning he came into 65. Fathom, than he edged of W. and S. W. and S. S. W. until 4. in the morning, when the storm was so violent that he was driven to steer away before it, with his fore course, at 5. this morning by the extremity of the Sea, he sunk his long Boate.  
All this morning he steered until S. S. S. W. 5. Laagues along the shore, and every stache he saw the Land not above 3. Leagues from him, from 8. until Noon he steered S. 5. Leagues, than the storm began to lesson, and he put out more Sail: And this Eastern Land he saw to bear S. S. E. Easterly from him, and lieth as near as he could judge S. Westerly, and Westerly.  
From Noon until Midnight, he stood away S. S. E. 13. Leagues, and from Midnight until this noon S. S. E. 6 Leagues, and 4. Leagues, S. S. W.  
31. This day at Noon it was clear, and by his observation this was in 62. d. 57 m. Latitude, the wind coming to 
Lat. 62. d. 57m  the East S. E. and E. by S. be stands to the N. wards, desirous to keep that Land still in sight, or at least to get the shoalding thereof, at Clock 2. the wind increased, to the taking in of both top sails, about 6. it turned about to E. N. E. and to N. E. by E. he tacks about to the Southwards, having run N. wards 4 Leagues, N. by E. about 8. it blew to both Bonnets off: and he stood with two courses, making way until Midnight S. and by E. 2. Leagues, and other 2. Leagues, until 4. S. and by E.  
10. This morning he lay to Hull, the weather extreme and 
August.  hazie and so thick, that he could not see a pistalshot from him, in this time he drew 2. Leagues S. S. E. and this is to be noted that he had 3. storms in 4. days, and for 17. or 18. days last passed, he had not had past 6. ho●●es clear at any time, nor been 20. hours without a stiff blown cold and English storm.  
After 3. this aftenoone it sell flat calm, he sets both his Sails, and stood to the N. until Evening 6. the wind about N. E. at 6. seeing the wind would not permit him to seize in that N shore, he stood to the Southward, the weather thick and exceeding uncomfortable his way was I. League N. N. W. S. W. by W. 2. Leagues, and one League S. S. E.  
2. From Midnight a League S. S. E. the weather thick and foggy, the Wind Easterly.  
From this day noon until Midnight, E. by S. 4. Leagues, and 2. Leagues N. and by E. the wind hanging still to the Northwards, and hazie weather, his depth between 70. and 75. Fathom: he coveted still to hold sight of the N. shore, but it pleased not God it should be so: Therefore with patience he stood away as near as he could, but ●y his standing Northwards, his water still shoalded, so as 〈…〉, the L●●d still wound to the Eastward.  
3. From Middight until Noon 7. Leagues, N. E. from thence 4. Leagues, E. by S. till Midnight.  
4. From Midnight until 5. this morning N. and by E. ●. Leagues from thence he stood E. S. E. foggy weather with some clears-  
From noon until 10. at night 6. leagues E. N. E. his depth shoalding from 65. to 40. sathom, the weather thick and bad; he stood 2. leagues West by North.  
At 2. this morning he stands 2. leagues N. E. and until noon 7. leagues S, S. W. and past 4. this morning he sees land 
And seen from the 31. unt●ll this day  about 2. leagues off, beating from E. to S. He writeth that the sight of it grieved him much, so that now he made himself assured of that which he did but doubt before; which was, that they join to the Eastern part of the Bay from whence he came: but I do otherwise believe.  
All the afternoon he stood a long the shore edging into 7. 
August.  fathom, and cross a Race, which set N. E. and S. W. and continued about half a Glass. At 4. a clock the N. W. point of the land did bear from him N. W. by N. about a mile of: then steering within less than one mile of this Cape-land, for so it was; and a fair one of a low one as ever he saw; you shall have 9 and 10. fathom: and shall open a very safe Bay, the Eastern land whereof will bear from you E. by N. 4. leagues off.  
In this Bay he handed all his sails, thinking to have rid 
A good Bay to anchor in.  and watered: but his anchor being down, and his Boat almost out, one of his Master's Mates said he descried land from the top Mast head S. and by E. the news whereof made him wonder for that they all knew this was the land they had seen the last year, which they took't to be an Island. He sent up Captain Ingram, who assured him it was land; whereupon he hoist up his anchor, and set sail, and stood S. and by E. and S. and came into 30. fathom: so missing this land, he 
A land of fog.  anchored (night at hand) in 30, fathom.  
At 2, this morning he weighed to better his deep, and to go near the land, he thought he had seen in 2. Glasses, he lessed his deep 3. fathom: so steering S. S. E. he came to 46. and 56. fathom in 2. Glasses.  
About 5. in the morning the wind came about to the N. by E. he stands E. close upon a wind, and came to 125. at noon, without sight of land, whereby he was assured that it was the imagined last years Island.  
From yesterday noon, until this noon, 14. leagues S. E. by E. and 6. leagues E, N. E. the weather somewhat clear, but not fit to make observation, after noon the Gale hards on, he struck his lofty sails; the Sea somewhat grown, the day clearest and fairest of 16. or 17. days before.  
From noon this day until midnight E. N. E. 8. league. this night 11. the weather grew bad, and he saith the Sea beat of his Beaks head, at which time he took in sails, and came to Hull.  
From midnight before, until this day noon he drive on Hull 3. leagues S. S. E, the weather foggy rain, and wind but somewhat less.  
At 2. in the morning the storm being broke up, and Sea down, he set sails, and had driven since noon before S. S. E. 4, leagues, the wind betwixt N. N. E. and N. E.  
At 8. this morning he had 50. fathom, the thick was cleared, 
He named this Mancels Island.  and he see land to bear on him East.  
From 2. this morning the time of his setting of sail, he made N. E. by N. Northerly, 7. leagues; the morning was foggy, but the day proved fair.  
At noon they had a good observation; and all that did 
Lat. 61. d. 38. m.  observe agreed in one, and to be in 61. d. 38. m. Latitude: he made way to the shore, E. by N. Northerly, 2. leagues, and came to an anchor at clock 2. in 17. fathom, the land bearing from N. E. by N. to E. S. E.  
After 3. this afternoon the wind coming to the E. N. E. he set sail and stood to the Northward; and about 5. this evening coasting along the shore, the Northland seemed like small Lands, and broken lands; the sight whereof made him desirous to put in amongst them, but the wind would not permit: at clock 5. the weather thickened, and the land bore from N. E. Easterly, to S. E. from him 4. leagues. This land was a very low and a smooth land, from hence he stood off to the Westward till midnight; his depth from 14. to 95. fathom, his course W. N. W. Northerly 7. leagues.  
At Midnight having the same depth, the wind was at noon N. northerly, he stood about to eastward 10. Leagues E. N. E.  
Somewhat before noon this day it cleared, and in 12. Fathom, he saw the Land 2. Miles off, and upon the same he saw 5. white Bears, so standing of the collar of his main stay broke, which caused him to bear up with the S. most part of the Land he saw, to the intent to lend his Boat on Land for water, and to try from whence the flood came; at 1. in the afternoon he anchored in a Bay in 4. Fathom smooth ground, but rocky, for he could see it under him: He sent his man well manned and armed, who found water instantly, they found not 
Dead men's skulls and bones.  far from them 2. old houses broken, and fallen down to the ground, wherein were the skulls and bones of deadmen.  
Images and toys such as they found by digging with their hands, under the ruins of the decayed houses, with some dozen 
August.  of small Mors teeth.  
His opinion is that this were the ruins of some, who by mischance had miscarried there by wrack of their Boat, or being enforced to water there, made their best provision they could to endure it, but the extremity being so strong for them, and the place neither affording means for them to repair their Canoes, (the ruins whereof he found some) for fuel for fire to comfort them in Winter, he guesses this killed 
Ruins of houses and Canoes in Mansells Isle.  them, for had they been any other than such as were thus enforced by such extremity, they would not have left such things behind them as they found, for there nature is wheresoever they come to have few things of worth or value behind them, much less doth he think they have left their Images, which he perveiveth they account their gods: And 
Images and Man's teeth.  there was Mors teeth, for which and the train thereof they make all their Summer's travels and labours.  
Thus his Boat having brought him water, he tied all that day with wind of Land, and observed that the flood came from N. and the ebb from S. making a full stay that day between 
Flood came from N.  3. and 4. a Clock,  
Having watered he weighed and steered until 4. this morning N. W. by W. 7. Leagues, the wind N. N. E.  
It grew thick with fog, at 4. in the Evening he tacked about to the Eastward, till 83. Leagues N. E. by E. the thick cause him to take to the W. ward, and till Midnight he made way N. W. and by W. 3. Leagues.  
From midnight until morning 6. he stood in E. N. ½. northerly 4. Leagues, he tacked about until 10. a Clock 3. Leagues N. W. and by N.  
At which time he came to an Anchor in 85. Fathom, and found the tide of Flood to come from the N. Land ebb from the S. and ruled within 6. or 7. Leagues of shore, it bearing N. 
Flood came from the N.  E. and by E.  
This Evening 8. he stood with N. and by E. wind N. W. and by 44. Leagues until midnight, at noon before he had an observation 62. d. 19 m. this day he saw great store of 
La. 62. d. 19 m  geese fly to the Southwards, which he took to be a token, that the Winter did approach, the weather was very fair and clear.  
From midnight until 7. this morning, his way W. 5. Leagues N. W. and by W. the wind as before, the weather fair and clear, and most likely to prove so to continue of any, he had so seen since he came for his wintering.  
From 7. this morning until 2. in the afternoon, he stood to the E. ward, and made way 4. Leagues N. E. and by E.  
From 2. the wind wearing he stood to the E. ward, and made way until midnight 7. Leagues N. W.  
From midnight until morning he held the same course 4. Leagues N. W. northerly, it grew calm, and he was within 5. Leagues of a fair Head land; he came to Anchor in 65. Fathom, the Land bore from the N. N. W. to the W. S. W. both Lands he deemed to be distant 10. Leagues, (it being calm with windward Tide) he weighed Anchor, hoping to get to the Northward of this fair Head land, and that the height of that Land would bring him into deeper water.  
After he was loosed, he was sagged into the Bay from 62. to 
La. 62. d. 38. m  50. fathom, a small gale coming on he stood off into 60. fathom, when it fell calm he anchored again: this day was fair and clear, he observed in 62. d. 38. m. This Cape was a very fair Head land; and the northern part is much higher than the western, but it is all, the other Land is of this strait, except 15. leagues on this side his wintering place, which was woody, else on this side it is all barred and rocky, but a bad shore to sail along.  
This forenoon calm but fair and clear weather, and the only Summer's day he had since his coming from his wintering, being at Anchor betwixt the Cape and the W. point, he saw the Land to make with two Bays, the further point of the southern Bay, being from the northern Land of that Bay W. and by S. southerly, and the North point E. and by N. northerly: And the other Bay from this point to the Cape itself lieth E. northerly, and S. westerly, at noon he observed in 62. d. 42. m.  
At 4. the afternoon he set sail, and with small wind at 
La. 62. d. 42. m  5. he stood with the Cape, the weather being clear and fair, he sent to the Cape to turn the Tide, being thwart of the Cape, the point is low with an underland, and some 2. Cables length from shore jam a low flat little Island; the land you shall open to the Northward, lieth N. W. Westerly, he boat or boar, he edged of, and anchored within one mile of the land, having opened the land to the westward of the Cape; he anchored 15. fathom, and rid there all night to try the tide, for that his Boat had brought word that it was ebb tide, and that it set to the Northward which did agree with the tide, he found on the Eastland where he watered: but from the time he now anchored being between 10. and 11. at night, and 3. the next morning, he set sail, he could not find any certainty, but what followed.  
This morning was calm, but the night before was full of 
No mention of Ice.  strange Harbours as they call them, which is a stream in the Element, like the flame that cometh forth the mouth of a a hot oven, which upon this Coast how fair soever the weather be when you see them, yet it is an infallible sign of a storm to follow within 24. hours after, as it proved by this and diverse times before.  
At 3. this morning without certainty of the Tide, a small gale S. he weighed and advised with Captain Gibbins, and Captain Ingram, and with the rest, what course was best to be taken? they resolved this Land falling away N. W. and by W. westerly, and having 113. Fathom within a Mile of the shore, to stand away N. N. W. alougst the shore, resolving not to leave this Land until he were fully satisfied, standing thus until 8. at night, being some 7. Leagues of the Cape, he saw an Island of the westermost Land, that bore from him W. N. W. 7. or 8 Leagues off, he had then 100 Fathom, and stood N. N. W. as before.  
At noon the weather was close and began to blow, he 
Sir Thomas Button doth allow 2. points variation.  was then 15. Leagues N. N. W. from the Cape; he doth not write whether true course or no, but in all the former Hopes Advance unto this Cape: I have writ by him according to the true course, and had 95. Fathom, which made him assure himself, that the Land wound a way more northerly, and thereupon at noon he stood away N. E. and by N. hoping that course would have bettered his depth, but on the contrary, for in 2. glasses he shoalded to 60. Fathoms, than he hailed away E. S. E. assuring what experience had often shown him, that as the water shoalded, so the Land wound.  
At 3. in the afternoon the weather thick, the wind increasing, and he in 60. Fathom, knowing there was no better depth to the N. ward: he stood E. S. E. till 8. at night, having 50. Fathom, the weather bad and night at hand, he stood about, and kept it up with short sail, all that night between S. W. and by W. and W. S. W.  
From midnight till 7. this morning; as from 8. last night, till midnight, thus standing, brought him into 80. fathom, he cast about to the Eastward with much wind, at S. S. W. hazy and thick weather; he heeled it up in courses and Bonnets till clock 2. they being stark calmed as it is a special note, every Blower ends with a stark calm in those parts, being then in 65. fathom E. he anchored and rid until 4. in the evening, when a small gale rising at S. S. W. he weighed, and stood S. E. guiding himself by his depth, for the wind would not give him leave to better his hopes.  
17. From midnight to 8. this morning, as the night before, & after that time, there is small worth the Luke to write upon thaverse; and his greatest depth 140. fathom, until the next day in the afternoon, and then he had sight of the same Cape he sent his Boat unto the 14. day before. It bore from him N. N. W. by compass about 7. leagues, so he steered S. S. W. until midnight, having run since he set sail at 2. in the afternoon 10. leagues S. E. and by E.  
Concluding he writeth that he came to 43. fathom, which 
Mansells' Isle & Ca Pembroke 10 Leagues distant.  shoalding was upon the North part of the Island he watered upon; and that this Island and the said Cape where his Boat was at the 14. day lieth S. S. E. ½. Easterly, and N. N. W. ½. Northerly, about 10. leagues between both.  
This morning day light, he see the land bearing from S. W. by S. at which time he had 65. fathom.  
19 From 2. this morning until noon, he made away E. ●8 by N. 10. leagues. At 7. he saw land on head at least 12. leagues of him; he judged it to be the high land of the Main within Sir Dudley Diggs his Island, and yet to bear of him as it did, it was strange unto him: but he saith that Captain Gibbons confidence was such, as that he must not let pass unspoken of; for albeit that he is so near in blood, as that modesty will not allow of his speaking too much of his merit, yet he 
Capt. Gibbons.  will boldly say thus much of his sufficiency, as he assures himself he shall make it appear at his return, if God please to let him live so long, as that he is not short of any man that ever yet he carried to Sea. All that he can say of him further is, that for his Country's good, and for the advancement of this business we have in hand; he could wish his body were answerable to his other abilities; which were it; not himself, but many, and bis Country most would be the better for it. But that God that made us all of dust, will not fail to raise up some good spirits he hopes for the further prosecution of this business: as that by their honest endeavours, and religious Resolutions, they will effect that which as yet is not ripe for his Sickle: but that God which best knows what the truth of his endeavours have been in this business, he hopes will not fail to give a blessing to some that shall follow; and for his part he desires to be blessed no otherwise, than as he hath sincerely laboured in it; and therefore he must conclude and ever believe according to the word, that Paul plants, Apollo waters, and God gives the increase. So that until his good will and pleasure is, all that we do cannot in this aught else prevail.  
At noon the weather fair and clear he had a good observation, by which Captain Gibbons was well assured; but himself and some others discenting from him in the bearing of 
Set of Tide.  the land from them, were deceived in the set of the tide, which in his going out last year, mightily carried him to the Northward, as now as much to the Southward; which then, nor till now, was not found by any of them all.  
He steered open of the Land N. N. E. with tide 5. leagues, until evening 4. and at 2. he had 307. fathom.  
At 6. in the evening small wind, C. Wolstenholme bore S. E. 7. leagues of the Western point of the western Island, S. E. by S. ½. S. 5. leagnes off, he kept it up that he might get about the Westermost point of Nottinghams' Island; (it lying 8. leagues from Diggs his Island, there thinking to try the tide; and from thence he purposed to go to the N. main between Salisbury and Nottinghams' Isle, to try the distance between them, it being all he could do for this year.  
About 8. this morning the weather thick, and he not above 4. leagues from Isle Nottingham in 64. fathom he anchored, and as he remembreth to his comfort being ebb, he found it a very strong one from S. S. E. to S. E. and by S. 
But was deceived.   
At noon slack, it was a fresh gale at S. W. he weighed to get about to the Westward of the Island, about 2; it blew hard, and was thick weather with rain and thunder, and within a mile of the shore. It fell stark calm upon a sudden, than he was in a great rippling in 20. fathom water, the Sea all breaches round about him like a Raffe, which deserying, he stood off with little wind along the Island, and found his drift more 
Half an hour.  in less than in one Glass. Then he could run a head before with both topsails on trip, and a stiff gale in 2. hours, he came to anchor to be fully satisfied of the tide.  
But when the tide came, it came with such force & strength 
A strong tide. Not so.  out of the N. W. and by N. as he had much ado to ride at, and could not have rid it had not he steered the ship all the tide time: the ●ight (he writes did comfort him) for what was to be done hereafter for by the course of this tide, and h●s own knowledge of the land, being to the Westward of that place 200. leagues, is 86. on the Sea, and might very well say one degree more on land to the Northward, he then saw 
Not so.  good reason for it.  
At 8. this night the weather being a little clear, with ebb he weighed and plied to windward to get about the N. W. end of the Island; and being about the West point, the ebb being d●ne, he saw another point open upon him that bore N. the wind at N. W. in 33. fathoms, the weather thick and bad, he anchored, where in less than one hour the tide of flood came most strong as before, from N. W. and by N. whereby he concluded, having brought the Northern point N. from him, tha● it was the true Channel tied; for had it been otherwise, 
The true Channel tied.  it would have come as the land lay, which was N. but now being open of the land, and finding it to come from the N. W. and by N. he faith in his judgement that course, and N. N. W. must direct whomsoever shall seek this passage hereafter. And the rather to continue himself in this opinion, he now to late found, that those that were this way first, & himself the last year were all of them deceived of the set of the tide, within Sir Dudley Diggs his Island, for there they found it come more Westerly, which was caused by many broken Lands that lie to the Westward of it, which he never saw, until his return homewards. And upon this tide (if I can judge saith he, we cannot be deceived for this caveat, he doth 
Strong Tide, or 200. fathom  give to whomsoever shall succeed him in this discovery. That whensoever he loseth his strong tide, or finds ground in 200. fathoms, let himself he is out of his direct course for finding of this Voyage. So this his experience upon his unhappy counter-course taught him, that whensoever it is to be found, it must be in deep water); and in a strong tide; and in this course that he took, he hopes it will not be imputed an error of his; for what he did in the directing of it; for it was to follow the letter of his instructions; For albeit he was precisely tied to stand with hudson's Westerland in 58. d. yet he never came much to Leeward of 61. d. till he was encountered with land 200. leagues Westward from Sir Dudley Diggs 
No mole station of Ice in all his return.  his Island.  
How much in effect I received in a Manuscript from Sir Thomas Roe, besides diverse others, towards the furtherance of my Voyage.  
But further from Abacuk Pricket, who saith, they came not through the main Channel of Fretum Hudson, nor thorough 
Lumleys Inlet.  Lumleys Inlet: but that he came through into the Mare Hyperborum betwixt those Lands first discovered and named Chidleys' Cape, by Captain Davis, and the North part of America called by the Spaniards who never saw the same 
Cap Labradore  Cape Labradorr, but it is meet by the N. E. point of America, where there was contention amongst them, some maintaining (against others, that them Lands were the Resolution, which Josias Hubbart withstood until he stood himself into the danger of displeasure: but at length it proved a new straight, and a very strait ind●ed to come through, which resolved all doubts, but hereupon all their plots and journals. This part which came unto my hands I have writ, thinking there may be some that will protract the same, he met no Ice in his home coming, until he came into Fretum Hudson, and but little there.  
journals more taken from them, and therefore who doth 
No molestation by Ice in all these Voyages return.  desire any further satisfaction from this Voyage, must seek it from Sir Thomas Button, only Pricket saith that they were at home in 16. days.   

Concerning the Voyage of Captain Gibbons, with a Ship called the Discovery, vitled for 12. Months, in the year 1614  
LIttle is to be writ to any purpose, for that he was put by the mouth of Fretum Hudson, 28 with the Ice driven into a Bay called by his Company Gibbons his hole, in Latitude about 
Gibbons his Voyage, a caveat for others  57 upon the N. E. part o● Stinenia, where he laid 10. weeks fast amongst the Ice i● danger to have been spoilt, or never to have got away, so as the time being lost, he was enforced to return.   

The Voyage of Robert Bilot yet forth by Sir. Dadley Diggs, Mr. john Wolstenholm, Old man jones 16. 15. in the discovery of 55. tons burden, Written by William Baffine.  
THis Robert Bylot had been in this ship all t●● 3. voyages 
April.  before viz. Hudson, as you find by Pricket, Sir Thomas Button and Gibbons, and therefore was a man well experienct, that way his company consisted of 16. men and 2. boys, he anchored in Lee, read the 18. April.  
6 Upon this day he had sight of Groenland, on the East side 
May.  of Cape Farewell, that night he had a great storm, but he 
Ice on Capes Farewell. 140. Fathoms above water.  kept southerly, to get clear of the Ice that lay on shore: He kept his course until the 17. day, seeing many great Lands of Ice, some doth affirm that there is not above one 7. part of the Ice above water saith Baffine, he observed one piece to be 140. Fathom above water, this day he came to the firm Land of Ice, as he supposed being in 61. 16. the Latitude of the S. part the I'll Resolution, than he asked opinion concerning putting in amongst the Ice, saying, the Sea was on the N. side of the South channel and much Ice he must pass, and if he could get but 2. or 3. Leagues within the Ice, it would open every Tide, and so he should get something on his way, having all the channel to the S. on him, and with this resolution, he put in W. E. N. E. wind: this first entrance Baffine liked not well, finding scarce a place to put the Ships-head 
Puts into Ice 30. Leagues of Land.  into, being 30. Leagues from any Land, towards evening they were fast amongst the Ice.  
22. Sometimes ere day the Ice would something open, and so made what way he could to the N. W. in for the shore▪ until this day, the wind all South, yet he could see plainly, so that he seekt to the Southward do what he could.  
This day the wind came up at N. N. W. and he determined to stand forth again, for if the wind had comeed at N. E. it had been impossible for him to have fetched any part of the channel again, for he thought he drove fast to the southward with South wind, yet he had not seen the Land.  
23. He was also determined to spend 20. or 24 days in Fretum Davis, to see what hopes would be that ways, supposing there would be little good done in hudson's straits: for the time limited he plied to get to Seaward, and at Clock 8. in the night he was cleared from the Ice, he then changed his opinion, and stood to the N. all he could as the Ice would give him leave, c●mming 30. Leagues to N. E. by N. in Latitude 61. d. 50. m. at Clock 6. the wind came N. N. E.  
26. This day was fair and cool, but the after noon was close and hazie, he took in his sails and held until morning 4. all this day he passed by many beds of Ice, having great quantity to the N. of him, and having run about 21. Leagues upon a true W. course.  
27. This 27. was close foggy weather, with much snow, freezing his shroud and tackling, but at Clock 4. it cleared, and he saw Land: it being the I'll Resolution bearing W. about 
Variation allowed.  13. or 14. Leagues off, he stands to to fro, as Ice would suffer him, when night came with W. wind, he made fast to a piece of Ice.  
28. Fair weather all this day, he being fast to a piece of 
Whitsunday.  Ice, with W. wind and he could well perceive that he ●et faster into the straits with the flood, than the ebb could take him back again.  
29. This day the weather was fair and wind variable, he sets sail and tacks to and fro along the Island, the n●xt morning 2. the wind came to S. S E. but he was so postured with Ice, that with fair wind he could do little good, the wind continued a stiff gaile all day and night, for it was not dark, and so was set within the point of the Island, so as now he was within the straits.  
This day was fair weather, the wind N. W. he saw Buttons Isles bear S. by compass but S. S. E. with variation allowed, which was 24. degrees. 
Vrriation 24, June. A good harbour in Resolution.   
some snow in the morning, but very fair the afternoon, the wind at W. N. W. he perceiving the Ice to open close to the shore, made way to get into anchor, and by Clock 7. he was in good harbour on the W. side of Resolution, where an E. S. E. Moon makes a full Sea or halke an hour past 7. On the change day the water doth rise and fall near 4. Fathom, 
Flows 4. Fathoms Variation 24. d. 6. m. Lumleys julet 8. miles wide in the narrowesst.  the compass doth vary 24. d. 6. m. and his Longitude from London 66. d. 35. m. the breadth of the S. channel is 16. Leagues, and the breadth of the N. or Lumleys Julet is 8. Miles wide, in the narrowest place.  
He found here no sign of inhabitants, but the tract of Bears and Foxes, Rocks and stony ground, hardly any thing growing, thereon it is indifferent high Land to the N. having one hill or summoke to the N. E. but to the South it falleth away very low.  
This morning the wind came to the E. S. E. with much snow, and foul weather at noon, he weighed anchor and stood about by the Island side, as well as the Ice would give him leave to get to the N. shore with much variable wind and weather, but stood fast in continuance amongst Ice, until the 8. day the wind fell contrary, and being somewhat near a point of a Land, or rather a company of Lands, which he called Savage Lands, having a great Sound or Indrust between 
Savage Iles.  the N. shore and them, at Clock 6. he came to Anchor near one of them, being the E. most save one, but whiles he was forling this sail, he heard and saw a great company of Dogs, howling and barking, that it seeming very strange, 
Dogs.  after he had mored his Ship, he sent his boar near shore to see if they could discern any people, who returned said there were Tents, and Canons, and Dogs, but for people they saw none, this writer (being fitted) after Prayers and supper went on Land to their Tents (with 7. others) where finding no people, they marched up to the top of a hill, being about a flight shot where they saw a great Canon, which had about 14. 
14. Savages in one Canon.  men therein, being on the N. W. part of the Island, and about a Musket shot from them, so called to them in Groenlandish speech, making signs of friendship, they did the like to them, but being fearful, and he not trusting them also made signs of a knife, and other trifles, which he left upon the top of a hill, and returned to these Tents again, where he found 
Whalessinnes.  to the number of 30. or 40. Whale fins, with a few Seal skins which he took with him, leaving for them knives, beads and counters, he found a little Bay where were the Images of men, and one the Image of a woman, with a child 
Images.  at her back which he brought with him.  
Amongst these Tents being 5. in number, all covered with Seales skins, were running 35. or 40. Dogs, the most of them muzzled, there were of a Mungrills Mastiff, being of a brinded black colour, looking almost like Wolves: those Dogs they use in stead of Horses, or as the Laplanders do their Deer, to draw their Steeds which are shot or lined with bones of great fishes, to keep them from wearing, their 
Dogsfurnitur.  Dogs have collars and furniture very fitting.  
Their apparel Boats, and Tents, with other necessaries, are much like to those of Greneland, but not so neat and artificial: they seem to be more rude and uncivil travelling up and down, as their fishing is in season, for in most places 
Lattude 62. d. 32. m. Longitude 72. d.  where they were on Land, they see where people had been, but where their habitation or winter abode is they know not, nor cannot conjecture.  
This Island lieth in 62. degrees, 32. minutes, and in longitude West from London 72. degrees or near there about, being 60. Leagues from the entrance of the straits: the compass doth vary 27. degrees, 30. minutes, and South East Moon 
Variation 27. d. 30 m.  4. degrees East, maketh full Sea, it floweth almost as much water as at Resolution, the Tide cometh from the Eastwards.  
This day morning 6. he set sail with North wind, which continued not, but was variable, till noon, it came to North West, he having sailed along the shore some 7½. leagues North North West, the Ice lying so thick in the Offing, that 
A good Harbour.  he could not well get out of it. He perceived a good Harbour between two small Lands and the main, and went in, wherre he moored and stayed until the twelfe day in the evening.  
In this place a South East Moon make a full Sea, Latitude 
62. d. 40. m. Lat. S. E. full Sea.  62. degrees, 40. m. the tide doth come from South East every point hath his set and eddy in this place he could perceive of no people.  
Lying still in the Ice, the weather close and hazy, as it had been for 6. days being near a great company of Lands (the wind West North West,) he stood in amongst them and at evening, morn to one of them in a small Cove, the, better to defend her from the Ice; here he stood all the 17. day, the 18. being almost calm, he set sail, the better to get forth. Here was a great company of Lands, each whereof hath his several sets and eddyes, which drive the Ice to and again with such violence, that he was in greater danger here, then if he had been further off, the Latitude of this I'll he lay at, was 63. d. 26. m. longitude, near 72. d. 15. m. from London, Variation 27. d. 46. m. ½. past 9 the change day maketh 
Danger near shore, La. 63. d 26. Lon. 72. d. 25. m. Variati. 27. d 46. m.  full Sea, this evening and morning he had a false gale at South East, and he stood along by the land, it being all small broken Lands, to a point about 12. leagues distance from the I'll he set from, it being all broken land, so calls it broken point.  
This day 12. he was about 4. miles from the foresaid point, fast amongst Ice; and he saith, he might well have called this Fairness, or Fair Point; for from this day to the 30. the weather was so fair, and almost altogether so calm, that in few places else where fairer weather could not be; and until the 27. he was so fast enclosed amongst the Ice, that one could not dip water by the Ship sides. Upon the 29. day he see the Sun and Moon both at one time, as indeed in fair weather is usual in those parts.  
Being fair and calm, the Sea almost as steady as on shore, with his Instruments for Variation, he went to work to take the time of the Moons coming to the Meridian, and had a Quadrant of 6. foot Semidiamiter ready to take Sols Almicanter, having taken the Variation of his Needle as properly as he could, which was 28. d. 10. m.  
The Sun's Almicanter at the instant, when the Moon 
Observaton for Longitude  was upon the Meridian, was 26. d. 40. m. the Sun's declination 23. d 6. m. by which 3. things given he found the hour to be 5. a clock, 4. m. 54 secon. ⅓ 4/4 or 67. d. 13. m. 16. s. of the Equinoctial, after noon, and according to Scarls Ephemerideses the Moon came to the Meridian at London, at 4. a clock, 54. m. 30 s. and after Origanus, the Moon came to the Meridian at 4. a clock, 52. m. 5. s. at Wittenberg the same day now having this known, it is no hard matter to know the Longitude of this place sought; for according to the Moon's mean motion, which is 12. d. a day, it is in time 48 m. and to this account, if she be on the Meridian at 12. of clock this day. tomorrow it will be 48. m. past 12. so he having the time found by observation at this place, viz. 5. hours, 4. m. 52. s. ⅓ 4/4. but in this he needeth not come 50. precise, and at London at 4. hours, 54. m. 30. s, which substracted from the former, leaveth 10. m. 22 s. ⅓ 4/4. Now the Moon's motion, that 24. hours was 22 d. 38. m. which converted into time, is 50. m. 25. s. 20. th'. than the protion standeth thus, if 50. m. 25. s. 20. th'. give 360. d. what shall 10. m. 22. s. ⅓ 4/4. give the propotionals welbes, 74. d. South, which is West of London, because the Moon came later by 10. m. 22. s. and by the working of Origanus his Ephemerideses, the distance is 91. d. 35. m. West of West, but whether be the truer, he leaves it to others to judge; for if those workings be not carefully looked unto, there may be great error committed; as in the observation, and in the Moons coming to the Meridian to the place, for which the Ephemerider was Calulated for, and it may be in the Ephemerideses themselves; in all which, the best and most judicious may err.  
The 6. of April another outward bound at Sea, by the Moons coming in a right line, with two fixed Stars; the one was the Lion's heart, a Star of the first magnitude, the other in the Lion's Rumps, of second magnitude, as followeth.  
The Circumference or outward eye of the Moons being in a right or strait line, with those two Stars before named, at the instance he took the Altitude of the South balance, 2. d. 38. m. because he would save the time, but in this it is good to wait a fit time, as to gave her in a right line, with 2. Stars not far distant, and those not to be much difference in longitude, because the Moon will soon alter, the avyle or potion, and such a time would be taken, when the wood is in the 19 of the Ecliptic above the Horizon, for then there is no parallel of Longitude, but only in Latitude: but who is painful in these businesses, shall soon see what is needful, and what is not his observations, were as followeth.  

Lion's Heart,   degr. min. secon. Right Ascention 46. 28. 30. Declination 13. 20. 45. Longitude 24. 27. 45. Latitude 00. 26. 30. Almicanter 33. 40. 00.  

Lion's Rump,  Right Ascention 63. 23. 00. Declination 22. 38. 00. Longitude 05. 53. 45. Latitude 14. 20. 00.  

the Moon's Paralax,  Paralax 00. 47. 46. Latitude 03. 20. 00. Almicanter 37. 00. 00. Latitude of the 56. 43. 00.  
This note he saith is set down for any that can, and are disposed to spend their time therein themselves, having spent 
Mr. Rudston.  some, and would have spent more if leisure had served: but finding it not to his mind, he hath set down the particular work as he received it from me Rudstone.  
28 Lying here enclosed now among the Ice with fair and calm weather (as before is said) until the 27. day at evening he set sail, the wind South East an easy gale, all the 28. and 29. he made way through the Ice: but the 29. it was more open th●n before, in 10. days at noon Salisbury sie bare West from him.  
This day was close foggy weather, with much rain, the wind S. S. E. at noon he was 3. leagues from the land, but 
July.  had much Ice by the shore. He stood to the N. and the next morning he was fain by another small Island, or rather a company of Lands which he afterwards called Mill Island, by reason of grinding the Ice, as he had proof, the Lat. is 64. 
Mill Ile La. 64  driving here to and fro until clock 7. the Ice began to open and separate: he had not passed along the I'll by the East side 
Flood Tide from S E Ice drive with swiftnesle▪  thereof: but the Ice came driving with the flood-tyde from S. E. with such swiftness, that it overwent his Ship, having all sails abroad with a reasonable gale of wind, and put him out of the stream, into the eddy of the I'll.  
This Island or Isles lying in the middle of the Channel having many sounds running through them, with many points or Headlands encountering the face of the Tide, causeth such a rebound of the Ice and water, which ran one way and the Ship another, the Ship having met with Ice, with the first or the flood put him near the shore, that he was in the partition between the Ice, which the edge caused to run one way, and the stream another, where she endured great 
Danger near shore.  distress: Thus he continued until towards high water, which about one a Clock, then with no small trouble he got into the Channel, and stood to the North West ward, after he had past some distance from this I'll, he found the Sea more open than it was since he put into the straits, and sailed all the next day with a South wind, thorough. an indifferent clear Sea, at Clock 8. in the morning he was come again into much Ice, and this Ice was thicker and bigger than any he had before, where he began to be enclosed 26. League's 
Clock 7. high water.  distant from Mill I'll North West by West true course, being first amongst the Ice he perceived a great Tide to set to and fro, and had 120. Fathom ozie ground, at 80. Fathoms the wind coming to the North, and setting him somewhat Southward had 110. Fathoms, thus seeing great abundance 
120. Fathom high ground.  of Ice in this place, and the more he got to the North Westward the shoalder it was the Ice being foul and dirty, as not bred far from shades, he determined to stand to the eastward, to be better informed of the Tide.  
6. The morning standing to the Eastward he brook a plank, and two timbers in his ships bow, which after he had mended, he proceeded to the East along the North shore, which Land stretcheth along from Resolution within the straits, and is the West side thereof.  
7. This day he saw the Land it being but low, and the Sea should in respect of other places, having 10. or 12. Fathom about a League from shore, and some 30. or 35 Fathoms 5. or 6. Leagues from shore, having very good channel ground, some 18. or 20. Leagues off, as small stones and shells, but the farther of the more ozie: Also here runneth a very great Tide, to the Northward with this evening he found 
The half tide between▪ Baffaime.  to be the Tide of ebb. For coming near the shore about Clock 7. he went on Land with his Boat, and found it so, he stayed on Land about an hour and an half, in which time the water fell about 3. foot and a half, and a South South East Moon maketh a full Sea. They saw no sign of people to have been here this year, but other years before they could well see by diverse places, where their Tents had stood, and perhaps their time of fishing was not yet come, there being such great abundance of Ice as yet.  
8. This day the wind was West.  
9 This day was almost calm, and he reckoned to be near the shore.  
10. This day he entermined to stand to I'll Nottingham, to try the Tide there, the wind South West, so as he turned it up until night, the wind came to North North West 150. Fathom deep, so as he stood away to the West ward, and left the stateth of Notinghams' Isle, having a great swelling Sea out of the West, with the wind that had blown which put him in some hopes.  
11. This morning he saw Land West from him, and had no ground at 130, standing along by the Land, which then lay North West, and by West, the next morning he was thwart of a Bay, then standing over to a fair Cape or Head land, he saw in the afternoon it was almost calm, being about a League from Land, he sent his Boat to try the Tide, and they stayed about 3. hours, going at 5 and returning at 8. and brought word that it was falling water, and that whilst they were on shore it had ebb two foot: also they affirmed that the flood came from the N. in this place, wh●ch he perceived by the Ship, she setting a pace to the N. although it was no wind: also they might see by the Rocks that the water was ●a●●, this made him doubtful of a passage that way.  
Master Bylot named this Cape Comfort, for the reasons before, 
Cap. Comfort in 65  and not a league from Land, is 140. Fathom water, here a S E. Moon makes a full Sea, the Latitude is 65 and 86. d. 10. W. from London. But this sudden comfort was soon quailed as he saith, for the next day having doubted the Cape, and proceeded not above 10. or 13. Leagues, but he saw the Land Trent, from the Cape to the Westward, until it bore from him N. E. and by E. and very thick pestered with Ice. And the further he proceeded N. ward, he found shoalder water, and more Ice, and small show of any Tide at 6. he had 130. Fathom, soft ozie, and at noon had 150. Fad. 
At 65. 25. Long from London, 86. 10.   
This was the furthest of this voyage being in Latitude 65. 25. and Longitude from London 86. 10. for seeing the Land so far to the E. of him 9 or 10. Leagues off, and the Ice he was fully persuaded this was but a Bay, and so turned the ship homeward without any further search.  
14. The wind at S. E. that he could make but small way back again: the next morning it was foul weather, and he Anchored in a small julet near Cape Comfort, on the N. when here he found a S. and by E. Moon to make a full Sea, but could, not discern from whence the flood came, for it was bad weather at Sea.  
16. The afternoon the wind came N. W. stiff gale, and hazie, he weighed and stood along the shore by the 16. at noon he went with a great quantity of Ice, lying within the point of Land, amongst this Ice he saw a great number of Sea Mo●s, not seeing any in all the straits but in this place, and those very fearful, not suffering any Ship or Boat to come near them: by Clock 8. he was come to this S. shore point, which he called Sea horses Point, where he came to Anchor in open 
Sea Horse Points, Flood came from S E  Sea, the better to try the Tide, where he and all his company apparently found, that in this place the Tide came from S. E. and the Ebb from N. W. he weighed after he had found this, and stood over with a stiff gale of wind, which continued all day, and at night it was very foul weather, and sour storms By Clock 2. he was come to Anchor on the N W side of Notinghams' Island, where 2. or 3. small Isles lie off from the greater, which makes very good sounds and harbour about this I'll, he had store of Ice, but nothing as in other places, he stayed here until the 27. day, with much foul weather, many storms, often fog and uncertain winds, many times he weighed Anchor to go to that side of the I and where the Ship rod, when Cap. Button was in her finding in other places of this ●le, the Tide of flood came from the S. E. ward, and the time of high water upon the change of day to be at 10. and half an 
Bylot was with Thomas Button.  hour past and not after, as they supposed before in 10. days he stayed about this I'll, he fitted his Ships with ballast and other necessaries.  
26. This day being indifferent fair weather, he p●ss●d between Salisbury and Notinghams' Isles, at the S. point thereof. where lie many small lone Isles, without the which (to have Anchored) had been a fit place to have found out the true set of the Tide: but the Mr. being desirous to have come to the same place, where he had rod before, stood along by this I'll to the W. ward, and came to an Anchor in the Eddie of this broken grounds, where the Ship rod at no cetainety of the Tide.  
27. This morning was soul weather with much rain and wind, that the Reager Anchor would not hold at 8. Fathoms scope, but was driven into deeper water, and enforced to set sail, the wind at E. and came about to N. E. with fowl weather, he stood away towards Sea Horse Point, he was persuaded that there might be a passage between that Land and the Land they called Swan Island, so this afternoon he saw both 
Swan I'll.  Sea Horse Point and I'll Nottingham, the distance betwixt both is not above 15. or 16. Leagues, they lie one from another S. E and N. W.  
28. In the morning he saw Sea Horse Point, and the Land to 
August. He sought no passage then.  stretch away W. S. W. so far as he saw and with Ice, wherefore he tacked about, and stood away S. E. and by S.  
29. This day 11. he came to anchor at Diggs his Island, having yery foul weather, at this place where he rod, it lieth open to the W. having 2. of the greatest Isles to break off the fore of the flood Tide, for after the water was risen an hour and a half by the shore, than would the Ships ride truly on the tide of flood all the Tide after, now the time of high water on the change is at ½. past 10. or thereabouts.  
This day was fair weather, he weighed & stood close by Diggs 
September.  his Island, where presently he persuaded the Savages to be close upon the Rocks: but when they saw he had espied them, diverse of them came running down to the water side, calling to him to come to anchor, which he would have done if he could: but in this place the water was so deep, an it is hard to find a place to ride in; which seeing, he lay to and again with the ship, whilst some of his men with the Boat killed about 70. Fowls, for in this place is the greatest store of those fowls which we call Willicks, that in few places else is not to be seen; for if need were he might have killed many thousand; almost incredible to those that have not seen it; here he had sufficient proof of other tide: but when his Boat returned, he set sail homewards.   

The Observation.  
He set forth the 18. of April, & he saw the land of Groynland the 6. of May; he made Resolution the 27. whereon the N. side he found a good Harbour, where it flows an E. S. E. moon, and near 4. fatho. he found people at Savage Isles, he was much troubled, but especially at Mill Isle, he made Cape Comfort, and found a tide, but knew not from whence it come. The land to the N. treads about him to N. E. by E. the water the farther Northward, was but more shallow & dirty, he returns homewards the 10. of july, his greatest deep at 180. fathoms. In his return at Sea-horse Point, he and all his people saw, that plainly the tide came from S. E. as also at Isle Nottingham he broke in a plank and timber of his ship amongst Ice, he might have killed thousands of Fowl at Diggs his Island; his greatest Variation was 27. d. 46. m. his greatest Lat. was 65. d. 25. m. he saw many Sea Mors, at Cape Comfort; his Longitude from London was 86. d. 10. m.  
This day he was forced to anchor 30. leagues, within Resolution, upon the N. shore, the next day he weighed, and the 5. day he passed by Resolution, but see it not.  
He had sight of Cape Clear in Ireland.  
He came into Plymouth all his men alive, but 3. sick, which presently recovered.  
The next year being again employed in discovery amongst other Instruments he received this; For your course you must make all possible haste to Cape Desolation, & from thence your William Baffyn as Pilot keep along the Coast of Greenland, and Fretum Davis, until you come towards the height of 80. if the land will give you leave, then for fear of imbaying by keeping off to Northerly a course; shape your course W. and Southerly, so far as you shall think it convenient, until you come to the Lat. of 60. then direct your course to fall with the land of Yead 30. about that height; leaving your further sailing Southward to your own discretion, according to the time of the year, and the winds will give you leave, although your desire be, if the Voyage be so prosperous, that you may have the year before you, that you go so far Southerly, as that you may touch the N. part of japon, from whence as from Yedzo, if you can see to pass it without danger; we would have you to bring home one of the men of the Country, and so God blessing you with all expedition to make you return home again.   

Master Baffyne his Letter to the right Worshipful Sir john Wolitenholme one of the chief Adventurers for the discovery of a passage to the North west.  
Worthy Sir, there needs no filling a journal or short Discourse with Preamble circumstance or compliment; and therefore I will only tell I am proud of my remembrance, when I express your worth to my capacity; and gal● of any good fortune, when I can avoid the imputation of ingratitude, by acknowledging your many favours; and seeing it is not unknown to your Worship in what estate the business concerning the North West hath been heretofore; and how the only hope was in searching Fretum Davis; which if yourself had not been the more forward, the Action had well-nigh been left of. Now it remaineth for your Worship to know what hath been performed this year; wherefore I entreat you to admit of my custom, and pardon me if I take the plain highway in relating the particulars without using any refined Phrases, or eloquent speeches.  
Therefore briefly thus, and as it were in the Forefront I entered to show the whole proceeding of the Voyage in a word, as namely, there is no Passage nor hope of Passage in the North of Davis Strait. We having coasted all, or near all the Circumference thereof, and find it to be no other than a great Bay, as the Voyage doth truly show: therefore I cannot but much admire the work of the Almighty, when I consider how vain the best and chiefest hopes of men are in things uncertain; and to speak of no other matter than the hopeful passage to the North West. How many of the best sort of men have set their whole endeavours to prove a passage that way? not only in their Conference, but also in writing and publishing the Work: Yea what great sums of money having been spent about the Action, as your Worship hath costly experience of? Neither would the Vainglorious Spaniard have scattered abroad so many false Maps and journals, if they had not been confident of a passage this way; that if it had pleased GOD a passage had been found, they might have eclipsed the worthy praise of the Adventurers, and true Discoverers. And for mine own part I would hardly have believed the contrary, until my eyes became witnesses of that I desired not to have found, still taking occasion of hope on very likelihood till such time as we had coasted almost all the Circumference of this great Barnes. Neither was Master Davis to be blamed in his report and great hopes, if he had anchored abo●t Hope Saunderson, to have taken notice of the Tides; For to that place which is 72. deg. ½▪ the Sea is all open, and of an unsearchable depth, and of a good colour, only the Tides keep a certain course, nor rise but a small height, as ●ight or nine foot; and the Flood cometh from the Southward; and in all the Bay beyond that place the Tide is so small, and not much to be regarded: yet by reason of Snow melting on the Land, the Ebb is stronger than the Flood, by means whereof, and the winds holding Northerly, the fore part of the year the great I'll of Ice are set to the Southward, some into Fretum Hudson, and other into Newfoundland: For in all where the Channel is open, are great quantities of them driving up and down; and till this year not well known where they were become.  
Now that the worst is known concerning this Passage; it is necessary and requisite your Worship should understand what probability and hope of profit might here be made hereafter, if the Voyage might be attempted by fitting men. And first, for the kill of Whales, certain it is, that in this Bay are great numbers of them, which the Biscaver calls the Guard Bay▪ Whales of the same kind which are killed at Greeneland, and as it seemeth to me easy to be struck, because they are not used to be chased or beaten. For we being but one day in Whale-●ound, so called, for the number of Whales we saw there sleeping and lying alo●● on the water, nor fearing our Ship, or aught else▪ ●or if we had been fitted with men and things necessary, it had been no hard matter to have struck more than would have made three Ships a saving Voyage; and that it is of that sort of Whales, there is no fear, I being twice at Greeneland, took sufficient notice to know them again, besides a dead Whale we found at Sea, having all her Fins: or rather all the Roughs of her mouth; of which with small labour we got a hundred and sixty the same evening we found her: and if fowl weather the next day had not followed, no doubt we had got all, or the most part of them: But the wind and Sea rising, she broke from us, and we were forced to leave her. Neither are they only to be looked for in Whale Sound, but also in Smith's Sound, Wolstenholmes Sound, and others, etc.  
For the kill of Seamors I can give no certainty, but only this: that our Boat being but once a shore in all the North part of this Bay, which was in the entrance of Alderman JONES his Sound; at their return our Men told us they saw many Mors along by the shore on the Ice: but our Ship being under sail, and the wind coming fair, they presently came on board without further search; besides the people inhabiting about 74. degrees▪ told us by diverse signs, that towards the North there were many of those Beasts having two long teeth; and showed us diverse pieces of the same.  
As for the Unicorn, it being a great Fish, having a long horn borne growing forth of his forehead or nostrils (such as Sir MARTIN FROBISHER in his second Voyage found one) in diverse places we see of them: which if the horn be of any good value, no doubt but many of them maybe killed.  
As concerning what the shore will yield, as Bear's skins, Mors teeth, and such like; I can say little, because we came not on Land in any of those places where hope was of finding them.  
But here some may object why we sought that Coast no better? To this I answer, that whilst we were thereabouts, the weather was so exceeding fowl we could not; for first we anchored in Wolstenholmes Sound, where presently wedrove with two anchors on head, than we were forced to stand forth with a low sail; the next day in Whale Sound we lost Anchor and Cable, and could fetch the place no more; then we came to Anchor near a small Island, being between Sir Thomas smith's Sound, and Whales Sound: but the wind came more outward, that we were forced to weigh again. Nevertheless, if we had been in a good Harbour, having but our Ships Boat we durst not send her far from the Ship, having so few men as 17. in all, and some of them very weak: but the chief cause why we spent too little time to seek a Harbour, was our great desire to perform the discovery; having the Sea open in all that part, and still likelihood of a passage: but when we had coasted the land so far to the S. ward, that hope of a passage was none, than the year was too far spent, and many of our men very weak, and withal we having some belief that Ships the next year would be set forth about the kill of whales which might do better than we.  
And seeing I have briefly set down what hopes there is of making a profitable Voyage, it is not unfit your Worship should know what let or hindrance may be to the same; the chiefest cause is, that some years it may happen by reason of Ice lying between 72. ½▪ and 76. so that the Ships cannot come into those parts until the middle of july, so that want of time to stay in the Country may be some let, yet they may well tarry until the last of August: in which space much business may be done, and great store of oil made. Nevertheless, if store of Whales come in, as no fear to the contrary; what cannot be made in Oil, may be brought home in Blubber, and the Fins may arise to good profit. Another hindrance will be, because the bottom of the Sound will not be so soon clear as would be wished; by means whereof, now and then a Whale may be lost. The same cause sometime happeneth in Greeneland. Yet I am persuaded the Sounds before, no● never will be clear before the 20. of july. We this year were in Whale's Island the 4. day amongst many Whales, and might have struck them without let of Ice.  
Furthermore, there is little wood to be expected either for fire, or other necessaries; therefore Coals and other such things must be provided at home, they will be much more the ready there.  
Thus much I thought good to certify to your Worship, whom I hope will conceive, that much time hath not been spent in vain or the like business, nor carelessly neglected, and although we have not performed what we desired (that is to have the passage) yet what we have promised, as to bring certainty, and a true description truth will make manifest, that I have not much erred.  
And I do boldly say (without boasting) that more good discovery hath not in shorter time (to my rememrance) been done since the Account was attempted, considering how much Ice we have passed, and the difficulty of Sailing so near the Pole upon a travis.  
And above all the variation of the compass whose wonderful operation is such in this Bay, increasing and decreasing so suddenly, and swift being in some part, as in Wolstenholmes 
Va●ia. 26. d.  and smith's Sound varied above 5. points or 56. d. a thing almost incredible, and almost matchiesse in all the world beside, so that without great care and good observations true description would not have been had.  
In fine, whatsoever my labours are or shall be, I esteem too little to express my thankful mind, for your many favours wherein I shall be ever studious to supply my other wants, by my best endeavours, and ever rest at your worship's command.  
William Baffyn.   

The Journals of his Voyage set, forth at the charge of the right worshipful Sir Thomas Smith Knight, Sir Dudley Diggs Knight, Mr. john Wolstenholme Esquire, and Mr. Alderman joanes', with others in the Discovery, Robert Bylot Mr. himself Pilot. 1616.  
HE set from Gravesend, and went about by the W. by 
March. Groenland 6. 5 d.  Ireland▪ and the first Land he saw was within Fretum Davies in 65. degrees 20. minutes, on the 14. May the forenoon, and 6. of the people being on fishing, came to him, to whom he gave small pieces of ●ron, and they keeping him company with great love, suppose he had intended to come to anchor, but when they see him stand off from shore they followed a while, and then went away discontented as he thought.  
He prosecuted his voyage being loath to Anchor as yet although the wind was contrary, but plied to the N. ward, until he came into 70. d. 20. m. there he entered a fair sound near Cape Davies his London coast, the people espying him 
Groanlands' wonder.  with great wonder, and gazing fled away in their Boats, and after this night he saw them no more, yet they left there Dogs running to and fro upon the Island.  
At this place he stayed two days taking in water, and doing things needful, the Tides not rising above eight or nine foot made him dislike of the passage, it floweth ¼. past 9, upon the change day the Tide cometh from the South.  
At N. Sun he set sail, and plied to the Northward, with flood Tide,  
He found a dead Whale about 26. Leagues from the shore, he made fast to her, and got some sin out of her: the next day he was enforced by storm to leave her, having stood from her not above 3. Leagues N. W. he came toIce 
Ice.  then, and tacked into the shore again, and a great storm ensued.  
This day he came fair by Hope Saunderson, Captain Davies 
Hope Saunderson.  his farthest, between 72. d. and 73. that evening at N. Sun he came to Ice, which he put into, plying all the next day to get through.  
He was clear off the Ice, and not far fromshoare, the wind North East, he put in amongst diverse Lands, the 
June.  people seeing him fled away, leaving behind and under a small Rock hidden two young Maids or women, the Ship riding not far off, the Master with some others went on Land, they making signs to be carried to the Island, where their Tents were there adjoining.  
When they came there they found two old women more, the one to estimation 80. years, the other younger, there was also one woman with a child at her back, who had hid 
Groanland women.  herself amongst the Rocks, until the other had told her how kindly they had used them in giving them pieces of Iron, and other trifles, in change whereof, they gave them Seal skins, other things they had none, save dead Seals, and fat and blubber, which the poor women were very diligent to carry to the Boat, and put into their Casks making show that the men were over at the Main, and at another small Island something more Eastward; then they made signs to them that he should show them his ship, and set them where the men were, the four youngest came into their Boat, and when they were in the Ship they much wondered, and they gave them of his meat which they ta●ing would not eat, two of them he set to the Island where they found the men to be, the other two he set to their Tents again, those th●● went to seek the men could not find them, but came back to the Ship again, and were set over to the other side.  
This place they called women's Island, it lieth in 72. degrees 
women's Island. 72. d. 45. m.  45. minutes, the Flood cometh from the S. ward, at deep Tides the water 〈…〉 not above 6. or 7. foot S. S. E. M●one 〈…〉 full ●●●, the inhabitants being very poor living ch●e●ely upon Seales flesh dried, which they eat raw, and clo●●● themselves with the skins, as also they do cover their Tents and Boats therewith, which they can dress very well, the women differ from the men in apparel, and are marked in the face with diverse black streaks or lines the skin having been raised with some sharp Instrument, when they were young, and black colour put therein, so grown in, that by no means it can be got forth.  
Concerning their Religion he saith little only they have a kind of worship or adoration to the Sun, to which they will point, striking their hand upon their breasts, and crying Elyoute, there dead they bury on the sides of the hills, where they he, making a pile of stones over them, yet not so thick but that he could see the dead body, the air being so piercing, that it keepeth them from stinking savour, so likewise he hath seen there dogs buried in the same manner.  
This day he set sail from thence with fair weather, the wind contrary yet he plied it up between the Ice and shore, as it hath been in a channel of 7. or 8. League's 
A Channel, 74. d. 4. m.  broad, on the 9 〈…〉 was in 74. ●/●. much pestered with Ice, near ●. small Lands lying 8. Miles from shore, where he anchored.  
Those Lands he taketh to be frequented by people at the latter end of the year, as it seemed by the houses and places where their Tents had stood, but as yet they were not come, the flood tide was very small, not rising above 5. or 6. foot, yet the ebb runneth with indifferent stream, caused by the melting snow from off the mountains.  
Seeing that as yet he could not proceed, he determined to stand in for the shore, there to abide until the ●ee were 
Harbour 73. 45. m.  more consumed, which he plainly sa●● to waste very fast, he came to anchor 73. 45. m. here he continued 3. days without any show or sign of people.  
This day there came 42. of the Inhabitants in their Canoes, they gave him Seal skins, and many pieces of the horn of Unicorn, and showed him diverse pieces of Ice Mors teeth, making signs that to the N. ward were many of them, he gave them in exchange thereof pieces of Iron, glasses and Beads, 4. several times they repaid to him bringing always of those commodity aforesaid, by reason whereof he called this place Horn Sound.  
Here he stayed 6. days, and on this day at night sets sail with little wind, he stood to the N. ward, the wind having been contrary, the most part of the month, but. it was strange to see the Ice so much consumed in so little space, 
Ice consumed.  for now he could come to the 3. Lands formerly named, and stand off to the Westward almost 20. Leagues, without let of Ice, until he came to 74. 30. m. Latitude, than he put amongst scattered Ice, plying all this month every day gazing some what, nothing worthy of Note, hoping that he might see many of those fishes with long horns, which they call Sea Unicorns, the weather variable few days without snow and freezing: but Midsummer day his sails & tackling were frozen, that they could not and them, yet the 
He see many Sea Unicorns  cold is not so extreme, but that it may be well endured, he being still within sight of Land.  
He came into an open Sea in 75. 40. Latitude, which newly received his hope of a passage, and because the wind was 
July.  contrary, he stood 20. Leagues of the shore, and then he stood in again, and anchored to try the Tide, but found small comfort, shortly after the wind came to South East, and blew very hard with thick and foggy weather; he set ●ayle and run along the shore: the second day and the next day 
Sir Dudley Diggs Cape. Lat. 76. 35.  he came by a fair Cape, he named Sir Dudley Diggs, his Cape in Latitude 76. 35. It hath a small Island close adjoining to it, the wind still increasing, he passed by a goodly sound 12 leagues distant from the former Cape, having a small Island in the middle, making 2 currents, under this Island he Anchored, 2 hours the Ship drove, although he had two Anchors on ground. Whereupon he was forced to weigh and stand forth, he called this sound, Wolftenholmes Sound; It hath many Inlets or smaller sounds; and is a fit place for killing of Whales. 
Wolstenholmes Sound.   
This morning a storm began at West, that blew away his forecourse, continuing so, that he was not able to bear any sail, but lay to Hull; and when it cleared up, he found himself embayed in a great Sound: then he set sail and stood over to the S. W. side, and Anchored in a Bay, where he lost both Cable and Anchor, the wind blowing so extremely from the hill tops, that he could get no place to Anchor in; but was forced to stand too and again in the sound, the bottom being all freze over, in the afternoon it was less wind, and he set forth.  
In this sound was great number of Whales; he called it Whale-sound in latitude 77. 30. this day was fair weather, and he kept along by the land: until he came unto a great bank of ice which was backed with land; which he seeing, determined to stand back again some 8. leagues to an Island he called Hauclites I'll. It lieth between two great sounds, the one 
Whales Sound, 78.  Whale-sound, and the other Sir Tho. smith's sound; this last runneth to the N. of 78. and is admirable in one respect, because in it is the greatest of variation of the Compass of any part of the known World. For by diverse good observations he 
Variation 56.  found it to be above 5. points, or 56. varied to the N. ward, this Sound seemeth to be good for killing of Whales, it being the greatest and largest in all the Bay, the cause why he minded to stand to this Island, was to seek for Whale-Finnes; this night he Anchored with foul weather, that his Boat could not land: the next day the Wind more outward, 9 the Sea grown so that he weighed, spending two days before he could get a good place to Anchor in.  
This day it cleared up and he spied a company of Islands lying 12 or 13 leagues off from shore: he minded to go to them but the Wind took him short; and he being loath to spen● more time, took the opportunity thereof, and left the search of those slles, which he called Caries Isles.  
Then he stood to the W. ward with open Sea, & a stiff gale of wind until this day, when it fell calm and foggy, he being near the entrance of a fair Sound, which he called Alderman jones his sound; This afternoon it being clear and fair weather, he sent his Boat on land, the ship being under sail, but the wind beginning to blow, they returned, saying, they saw many Sea Mors, by the shore amongst the ice, but no sign of people so far as they were, nor any good place to Anchor in, then having the wind E. N. E. he run along the shore, it beginning now to trent to the South, and showing itself to be a Bay.  
This day he was open of another great Sound, he called Sir 
Sir james Lancaster's Sound, La●●t. 74  james Lancaster's Sound, here his hope of passage began to lessen every day more than other; for from this sound to the Southward he had a ledge of Ice between the shore and him, but the Sea was clear to the S. of it he kept close to this Ice until this day; and then he was in 71. deg. 16. min. and plainly perceived the land to 70. deg. 30. min. then having much l●t about him, he stood to the E. ward, supposing to have been soon clear, and to have kept on that side the Ice, until he had come into 70. deg. and then to have stood in again: but i● proved quite contrary to his expectation; for he was forced 
60 leagues amongst Ice.  to run above 60. leagues through Ice, and many times fast that he could go no way, although so he kept his course du● E. and when he had gotten into the open Sea; he kept so near the Ice, that many times he had much to do to get clear, yet could not get near the land until he came to 68 when he see the shore, but could not come to it by 7. or 8, leagues for the great abundance of Ice; and this was on the 24. day of july, than he spent 3. days to see if he could anchor to try the Tide, but the Ice led him into 65. 40. min. latwhere he left the west shore; because that then he was in the Indra●● of Cimberland; Inlet he knew no certainties, no● hope of passage could be there.  
Now seeing that he had made an end of his discovery, and the year being too far spent to go for the bottom of the Bay, to search for drift Fins; he determined to go for the Coast of Groenland, to see for refreshing for his men. Mr. Hubart, and two more having kept their Cabins 8. days: besides his Cook which died the day before: and diverse of his company so weak, that they could not labour; so the wind favouring, he came to anchor in 65. deg. 45. min. in a place called Cawkin So●nd.  
The next day, upon an Island, we found great store of Scurnie-grasse, with Sorrel and Orpen; the Scurnie-grasse he boiled in Beer, by means whereof, with God's blessing, his men were in perfect health, in 8. days, and so continued until his Arrival in England.  
here he road 3. days before any of the people came to 
August ●  him; this day came 6. in Canoes, they brought Salmon, ●eale, and such like, which was good refreshing for his men; the next day following, the same 6. came again, but they saw them no more until the 6. day, when he had weighed anchor, and was almost clear of the harbour, the same 6. and no more, came and brought of the like commodity: for which they gave them Glasses, Beads, Counters, and small pieces of Iron; which they do esteem, as we Christians do Gold or Silver.  
In this Sound was such Skulls of Salmon swimming too and 
Skulls of Salmon in Cawk●● sound.  fro, that it was much to be admired: here it floweth above 18. foot water; It floweth on the change till seven a clock. It is a very good Harbour, and easy to be known: having three high round hills like Piramidies close adjoining to the mouth thereof; and that in the midst is the lowest: All this coast along is full of good Harbours, by reason of so many Lands that lie from the Main.  
By 3. this day he was clear of this place, having a N. N. W wind, fair weather: So God sent him a speedy passeage, for in 19 days after he saw the the coast of England; The 30. h● anchored in Dover Roade.   

¶ A brief Discourse of the Probability of a Passage to the Western or South Sea, with Testimonies, by me Henry Briggs.  
I Thought good to add somewhat to this Relation of Mr. Baffyn, that learned unlearned Mariner and Mathematitian, whose wanting Art of words; so really jmployed himself in that jndustrious work, whereof here you see so evident proof: This Map and Table would much have jllustrated this Voyage: if trouble, cost, and his own despair of passage that way, had not made us willing to content ourselves, with what followed of that le●aned, and in this Argument, three times thrice jndustrious Mathematitian, Master 
London.  Henry Briggs famous for his reading in both Universities, and this honourable City: that I make a further Voyage of Discovery to find and follow the remote Passage and extent of his name; Mr. Baffyn told me, that the Tide from the N. W. about Diggs his Island, was mis-reported by mistaking the hour 8. for 11. and that he would if he might get employment, search the Passage from japon, by the coast of Asia, or (qua data porta) which way he could: But in the Indies he 
Baffyns' death.  died, in the late Armouse business, slain in fight with a shot as he was 24. trying bis Mathematticall conclusions, for the discovery of Sr. Thomas Button: I have solicited for his notes, and received of him gentle entertainment, and kind promises; being they forced me to stay in the City about necessary & ur▪ Affaires; he would at his return seek and impart them, since I hear that weighty occasions have detained him out of England; and I cannot deliver that I could not receive, which if I do, I purpose to give them out of due place, rather than no● at all: once he was very confident in conference with me, o● a Passage that way, and said that he had therein satisfied hi● Majesty, who from his discourse in private, suffered the necessity 
Sr. james satisfied.  thereof: And the main Argument was there too: so ●● the Tide, for wintering in Port Nelson, he found the Tid rising every 12. hours 15. soot: Within the bottom of Hu 〈…〉 sons Bay, it was but 2. Foot: And in the bottom of Fret● Davies, discovered by Baffyn but one; yea and a West win● equalled the neepe Tides to this Spring, arguing the Neighbourhood of the Sea, which is on the Westside of Amenia, the Summer following, he found about the lat. of 60. a strong Race of a Tide running sometimes Eastward, sometimes W. ward; Whereupon josias Hubbart, in his Plot, called that place Hubbarts Hope; now if any make scruple why this discovery was not pursued by Sir Thomas Button, let him consider, that being Prince Henry's Servant, and partly by him employed, whom I think named the Country New Wales: The untimely death of that Prince, put all out of joint; nor was he so open, that others should have the glory of his discovery.  
If any man think that the Passage is so far as the Maps use to express Ammerica, running into the West, it is easily answered that either of negligence, or overbusy dilligeate Maps by portugals in the East, and Spantards in the West, have been so clearly projected here: That fabulous straight of Anian, as before by Frances Gauls testimony, and Navigation is evident; and hence the portugals, to bring in the Moluceas to the Moiety of the World, agreed upon between the Spaniards and them are thought to have much curtailed Asia, and the longitude of those Islands, giving fewer degrees to them then in just longitude is due; so the older Maps of America, make the land from Magdalene Sireights to the South Sea●, running Northwest, when they are rather contracted somewhat easterly from the North, and the like is justly reported of their placing Periuvera; and I know not, nor they neither, what Countries they make in America to run so far to the N. W. ward, which Sir Francis Drake his Voyage in that Sea; his Nova Albion being little further Northward, than Aguatulie plainly convinceth to be otherwise; yea the late Map of Culifirma, found to be an Island; the savage discourses of all the Countries Northward, and Westward, from Virginia, the Fame whereof filled my friend Mr. Dormer with so much confidence, that hearing of strange Ships that came thither for a kind of Vre, or Earth; the men using Forks in their Diet, with Caldrons to dress their Meat, and things nothing suitable to any parts of America; he supposed them to come from the East, near China and japon; and therefore he made a Voyage purposely to discover, but crossed with diverse disasters, he returned to Virginia, frustrate of attempting that year, but fuller of confidence, as in a Letter from Virginia he signified to me, where death ended his design soon after; but how often are the usual Charts rejected by experience in those Navigations, in the works recorded. Painters and Poets are not always the best Oracles.  
For further proof of a passage about these parts into the W. or S. Sea, as it is called from the first discovery thereof to the South, from the parts of new Spain, whence it was first described by the Spaniards, there is mention of a Portugal taken in a Carrack in Queen Elizabeth's days, of Famous Memory, confirming this opinion: Sir Martin Frobisher also, from a Portugal in Guinea, received Intelligence of such a Passage: he saying he had passed it; the Pilots of Lisbon are said generally to acknowledge such a thing: And the Admiral, ● D'Garsia jeaffrey Loais●, of City Royal, in the time of Charles the Fifth, is reported by the Coast of Baccalos and Labradore, to have gone to the Moll●●a●: Yasc● Decor●nado writ to the Emperor, that at S●bola, he was 150. leagues from the South Sea; and a little more from the North: Anthonio de Horera, the Kings Coronista Maior, maketh with us also in the distance described; but to produce some Authority more full; I have here presented Thomas Cowles, a Mariner and Master: Michael Lock Merchant, and after them, a little Treatis ascribed to Master Briggs; And if any think that the Span●ard or Portugal would soon have discovered such a Passage, this will answer, that it was not for their profit to expose their East or West Indies to English, Dutch, or others, whom they would not have sharers in those remote Treasures, by so near a Passage: First Thomas Cowles averreth thus much.  
I Thomas Cowles of Bedmester, in the County of Somrset Marriner, do acknowledge, that Six years past, being at Lisbon in Portugal; I did hear one Martin Chacke a Portugal, read a Book of his own making, which he had set out 6. years before that time, in Print in the Portugal tongue, declaring that the said Martin Chacke had found twelve years now passed away from the Portugal judies, through a Gulf of the Newfoundland, which he thought to be in 59 deg. of the N. Pole, by means that he being in the said Indies with 4 ships of great Burden; and he himself being in a small ship of 80. Tun, far driven from the company of the other 4. ships, with a West wind; after which he had passed along by a great number of Islands, which were in the Gulf of the said Newfoundland, and after he over-shott the Gulf, he set no more sight of any other land, until he fell with the N. N. west part of Ireland; and from thence he took his course homeward; and by that means he came to Lifborne 4. or 5. weeks before the other ships that were separated from his Company, and since the same time he could never see any of those Books, because the King commanded them to be called in, and no more of them to be Printed, lest in time it would be their hindrance.  
In witness whereof I set to my hand and mark the 9day of April, 1579.   

¶ A Note of Michael Locke, touching Freton Anjoy, through the Northwest Passage of Meta Incognita.  
WHen I was at Venice in April 1596. happily arrived there an old man, aged about 60. called commonly juan de F●●●a, but named properly Apostollos' Valerian●s, of Nation a Greek, borne in the Island of Sepholonien, of Profession a Mariner, and an ancient Pilot of ships: This man came lately out of Spain; arrived first at Legorne, and went thence to Florence, where he found out john Dowlas, an Englishman, a famous Mariner, ready coming for Venice, to be Pilot of a Venetian ship for England, they came both to Venice together; and john Dowlas, being well acquainted with me, gave me notice of this Greek Pilot, and brought him to my speech; and in conference this Pilot declared in the Italian and Spanish tongue, these words following.  
First, he said that he had been in the West India of Spain, by the space of Forty years, and sailed too and fro, as Mariner and Pilot to many places thereof in the service of the Spaniard.  
Also he said that he was in the Spanish ship, which in returning from the Islands of Philipinas and China, was robbed near Cape Callif●rnia by Captain Can●ndish, an Englishman; whereby he lost 60. Thousand Ducats of his own goods.  
Also he said that he was Pilot of 3. small Ships, which the Victory of Mexicoe sent from thence, armed with a 100 Soldiers, under a Captain Spaniard to discover the straits of Anian, along the Coast of the South Sea; and to fortify in that straight to resist the Passage of the English Nation, which were afraid to pass through the straits into the South Sea; and that by reason of a Mutiny which happened amongst the Soldiers, for the Sodomy of their Captain; that Voyage was overthrown, and the Ship turned back from Califirnia, to Noud Spania, without any effect of things done in that Voyage, and at their return the Captain was punished at Mexicoe.  
Also he saith, that after the said Voyage was so ill ended, the Viceroy set him out again in 1592. with a small Caravell and a Pinnace, armed with Mariners only for discovery of the said Straight; and he following his course W. and N. W. in the South-sea, along the coast of Nova Hispaniae, and Califirnia and India, now called North America; all which voyage he signified unto me in a great Map and Card of my own which I laid before him, until he came to the Latitude of 47. degrees. and that there finding the land to trent N. and N. E. with a broad Inlett between 47. and 48. he being entered thereinto; sailing therein more than twenty days, and found the land trenting still sometimes N. W. and sometimes N. E. and also S. E. ward, a far broader Sea then at the said entrance; and that he passed by diverse Lands in that entrance: and that at the entrance of this said Straight, there is on the Northwest coast thereof a great Head-land or Island, with an exceeding high Pinnacle or spired Rock like a pillar there-upon.  
Also he said, that he went on land indivers places; and that he saw some people on land clad in Beast-skinns: and that the land was very fruitful, and rich of gold and silver and Pearls and other things like Nova Hispaniae,  
Also he said, that he being entered thus far into the said 
10  Straight, and being come into the North-Sea already, and finding the Sea wide enough every where, and to be about 30. or 40. leagues wide in the Straight where he entered: he thought he had now well discharged his office, & done the thing which he was sent to do: and that he not being armed, to resist the force of the savage people that might happen to assault him, therefore he set sail, and returned towards Nova Hispaniae, where he arrives at Aquapulco, Anno 1592. hoping to be well rewarded of the Viceroy for his voyage so performed.  
Also he said, that he was greatly welcomed to Mexico by the Viceroy and had promise of great reward; but staying there 2 years to his small content, the Viceroy told him he should be rewarded in Spain of the King, and therefore willed him to repair thither, which he did perform.  
At his coming thither he was greatly welcomed at the King's Court in words, but after long suit he could not get any reward there to his content; and therefore at length he stole away and came into Italy, to get home to live amongst his kindred in his own country, he being now very old.  
Also he said, that he thought that the cause of his ill reward was had of the Spaniards to be, for that they did understand very well that the English Nation had now given over all their voyages for the discovery of the N, W. passage, wherefore they feared not them any more to come that way into the S. Sea; and therefore they needed not his service therein any more.  
Also he said, that in regard of his ill reward had of the Spaniard; and understanding of the Noble mind of the Queen of England, and of her wars maintained so valiantly against the Spaniard, hoping her Ma.tie, would do him justice for his goods lost by Capt. Cavendish, he would be content to go into England and serve her Ma.tie in that Voyage to discover the N, W. passage into the S Sea, and would put his life in her Majesty's hands to perform the same, if she would furnish him with one ship of 40 tons, and one Pinnace, and that he would perform the same from the one end of the Straits to the other, and he willed me so to write into England.  
Whereupon after this twice conference I did write to the old Lord Treasurer Sicily, and to Sir Walter Raleigh, and to Mr. Richard Hackluit that famous Cosmographer, praying that 100 pounds might be sent for the charge of sending this Pilot into England, I received answer from some of my friend's, that the action was well liked of; if the money could be procured; After one fortnight he went from me into his own country, where he died.  
There are diverse other things written in the Original, as enticing persuasions to those undertake, and is to be read as in Sir Humphrey Gilbert and others in Mr. Hackluit; and also other which were his collections (after his death) inserted into the latter end of the 4th Book of the 3 part of Purkas his works; but because these latter truths have proved them to be but the imagination of men, I omit them as things needless to this ornament; for although I have been careful to be as compendious as I could, yet I fear me my readers will think me totedious.   

Concerning Capt. William Hawkridge of whom I find nothing written by himself, but what hath come to my hands by manuscript or relation, as followeth here.  
He went bend by the West, and the 29 of June he found 
June. 29 Lumleys Inlet.  himself betwixt land and land, and thought he had been in the great channel or Lumleyes' Inlet, where it pleased God by the clearing up of the weather to deliver him from a rock he might have endangered himself upon to the E. ward.  
This day he plied it out again to the E. ward finding that 
30  he was in the N. or wrong Channel where he saw 3 Rocks he wondered he had escaped, for he had run in amongst them.  
This day was fair and clear weather, the wind at N, W. 
July.  he stood out again S, E. all the forenoon amongst ice loofing 
1  for one, and bearing up for another, the current setting to the W. ward, he took marks upon the land and by the log the Ship run after 5 leag. a watch and for all that got nothing, he observed by his Astrolob, and was in 62 d. 25 m. having had 
Lat. 62 d. 25 m.  Fogs and Mists for 6 days before so as he could not observe, 
Variat. 29 d.  and this day he had 29 d variation Westward, the magnetical Amplitude 83 d true Amplitude 54.  
These days were fair clear weather, the 4 was foggy. 
2 3 5 6   
This day the wind was E.  
This day he plied to windward to weather Resolution, the wind at E, N, E.  
This day was foggy wind N, E. he lost sight of his Pinnace. 
7 He was the first that entered Lumleys Inlet so far.   
The 27 of june he made the Resolution, and the 8 of July he was come back again out of the N. channel betwixt Resolution and Cape Elizabeth.  
This day he met again with his Pinnace and thought to 
9  have borne up, but the fog taking him he plied to the Eastward to the intent he might get into the great channel.  
This day standing to the N-shore with very foggy weather 
10 A strong Tide.  he was taken with an indraft of a strong tide, and drawn in amongst diverse Lands about Cape Elizabeth and was in more danger than he saw, but having a swelling Sea from the E. he followed and so escaped all dangers.  
This day he had a strong rippling of a tide, his Latit. 61 d. 
11 A rippling tide.  30 m. and the body of Resolution bore N, W. by N. from him.  
The 12. 13. and 14 days he made account that he had kept 
Horst 30 league. to S. ward with a Current. 16  that latit. and rather to the N. ward, but he was horsed with a current (he could not tell how) above 1 d. & 30 m. which all men know is 30 league. so that he was to the S. ward of Buttons Island  
This day when he came to observe thinking he had been in the mouth of the straight, it proved otherwise, the wind cóming contrary, as at W, and by S. some hopes were taken away that he should not insist any further for that year, but that himself had framed a sound resolution to continue and persever.  
From the 16 until this day he plied to the West and was 
22  fair by land, not 3 league. of the sounding he had no ground in latit. 61. 50.  
The wind N, N, E. and N, E. clear weather. 
23 24   
This day he espied land on the S. shore near Cape Charles, but to the E. ward he espied a little Island where he stood into a Bay to water, and anchored in 25 fath. fine fishing ground 
Bad fishing.  (but catcht none) he had land bore round from the N, N, W. to the E, by N. the Lands Lat. 62 d. 19 m. variat. 3 d. 9 m. and here he had a tide which minding the setting and flowing may cause some Argument of strong consequence to prove a passage that way, on this Island he caught Ducks, here he found it to flow 21 foot water the tide setting S, E. and the flood from N, W. and in this place a S. E. Moon makes a full Sea. 
As at Savage I'll.   
He sent the Mrs. Mate and Carpenter with others in the boat to row about the Island, and when it bore S. E. of them, they had 74 faith, half a mile from land, & a strong set tide from E.  
This day he set sail from this Island the wind E, S, E. much 
27  wind all day.  
This day in the morning he met with much ice. 
30 31   
This day he run 35 league. W. by N. but the last day at night he reckoned himself to be at the westermost Cape on the N. side.  
This day he run 25 league. W, by N. but the last day he saw 
August. 1  land, and thought it had been Silisbury and Nottinghams' Lands, but it proved the N. maine, he sailed along W. by N. and W, by S. with a stiff gale at E, N, E. he found this land to be thick 
I know none such.  with ice, and very low, and run 30 league▪ along by it.  
The first of August he espied this land and sailed along in 67, 89, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 fat. rocky ground, as he stood to the S. ward it was white sand, his lat. was 63 d. 30 m. variat. 27-he found an Island sailing along the shore, the depth between which and the Main was 70 fath.  
This day he sailed along the N, W. with fair weather and 
2  easy wind.  
This day he stood away S, W. and anchored in 45 fath. clay 
3  ground.  
This morning he weighed and stood N, W. 3 league. and being 
4  fair weather, the water shoalding to 30 fath. he anchored again still finding a pretty soaking current setting most an end N, W. and S, E.  
This morning clock 8 he anchored again having but new 
5  weighed because of the Fog.  
This morning clock 4 he weighed and stood away W, N, 
6 Swelling Sea ●om W.  W. with S, E. wind true course 5 league. and was in 63 d. 50 m. having a swelling Sea out of the Westerboard, the water waxed deep from 30 to 50 fath. and the ground was hard channel ground, from 12 to 4. he sailed N, W. by N. 6 leagues, but found no ground and supposed he saw the W. land bore N, N, W. from him. From 4 until 8 he stood away N. and by E. 5 league at 8 he sets, tacks aboard and stood N, E, & by S. in a deep gut, this day he had 45 fath. at clock 4. at 5 he had 8 fath. and at 8 he had 65 the land bearing N, N, W. and N, W.  
This day at the dawning the land bore N, W. and he stood 
7  along it N E. true course, he had sounding 25 and 30 fath. and anchored at clock 8, and weighed again presently, the land bore E. and had sounding all day, the further N. ward the deeper water, this writer saith he, judged it to be Salibury I'll, he sailed N E the forenoon some 7 league. & in the afternoon N N, E. for so the land did lie, towards the bottom of the Bay the latit. was 64 d. 30 m. variat. 23 d. 10 m. the part of this land bore from him N, N, E. fine low plain land.  
The 8 in the morning he was persuaded it was a bay, but that he will not say he was this day calming and did think that there was no tide here, but sending his boat on shore found 20 foot ebbing and flowing, and sport enough for them all, for in ● hours' space he saw in conscience as good as 300 
Fat D●●●  Dear, as fat as butter, but caught none, for his intent was to travel as good as 2 miles, hoping to have seen the Sea on the other side but could not.  
9 This day clock 8. to 12. he run 6 league. W, N, W. from 12 he steered away as the land would give him leave, W, S, W. and W, a fine shoalding coast, and dainty sounding, shelly ground, from 10 to 16 fathoms, here he had a little current, set W, N, W. this as he judged is all broken land, latit. 63 deg. 40 min. variat. 23 d. 30 m.  
10 The wind was at S, E, and by E. the farther to the Westward the shoalder water, they judge themselves to be shot so far to the W. ward as Sea Horse Point, because of the coast trenching to Southerly, his boat rid with her Grapnet, and found a pretty stream.  
11 This day he was in 63 d. 40 min. latit. the land bearing from him S, W. and trenching along to the S. being in this lat. they thought themselves far shot to the Westwards within Sea Horse point, and so returned back again for the Bay, where they were in almost 65 deg. to the N. wards, but he altered his mind and stood for Diggs his Island, to try the tide, N, E, by N. Northerly from thence where he turned out of the Bay of Sea Horse 24 league.  
12 This day the wind was E. and by S, thick weather.  
13 From the last day to this day noon, he was becalmed in thick weather.  
14 From the last day noon till this, he made way 9 league. E, S, E. and 2 league. N, W.  
14 He tried the tide and found as strong a stream at this time, as you have here in the Thames, it set S, E. and N, W. he followed it to see whether it would carry him, at clock 8 at night he anchored, and weighed again at 8 next morning, and to 12. he run 4 league. N, W, by N. from 12 to night 10 leag. and he had sou●●●●g 60 and 70 fath. but anchored in 30.  
16 This morning 4. he weighed and stood to the N. ward, but thought he was stopped by land, and therefore bore up the helm for England, not o● that he was out of hope of a passage, for that he will never say.  
17 From the last day until this, S. W. 8 league. he tacked to the N. ward, this morning he was in sounding 70, 60, 59 fath.  
18 From the last noon to this, he drove N, E. 6 league. both these last days were thick weather.  
19 To this day noon 20 knots S, E. and 10 knots S, W.  
20 To this day noon 20 league. S, E. the wind W. and foggy.  
21 To this day noon he run 20 league. S, E. thick weather, and he was in 61 d. 15 m. latit. and sounding he had 86 fath.  
22 To this day noon, 15 league. E, by S. at noon it was clear weather, and he was in 6● d. 40 m. latit. and he saw land to the N. off him, and had sounding from 45, 40, 36 fath.  
23 This day he was in latit. 62 d. 00 m. in the morning the land bore S. off him, and they judge it to be the N. shore or Cape, he had sounding 9 and 19 faith, and had run from last day 22 league. E, by N. and 6 league. S he had sounding along the land 17 or 18 fath. fine beach land, and stiff a gale at N, W.  
24 From the last day to this 23 league. S, E. and 9 league. E, by S. and this morning he fell with land which he took to be the Kings Forland, it bore S, E. 9 league. off, and latit 61 d. 30 m. this day the Pinnace stole from them as they think upon puroose.  
25 From this day at noon N, N, W. 8 league. and N, E, by N. 9 league. sounding was 40 and 45 fath.  
26 This day at noon they saw the same breach that they parted from, and was by observation in latit. 62 deg. 10 min. 
I know of this breach. A confused account.  variat. 26 deg. the wind was at S, E. and they thought themselves on the W. side of Mansfield Ile 2 leagues off, and had deep 16 or 18 fath.  
27 From last noon to this he run 27 league. true course N, & by E. and were in latit. of 60 d. the wind at E, S, E. this night at clock 10 the fog came, the next morning it cleared but he had no ground at 100 fath. he tacked about to the S. ward till next morning and then to the N. ward, but at noon could have no observation.  
28 This morning 8 he tacked to the S, for he saw a firm 
A firm land of Ice.  land of Ice, from last day to this N, E. 12 league. and 7 league. S, E, because of the Ice, at clock 10 he had 80 fath.  
29 From last day to this 10 league. S, E. and 3 leagues N, E, and sounding had no ground.  
30 From last day to this was fog, they got but little to the E. ward, and sounding had no ground, and latit. 62 d. 40 min. 31 From the last to this 10 lee. E, by S. and 8, S, E, by E. the wind at N. at 8 in the evening calm, but clear weather, they were close about the N. shore in 80 fath. he had a rippling of a Tide to the E. ward, the land was something low towards the water, but double height within land, it lieth W N, W. and ESE.  
This day he passed by an Island they took to be the W. most end of the strait and see Sir Dud●y Diggs his Island, being high land, and see the S. shore and a gut when it beareth S, W. seemeth to be 4 miles over, they also ●ee Nottighams' and 
The open betwixt C. Diggs and Cape Wolstenholme.  Salisburies' Isle and a channel between them of 8 league. and this strait is over about 15 league. they stood away this day E, by N.  
1 To this noon from the last 2 ● leag. E. by S, latit 63. Salisbury 
September.  bore N, N, W. and the W. Cape on the N. shore bore N. E. variat. 28 d. the wind N E, by N.  
2 To this noon 21 league. E, by S▪ and S, S, W. 5 leagues, this morning he was close aboard the N. Coast, it seemeth high ragged land and full of guts, he was becalmed and befogged, and stood S. wards into the channel having 1 10. oazie ground.  
There is nothing else o● note until the 7 day when Resolution bore N, W. from him. The 9 day he was open in Davis his strait, in 59 d. 25 m. and had variat. 26 deg.  
10 This day by storm his Pinnace threw over their boat and he lost sight of her.  
This is all that is to be observed, that he entered Fretum Hudson the 22 of july and returned from his Search the 16 of August, having been no further to the N. then almost 65d. and upon the S. side of Fretum Hudson near Cape Charles, the Tide came from S, E. as it doth on the N. side, the rest is, he was set at his entering the mouth of the strait 30 league. to S. of Cape Chidley.   
FINIS.   

COurteous Readers, the Printer, but especially the Corrector, craves your patience for this long Errata following, which is also my request although to my unknowledge and in my absence, they not being acquainted with the Method of our Sea terms, have committed all these mistakes in 6. sheets, (beginning at N▪ and ending with S.) being sent to another Press for expedition; and for others, I desire thy good construction, promising they shallbe amended at the next Edition.  
Marg Pag Li For Read▪  113 39 sowing saving.  114 20 strong (through evil steeridge)  116 7 one Mr. Hudson.   22 account action.  117 34 manured manned.  118 18 the he.  119 14 for from.  121 18 to I hung a plummet.  123 13 being beginning.  124 33 tire tide. Marg 125  began begin.   5 me. no▪   23 so to.   29 ledge ●edge   39 trent wend.  126 12 free▪ fore.   24 verioe view.   30 S. ●.   3● stache stache.   36 leave out Westerly.   13 drew drive.   24 0 30.  127 11 10 ●.  128 9 0 This 5th.  129 40 man Boates.  130 3 men men were.   9 matter Winter. Marg  3 Maut●ls Sir R●▪ Mo●●ils   17 have leave. Marg 131 2 man's M●●s teeth.   18 they have They would.   24 stay Sea.   29 83 clock 8. 3.   36 ruled ride.   37 N. land N. and.   39 with N. N   40 by 44 by W. 4.  132 26 is all is as all.   29 bad bold.   1 turn try.   4 he boat● or ●ore the Boat coming on board   4 15 fath. in 15 fath●●   3 former hopes former from Hopes.  133 15 E. o.   20 Luke note.   21 thaverse traverse.  135 ● Raffe rate.  136 ●● is 86 and 66.   21 well say well see.   6 himself himself know.   17 how muc thus much.   32 journals Read in the 37 were taken.  137 7 about 57 58 and a half.    Stinenia, America▪    20 weeks 10 weeks.   11 10. ●5. 1615.  138 2 he seekt he set.   ●8 n●hld and ●●ld.   25 to to fro to and fro.  139 8 maer 5 fa near 5 fath●●●   15 Sumoche Humocke,   31 Cannons C●●●wes,   36 Cannon C●●●w,  140 4 little ●ay a little box,   12 shot slead,  141 4 morue mored,   13 false fair,  142 7 so pertise so precise,    the ●uyle the angle,    not come come,   13 welbes will be,   16 W. of W W. of London.  144 7 the edge eddy,  14● 35 doubted doubled,  146 28 persuade. perceived,  147 5 4 fath. 5 f●tha●s.  156 6 ●● 150,   21 he caud 8th he came,   22 instrunent ●nstructions,   24 your wil you William,   25 ler    26 your desi ur desired,   29 gazing gauging,   33 land ●end.   

MY PREPARATIONS to the Voyage.  
GEntlemen, our Yorkshire Proverb is, Plain dealing is a jewel; So it is, that I was neither importuned nor entreated to this undertaking by any either Noble or Gentle, but the Truth is, that I had been itching after it ever since 1606. when I should have gone Mate to john Knight, of whom doth follow, yet I must confess that here my ambition soared a pitch higher than my ability, as now time hath made me to know, yet his Discretion and Experience taught him to discern of what could be in my youth, but I presuming upon some parts I had, as the use of the Globes and other Mathematic Instruments, (having been Sea bred from my Boyestime, and had been in the Mediterranean, Spain, France, Holland, Norway, Denmark, and the Baltic Sea,) thought myself to be fit for the best employment, desired to be plucked before I was ripe; but he durst not depend upon me in that place for the Voyage, so as I did not proceed with him; yet I was still kept in Marine employments along the Coast and Crossing the Sea, whereby I gained Experience, and also at the Returns home of all Ships from thence, I enquired of the Master's Mates and others that were that way employed, whereby I gathered by Report and Discourse and Manuscripts, how far they had proceeded, what they had done, and what was to do: To better which, I often repaired to Mr. JOHN TAPPE, whose acquaintance was much amongst these men, he also acquainting me with Mr. THO. STERN Globe-maker, (whom I have found to have engrossed all those former Voyages by Relation, Manuscripts; and Maps;) from whom I gathered much, and must needs say, he is a very well deserving Practitioner: So that I thought myself to be now ready for the same attempt, when occasion should present itself.  
Which fell out by former acquaintance I had with that famous Mathematician Mr. HENRY BRIGGES, who moved me thereto and I willingly consented, so as things could be brought to pass, the which to strengthen himself, he acquainted that Hon: Knight Sir JOHN BROOKE, whom both to▪ do their King service, & the Public good, persuades with diverse of their friends to come into the Adventure.  
Whereupon, we exhibited a Petition to his Majesty for the lend of a Ship for the Voyage and countenance to the Action, who Graciously accepted and granted both; but the time of the year was so far spent before we could make our provision ready, as we were forced to desist until the year following: in which process Mr. BRIGGES deceased, and the one half of the Adventure fell away.  
In the mean time and before the next year, one Captain JAMES of Bristol, had so wrought with the Merchants of the said City for to set forth one Ship for the same design, as they were willing to adventure so as they might share with London, in equal honour and profit, whether Ship soever found the same, and this as was signified in a Letter from Captain JAMES to Mr. BRIGGES, which Letter I did see is he showed the same to Sir JOHN BROOKE, they both consenting to write back again unto him that the Request was condescended unto, of which and for better assurance, Capt. JAMES rid from Bristol to Oxford before the death of Mr. BRIGGES desiring, that seeing we were both to go forth in one year that he might go in the higher place, but was denied.  
In this interim came home that Honourable Knight Sir THOMAS ROE from his Ambassage to the King of Sweden, who being made acquainted with the Design, gave it his best furtherance, when his Majesty sending for this voyages never failing friend Sir JOHN WOLSTENHOLM the elder Knight, appointing them two to expediate forward the enterprise. Commanding the Master and Wardens of the Trinity-House to be assisting hereunto; and young Sir john Wolstenholme, that now is, was appointed Treasurer.  
The Ship of his Majesties, was (of my own choosing, and the best for condition and quality, especially for this voyage that the world could afford) of Burden 80. Tons, the number of men 20. and 2. boys, and by all our Cares was sheathed, Cordaged, Builded and repaired; all things being made exactly ready against an appointed time.  
My greatest care was to have my men of Godly conversation, and such, as their years of time not exceeding 35. had gained good Experience, that I might thereby be the better assisted, especially by such as had been upon those Frost biting voyages by which they were hardened for endurance, and could not so soon be dismayed at the sight of the Ice. For beardless younkers, I knew as many as could man the Boat was enough; and for all our dependences was upon GOD alone, for I had neither private end, ambition, or vain glory.  
And all these things I had contractedly done by the Master, Wardens and Assistants of the Trinity-House. For a Lieutenant I had no use, but it grieved me much that I could not get one man that had been on the same voyage before, by whose counsel or discourse I might better have shunned the Ice.  
I was Victualled completely for 18 Months, ●at whether the Baker, Brewer, Butcher, and other, were Mr. of their Arts or professionsor no I know not, but this I am sure of, I had excellent fat Beef, strong Beer, good wheaten Bread, good Iseland Ling, Butter and Cheese of the best, admirable Sack and Aqua-vita, Pease, Oatmeal, Wheat-meale, Oil, Spice, Sugar, Fruit and Rice; with Chirurgery, as Syrups, lulips, conduits, tre●hissis, antidotes, balsams, gums, unguents, implaisters, oils, potions, suppositors, and purging Pills, and if I had wanted Instruments my Chirurgeon had enough.  
My Carpenter was fitted from the thickest bolt to the pumpe-nayle or tacket.  
The Gunner from the Sacor to the Pistol.  
The Boatswain from the Cable to the Sayle-twine.  
The Steward and Cook, from the Cauldron to the Spoon.  
And for Books, if I wanted any. I was too blame being bountifully furnished from the Treasurer with money to provide me, especially for those of study there would be no leisure nor was there, for I found work enough; and if the matter itself had not been in another place when sudden occasion was present, it had been too late for me (like the Holland Skipper to run to his Chest) to look upon his Waggoner book. But those things I fear, you will say they are needless (yet give me leave to follow the fashion) and good for nothing, but to make Courtiers and Scholars marvel at my curiosity, and think strange that there should be so much ado about making a Ship take the Sea.  
Things in this readiness, I was brought to his Majesty, where I received his Gracious favour with a Map of all my Predecessors Discoveries, his Majesty's Instructions, with a Letter to the Emperor of japon.  
The Copies of all which, Captain JAMES had.   

NORTH-WEST FOX.  

MAY the 7th, Anno 1631.  
The Uoyage of Captain LUKE FOX, in his Majesty's Pinnace the Charles, Burden 70. Tons, 20. Men, and 2. Boys, Victuals for 18. Months; young Sir john Wolstenholme being Treasurer.  
Orders and Articles for Civil government, to be duly observed amongst us in this Voyage.  
FOrasmuch, as the good success and prosperity of every Action doth consist, in the due service and glorifying of God, knowing that not only our being and preservation, but the prosperity of all our Actions and erterprises do immediately depend upon his Almighty goodness and mercy; of which, this being none of the least, either of nature or quality. For the better governing and managing of this present voyage, in his Majesty's ship the Ch●rl●s, bound for the Northwest Passage, towards the South Sea, May 7. 1631. as 
Articles.  followeth.  
1. That all the whole Company, a● well Officers as others, shall Dam 1 duy repair every day twice, at the Call of the Bell, to hear public Prayer●●ob● read, (such as are ●●t 〈…〉 said by the Church) and that in a godly and devont 〈…〉, as good Christians ought.  
That no man shall 〈◊〉 by the name of God, nor use ●●y pr●p 〈…〉 his h●l● 〈…〉▪ upon pa●●● of 〈…〉 r● punishment▪  
That no man shall speak any vile or misbeseeming word, against the honour of his Majesty (our Dread Sovereign) his Laws, Dam 3 or Ordinances, or the Religion established, and authorized by him here in England, but as good Subjects shall duly pray for him.  
That no man shall speak any doubtful or despairing words, against Da 4 the good success of the Voyage, or make any doubt thereof, either in public or private at his Mess or to his Watch-mate, or shall make any question of the skill and knowledge, either of Superior or inferior Officer, or of the undertake, nor shall offer to combine against the authority thereof, upon the pain of severe punishment, as well to him, that shall first hear and conceal the same, as to the first beginner.  
That no man do offer to filch or steal any of the goods of the Dam 5 Ship or Company, or do offer to break into hold, there to take his pleasure of such provisions as are laid in general for the whole Company of the Ship, nor that any Officer appointed for the Charge and oversight thereof do otherways then shall be appointed him, but shall every man be careful, for the necessary preservation of the Victual and fuel contained in the hold, and that also every Officer be so careful of his store, as he must not be found (upon examination) to deserve punishment.  
That no man do grumble at his allowance of victual, or steal Dam 6 any fro● others, nor shall give cross language, either to superior o● equal, in reviling Words or daring speeches, which do tend to the inflaming of blood, or enraging of choler; remembering this also, that a stroke or a blow, is the breach of his Majesty's peace, and may not want his punishment therefore, as for other reasons.  
That at the Boatswaines Call, all the whole Company shall appear Dam 7 above Dick, or else that his Mate fetch up presently, all such slothful persons, either with Rope or cudgel, as in such cases deserve the same. The Quarter-masters shall look into the Steeredge, while the Captdine, Master, and Mates, are at Dinner, or at supper.  
That all men do duly observe the Watch, as well at Anchor, Dam 8 as under sail, and at the discharge thereof, the Boatswain or his Mate, shall call up the other; all praising God together, with Psalm and Prayer, and so committing ourselves, both souls and bodies, Ship and goods, to Gods merciful preservation, we beseech him to steer●, direct, and guide us, from the beginning to the end of our Voyage: which he make prosperous unto us,  
Amen.   

I Set sail from Deptford, and coming by Greenwich where Da 5 Months May. than the Court lay, I'discharged my Ordnance twice, being 7. in number, and this night anchored at Erith.  
This day I came to Gravesend, where having bought some Da 6 things needful, I set sail again, and anchored that night betwixt ●he Shoe and Whittaker.  
This day passing by Essex and Suffolk, it being in the night Dam 7 and calm, I anchored in Yarmouth Roades.  
This day I weighed and set sail, at night I was thwart the Da 8 Shield.  
This day I was put into Flambrough road, with much rain Dam 10 and wind at N, N, W.  
I came into Whitby road, where I stayed with contrary Da 11 winds until the 14 day.  
I sailed along the Coast of Yorkshire, Durham, Northumberland, Dam 14 and Scotland, to St. Tabs-head.  
I was thwart of Buckhamnesse in Scotland, where standing Dam 15 to the Northwards with sharp winds, I broke my Mainyard in the midst.  
I came into Durt-sound, a harbour in the greatest Island of Da 16 Orkney, but could not here be provided of a new Mainyard.  
Wind contrary.  
At clock 3. in the morning I weighed, and went out between Da 18 Pape Island and Sanda: at the Northend of the two heads of this Island, there lieth a Rock in the midst which doth so straiten the Flood-tyde, it bounding thereon from out the Western Ocean, that I was two hours overhaling ¼▪ of a 
A great flood-Tyde from W.  mile, for thereabouts is the length of that straightness, and yet I dare say, we went above 6. knots in half a minute.  
I stood from hence N, N, W. with the N. part of Ways or Dam 20 Hays Island in 59 deg 8 min; the ebb coming forth carried Da 21 us (it being calm) 9 miles to the S, W. end (which is a very steep or perpendicular Cliff) against a very high Sea, from the West course W, N, W. The rest as followeth in my book of Courses, Latitudes, Variations, and Distances.  
The gale increasing, I was enforced to hand both topsails, Dam 22 
A high Sea from the West.  the Ship fell so deep, and shipped so much water, forward o●▪ in that high Sea coming from the West.  
From this day until the 23, I did not make above 17 league. Da 23 way W, N, W. it being fair weather with easy wind upon all points of the Compass, I had no ground at 200 fathoms.  
I was this noon in 59 deg. 5● min. the weather fair and Months May. Da 24 clear, the Sun setting and rising in our sight.  
This morning came a great Whale by us, the last night Da 25 and this day was calm, we made small way, the weather hot as it hath been since I came from Orkney, latitude 59 d. 56, no ground at 335 fathoms.  
It was fair weather, and easy wind, latitude 60 d. 0 min. Da 26 at night, the Sun went clear to bed, the variation taken by amplitude was 8 degrees.  
This day, the 28 and 29, the wind contrary, I was in traverse, Dam 27 had little sight of the Sun since the 26.  
It was easy wind and close weather, and I observed in 58 Da 30 deg. 39 m. I caused 3 pieces of Ordnance to be struck into the hold, and two of my greatest Anchors to be taken of the bows, at night I found a drift tree, but it would not make me a main yard.  
It was fair, dry, calm, and close weather, since the 26, and Da 31 the great Western Sea, was not down until this day.  
This day was a fair wind with wet foggy weather. Months June. Dam 1  
I had fair winds, but thick close weather. Da 2  
This fulsome ugly morning presented the foulest child Dam 3 
A storm.  that the whole voyage brought forth with such variety and changes of the Elements, Air, and Water, as if all had conspired to make our destiny fatal. I lay a try in the Mizzen course, and caused the Carpenter to make loose and strengthen the fishes, and wouldings of the mainyard, which being done, I caused the Mizzen to be struck, and the helm to be put on weather, to try if the ship would weathercoyle, if I had occasion, to which she obeyed presently, so as I was then put into good assurance of her quick steerage, against I was to enter into the Ice.  
This day were many gusts of wind with small rain. Dam 4  
This day was less wind, and I made good way to the Da 5 Westwards.  
Fair weather, I continued my course to the Westward, and Dam 6 being in 60 d. 31 m. I directed the course W. by S.  
Fair weather, but no Amplitude, since the 26 of the last month, here was much driftwood.  
I proceeded with easy winds, but fair, thick fog, which ended in rain, the Seas set from S, S, E. the wind changeable. Da 8 Month's June.  
Fair weather, the Sea so smooth, as it had been made ready Dam 9 to have been bowled upon.  
Some fog, and easy wind the ship made way to the Westward, Dam 10 the Sea exceeding smooth, but no amplitude of long time.  
Fair weather and easy winds, I force still to the Westward; Dam 11 this last was the coldest night that I felt since I came into this melancholy path, and we had fewer Seafowle than before, we had no ground at 320 fathom, the wind came to the North-east.  
This longest day came in with wet, and blue, so as since Dam 12 the last noontide, the ship made way 44 leagues to the Westward, I am now in forecourse, and bonnet, with Sprit-sayle; this evening I came by two pieces of Ice, and now I reckoned myself not far from sight of Cape Farewell. 
Cape Farewell.   
The wind Veered to the Northward, I set all sails, and Dam 13 stood to the Westward, in latitude 58 d. 30 m. this evening the Article for the watch (to be diligent and to look well forth for Ice, or other accidents) was again read over to the Company, and a man constantly, to sit all night in the foretop, the Air was hazie to the landward, otherwise we should have seen Cape Farewell, (if I suppose not amiss.  
Close weather, the wind contrary, we in traverse, some Da 14 drizzling mists, but many Grampusses came in a shoal, following their Leader, coming close by me, made me remember Mr. William Browne in his Britain's Pastorals, where he writes, the Tritons wafted Thetis along the British shores; this afternoon, the Polesaltitude being 58 d. 10 m. the variation by Azimuth and Almicanter was 18 deg. From hence, I haled up in N, W. by N. for sight of Desolation.  
This day was fair close weather, with dispersing fogs. Dam 15 which I do perceive, to be incident, to those Seas, Poles elevation was 58 d. 50 min. the Sea is here almost continually smooth, the water black, but not so thick as is formerly writ of, and small store of fowl to be seen.  
This day and last night hath been thick weather, but so as Da 16 we might discern 3 miles betwixt one Fog-drift & another, I had steered some Watch's W, and by N. which for some reason of a reported Current, I altered to the N, W. by N. again, although after the variation thwart Cape Farewell was found (and allowed) in my running over betwixt the same, and the West Maine, or the West side of Fretum Hudson, I found my reckoning to agree without any interruption, furtherance or hindrance of Current; therefore what instruction shall as yet be laid down in this way without good judgement, in the practitioner and liberty withal, is but as it were to teach a blind man to see by demonstration.  
This last night came by us one Whale, this day another, the Months june Da 17 waters colour is all one, and but few fowl, this Meridian I did reckon to be in 60 d. 50 m. and that I had near two points of variation, the weather thick, with wet fog.  
Fair weather but foggy, this noon tied I did reckon to be Da 18 of the 60 parallel 590 leagues from the place in Orkney of my departure, the account is but 600 from thence to Resolution. I 
60 Parallel.  could not observe since the 15 day, yet I am near in 61 d. 30 m. This day we met with overfalls, and Races of Tide or Current; at clock 4, thick weather, and reckoning to be not far from land, I took in all sails and laid to Hull; at 6 we were no sooner rise from prayers, but we were close by a mountain 
An Island of Ice.  of Ice, hard to Leewards of us, and we had much to do to clear the same by flatting the ship to the S. wards; the most of this evening and night I spent in standing to and again.  
This day at noon I had a little clear, and stood in to the Da 19 S, W. ward when it fogged again, I lay to Hull, two times this day we see the Sun, but to no use it was so hazie.  
This last night I laid in Main sail until midnight, reckoning Da 20 
Latitude 60 degrees.  by all accounts that I must be in near 62 d. and thought it fit to hale in W. true course, especially now it was clear weather, but it thickened again and blue to both topsailes in, the wind Veering to the W, S, W. which had been betwixt E. and S. with thickefoggy, or hazie weather, ever since the 14 day, thereupon with clear weather, I stood to the N. W. close haled amongst Islands, and pieces of Ice, for the Sea beating 
Sea undermine the Ice.  continually upon them, doth undermine them, so as they fall in pieces, forced by their own weight, to the Lee of every Island, is of those little pieces, but are easily to be shunned. This day 11 clock I had sight of land, almost buried in snow, being two Islands, making a Bay betwixt them, and the North main, whereon stood two high hills, bearing Northwest covered with snow, the Bay was full of mashed Ice, which it seemed the S, E. wind had enforced herein, by dead reckoning I was at that instant in 62 d. 17 m. where presently having a good observation, at that instant I was in 62 d. 25. m. the difference being but 8 m. & that to the W. ward, it doth not show that there is any current continually, to set out of Fretum Davis to the S. as is generally reported, for from the lat. 58 d. 30 m. crossing Fretum Davis 220 league. or thereabouts to the W side in 62 d. 27 m. and having but 8 min. difference betwixt dead reckoning, and the observation, and that to the Northward, whether, doth there any current appear to come from the N. out of Fretum Davis or no.  
Having thus met with the land I stood to the Southward until midnight, with the weighed at W. hoping to ply up into the passage.  
Seeing now that it hath pleased God, to send me thus happily near to the land being the N, side of Lumleys inlet, so named after the right honourable the Lord Lumley, an especial furtherer to Davis in his voyages, as to many other Lordly designs, as that never to be forgotten act of his, in building up the peer, of that distressed poor fisher town and corporation of Hartlep●ole, in the Bishopric of Durham, at his own proper cost and charge, to the value of at least 2000 pounds, at my first coming thither I demanded at whose charge the said Peer town was builded, an old man answered, marry at my good Lord Lumleys, whose Soul was in Heaven before his bones were cold.  
Some may inquire, why I should not have inserted herein my traverse course distance, with all my observation for latit. to which I answer, first, it were needless, seeing that few do look or search after the Voyage, and many before me have wrote thereof, beside it lying near upon the same parallel, there is no need, secondly, if I had known any that would have taken so much pains to have protracted me, I would have prepared them satisfaction, thirdly, I fear me I should be thought to be too tedious, although I am but newly entered, yet I do purpose to bestow some time of those needy ones concerning this matter▪   

A Discourse for the same.  
Setting forth and beginning my accounts from the W. most place of Orkney I made 2 observations for the variation of the compass, evenin Amplit. the one was 8 d. the other 4 d. but I 
Thick Horizon.  do give no certain credit thereunto, yet I do rather trust to that of 8 d. at which instant, I did account I was 24 deg. or thereabout, Eastward of the great Meridian, and near the parallel of 60 deg. continuing the course W. ward as wind would serve, until I came into the Latit. of 58 deg. 12 min. I was then 12 deg. or thereabouts, from the place of my departure, and traversing with contrary winds, betwixt the latit. of 59 deg. 12 min. and 60 deg. 20 min. at 18 d. ½. distance from my setting forth, I continued the course still Westward, with so small difference, betwixt my observation and protraction, or traverse, as I thought I might as well trust to the one, as the other. Continuing this course in the latit. of 60 deg. 19 m. W. 
N●ta.  from the first Meridian 6 deg. I found by my observation that I was to S. ward 5 m of my protracted course, and though then I did perceive, that the Compass was varied Westward, yet how much for want of Amplitude, or celestial observation, could not be known.  
Now the wind coming freely on, and, taking Mr. Hals account. That Cape Farewell in Groyneland, which land first I did desire to fall with (though I did not much regard) lieth 18 d. W. from the great or first Meridian, as also Mr. Brigges is near the same, and in latit. about 59 deg. I directed the course W. and W. and by S. thinking thereby to fall in fight of the said Cape. And although there is no certainty of agreement amongst some of my predecessors, concerning the variation there, some writing 11 d. others 14 d. confusedly, yet I did hope that course would have brought me at least to sight thereof, report making it to be high and Mountainous land, (not withstanding Variation or current) especially having so frank a gale of wind, and but 12 d. of a small circle near the 60 parallel, the distance being but 120 league. at most, and in that distance holding the same course, I had 2 deg. 14 min. to wrack upon, and within one point at most of my parallel; and nearer with a sti●●e gale wet and hazie, I durst not hale for 
See Mr. Hall Davis, an● others.  engaging myself, with an unknown Cape, which hath both Lands, and Ice lying there off, where I might have been endangered (at the least encumbered.) Now when I had sailed 100 league. from the said latit. I met with Ice, and as before, in Months June. such weather, I would not deal with land, but stood away 30 league. more to the Westward.  
Having an observation in 58 d. 10 min. and by my protract Dam 14 or dead reckoning, I was in latit. 59 d. 27 min. contrary to expectation, 
Variation & Current might do this.  the same afternoon the variation taken by Azimuth and Almicanter was 8 d. 50 m. but being set more to S. ward then this allowance, I did call to mind the current which Sir Martin Frobrisher found upon the coast of Greenland, in the 
See Frobrisher.  lat. about 62. setting from N, E. to S, W. as the land doth there lie; where they do affirm that the flood tide did run 9 hours, and the ebb but 3. I know no other cause for this but the large distance betwixt Nova Zembla on the E. and Groenland, in which the Ocean may take opportunity, to use his natural agitation from E, to W. being thereunto drawn by the restless motion and impulsion of the Heavens, and here butting upon Groenland, must of necessity (the land lying somewhat near his natural inclination) trend along there, setting his current to the S, W. or else, as in a huge Bay, make a Repercussive motion (as in the Bay of Mexico) by entering in at the S. side, and wheeling about by the bottom, must revert back again along the North side by Cape Florida.  
Now this 9 hours of the floud-tyde running, may be by this restraint of the Seas natural course (in meeting with the land) must needs enforce all the Sounds, Bays, Rivers, and throughlets, with quantities of waters, and in throughlets especially, setting Westward, and wanting Limitation shall continue his natural course the longer being assisted by that motion, until the ebb being strengthened by the height of waters (or of course) from the W. Sea, shall return again, according to his proper retraction.  
And thus much further I am of opinion, if Sir Martin Frobrisher▪ 
See Ortelius Vnivers. Map.  had pursued his course West ward in his Straight, he being 60. league up the same, he had doubtless sailed into Fretum Davis, for he entered upon the East side, and after him Davis on the W. have almost met; nor will I be persuaded, but that if there were a Dorgio, as is mentioned by the Zeni, that that 〈…〉 of land on the S. betwixt Frobrishers straight, and Cape Farewell, is the 〈…〉  
But to come to myself and to end this digression (although I hope, what I have here inserted will not be held any way Months June. impertinent) Cape Farewell I hold for certain, doth attract the Magnet more suddenly (coming from the East ward towards it) than any any known Cape in the world; as did appear in all this Voyadge.  
I did here reckon of 24 deg. variation, but sailed all by Meridian compass and have wrote this journal there after, therefore the allowance is to be accounted, as the places do differ in variation.  
This snowy morning I stood in again, at clock 7. I sell Da 21 about 2 leagues more to the West off the same I'll I first discovered yesterday, the Bay lay still full of Ice, this W, N. West 
Latit. 92 d. 1 a min.▪  wind bloweth hard by puffs, standing from hence South-W. 2 leagues over Lumleys, Inlet, we had great store of mashed Ice, and was fain to bear up for one, and lose for another, but the Sea was smooth; after this for 2 leagues sailing it was clear, at night 10. we see land, and made it upon assurance to be Cape Warwick, and this clear was in the Lee thereof, for standing still, the same course over we found more Ice in the South channel, and more coming out of Fretum Hudson, than I had before, the wind blew here bleat and uncouth.  
This day we had boarded it up in smooth water, bearing a Dam 22 good sail between Cape Chidlie and Cape Warwick and were entered Fretum Hudson, and now I desire a little of your patience; The Island Resolution so named, by whom, I know not, but sure I am, Davis was the first of us that see it, naming the East end thereof Cape Warwick, and it seemeth for good reason, for that honourable house hath, and unto this day doth still cherish, those worthy Marine enterprises, as doth appear by Frobrishers 3, Voyages to 
Vide Frobrisher. Lord Riu. Iles. Cumberl. Iles.  their no small charge, as also those two Honourable houses of Darcie, now Lord Rivers, by whom Davis named certain Lands, upon the North part of America; wherein he found Dear, the other is Cumberlands, to whom he dedicated other Lands; in his furthest West, in a passage he entered 60 leagues, but he came back.  
Notwithstanding those Nobles, others were, at great 
Capt. Davis his appellations  charge in his setting forth, as may be observed by the naming of Lands, as Mount Raleigh, Hope Sanderson, Cape Chidly (now, but not rightly) called Buttons Isle, Months June. for to use his own words speaking, by Warwick's Forland, this Cape as it was the Gulf, we passed over the 30. of this month, so was it the North Promontory, or first beginning of a very great Inlet, whose South limit at this present, we see not, which Inlet or Gulf in the night we passed, to our great admiration, for the waters fall, and he saith, that having past the mouth of this Gulf, he fell with the Southermost Cape thereof, which he named Chid. 
Chidl. Cape.  lies Cape.  
Having made this Cape, which to do I stood over, as near as I could for ice, but was at least 6 leagues off, it appeared high, and 4 distinct Lands (in number) I judge there is more; being now assured that God had sent me into the passage, I stood over to the North with Cape Warwick, the middle Channel was clear of ice, and therein I had a good observation of 61 degrees, 10 min. clear weather, and a constant gale, otherwise I durst not have stood, to the Southwards, remembering Gibbons; 
Felix quem▪  it blew in both topsailes, but towards night the wind lessened, and I could perceive the ice betwixt me, and the Cape, to drive to Seaward, of which near the shore, was great store.  
The flood coming on, I caused both topsails to be cast over, and we thread it, between Ice and Ice, with a well bend flood inwards, so as that we had got above the Isle (that tied) if this fair day had not ended in fog. A motion was made before this, to look for harbour, but that I denied, for those reasons given, that I did not know, what danger might fall me, if I had put into the shore, where lay much ice (as we could see) and what ice or sunk Rocks might be in the way, I was as ignorant of; beside not knowing whether the wind would serve to bring me in a safe road, and how the Tide might set to turn or sail in, as occasion might fall out, but the worst was and that was most I feared, the wind might Souther, and then there being such store of ice in the passage, would enforce all the harbours full, and so might cut my cable, and put me on shore upon the Rocks, it flowing much water there, as Bassin reports, with these reasons we were all persuaded, to ply it up amongst the Ice in Sea room, rather than to endanger ourselves in Months june. harbour, or near the shore where for certain the broken Rocks, the grounded Ice, the small Lands by restraining the Tides, must make them Reverse with Counter-sets, and Eddies, as may be observed by London bridge, the bases of whose Arches, being set in the Tides course, doth so restrain his motion, 
London Bridge.  that the following streams, by heightening the waters, causeth such a Current as it were to ingulfe by the fall thereof, as you see the water men cannot keep their boats even on, the Counter tide, wheeling on her, of the one side, the eddy coursing her upon the other, not joining their separations, but going as it were distracted above Coal-harbour before they come to themselves again, to pass Westward; and all this hazard is to no purpose, for we are safer at Sea, beside we are not sure of any refreshing, and if we were, we have no need, being but newly come from home, and if the wind come to South and so Eastwards to North-East, we being in the Sea, may proceed night or day, but in harbour we cannot; and therefore to take harbour were vanity unless to loiter, spend away and consume time, the thought whereof is ridiculous, the Fog and night came both together, and having the last 24 hours, quitted abundance of Ice to Seaward, which might serve as a Baracadoe, if the Wind should come from thence, and keep us safe amongst it, as after (blessed be God) it proved; we made fast to a piece of Ice, filled fresh water thereupon, and went all to our beds, save the watch, this fog night was calm.  
This misty morning, made the Sun climb 10 degrees in Da 23 height, before he could peep through the same, which afterwards proved a very fair calm hot day, making both Ice and Pitch run, but the ship was enclosed, amongst the Ice driving with ebb and flood, about 2. leagues from the South end of Resolution, I had no ground at 180 fathoms, some of my men said they saw smoke on land, and after it proved true, for Captain James was in harbour there all that same time, my Master went with boat and killed 9, willicks, whereof he kindly bestowed upon every Mess one (they make strong and good pottage.  
I pressing hard for getting clear, that I might proceed, was Months June. demanded why I made such haste, answered, that as every Mountain consisted of several pieces, so did my Voyage upon Fathoms, which must be measured here with speed, though afterward I might take leisure, which added one to another, might in time compass all the Mountains of the world, and that it fared with me, as with the Mackarell-men at London, who must hasten to Market before the fish stink.  
This evening the Sun set clear, the Air breathed gently from the East, and we lay quietly all night amongst the Ice.  
This morning the wind began to gather strength, from the Da 24 E, S, E. the flood came on, and the Ice began to separate; I caused one piece to be made fast unto the ship, with 2. Grapnels, to the intent to tow it at the ships stern, mooring the ship so thereunto, that she might make way N, W. for the North shore, for that it hath been always said, that the North side was clearest from Ice; thus made fast, although the wind forced on the ship, yet her way was so easy, as she could take no harm, if she had touched upon the same, because this trail or drag stayed her way; but the wind blowing on, the ship broke one Grapnet off by the Arm of the flooke, and bended the other, so as we were loose from thence; but meeting great store of driving Ice, I caused to make fast again for safety, where we were presently enclosed for many miles.  
This morning, the ship broke loose from that piece, I was Da 25 made fast unto, the ship and tackling being more in the winds power then the Ice, (it being lower) caused her to drive faster.  
I caused the Spritsail to be loosed, to bind the ships Stem to the Ice, which gave always way with the flood, which set Westward; So the East wind forcing it back, made it close with the ebb, returning Eastwards, which put me in good hope, that further within the strait, I should find all clear, or at least the Ice so thin, as I might pass between one and another, and with this persuasion I drew on the Company, that the S, E. winds which had blown for 6 or 7 days before we came into this Freet, had kept in this Ice, and those West winds, which had blown 3 days before, and at our entry, coming (from about 140 leagues) Months june from the bottom here, in some places 20, in some places 30, and in some 40 leagues more, or less broad, had packed all from thence, unto this straitened place, betwixt Cape Chidley, and the body of Resolution, and so choked this entrance, being not above 14 leagues broad, the wind E, N, E. we drive all this time inwards with the ice.  
Now this prodigious thing we call Ice, is of two sorts, as 
Quantity and shapes of Ice.  mountainous ice which is a huge piece compact, of a great quantity, some of more, some of less; but in this Freet, you seldom have any bigger than agreat Church, and the most thereof less, being of several forms, as some 20, some 30, some 40 yards above the superficies of the water, but far more under, of these you may tell sometimes 7 or eight in sight, so that they are no hindrance to us.  
The other is smaller, and that we call mashed or fleackt ice: of this you shall there have numbers infinite, some of the quantity of a Rood, some a Perch, ●/● an acre, some 2 acres, but the most is small and about a foot or 2, or more above the water, and 8 or 10, or more under the water, and those are they which do enclose you; So as in much wind from the topmast head, you shall hardly see any water for them, but whilst you lie amongst them, it is so smooth as you shall not feel the ship stir, only if it be much wind, make the ship snogge, and at return of the Tides, when the ice doth loozen, have all care to the Rudder: at shift of wind the ice will make way one from another, in the mean time have patience, and in trailing of ice on stern, if the ship do touch but against it 
Tracing of Ice.  with the stem, so as the stroke suddenly stay her way, then have care to keep the helm in midships, for your trail with its way, will come presently against the back, of the Rudder, and it lying on either side, is in danger to break, or set it on wry.  
There is another way which is to muzzle the ship, with a piece of ice close to his stem and bows the ice, being so swifted, the ship is to drive it, with head sail, but this I do not commend, for that the ship not having fresh way, shall not have her steering beside the edy water, the forced ice shall make, not coming quick to the Rudder, it shall not command her, so as if any wind be, she shall cast a thwart with head to the wind, and drive stern ways to the great danger of her Rudder Months june. if ice be in the way.  
This day hath been wet fog, unto evening 6. then it cleared, Dam 25 at 10 we see land to the N. not certain whether Resolution, or no, for there was no remarkable thing thereon, this Evening Sun kissed Th●t is in our sight, the same greeting was 5 d. W. from the N. and at the same instant, the Rainbow was in appearance, I think to Canopy them a bed.  
At the beginning of flood, here is wheeling streams like edie tides, I take to be caused by the ice themselves, one drawing more water than another, and continueth all the time of their moving, until they be settled, so as it may be conjectured that it doth run ½ tied under other, as in most places elsewhere all this time, since the wind came E. ward, it hath not blown above course, and bonnet Gale.  
This morning the Sun rose clear, and so continued all this Da 26 cold Virgin day, for I have not seen one cloud to interpose, yet he went peeping through a cloud to bed, and now the frost takes care that there shall no more pitch run from off the Sun side of the ship, and the land towards Sunset, doth so altar by the exhalation of vapours, that it shows now firm land, than a Bay, now high, then low, that we cannot say whether we make maine-land, Bays or throughlets, the ice with the uncertain reflex of the Sun, made such unconstant shapes.  
This morning the Sun showed himself, through Fly-land, Dam 27 
Vapourland.  and the Southwind drove away the vapours, which fully satisfied our mistaking of land the last evening, yet we were not mistaken, but that we drive into the passage all this while, this wind with tide, helps to separate the ice, (a little) it being advantageous for the N. Main, I caused to make loose, whence we furthered ½ a mile, the wind coming W. with fog caused us to make fast again, God think upon our imprisonment, with a supercedias, this evening Sun dog, I hope may bring some change to our good.  
This overcast day proved fair, and a pretty W, N, W. gale, until towards night, my Carpenter made strait a piece, above the back of our Rudder, which was set awry with the ice, I caused the lead to be cast in 320 fathoms, but the underebbe-tide did carry it so far to the E. as we could not think we had less stray than 30 fat homes, the ground was small black sand, with long crooked things the length of a needle, Months June and the small body of two shell fishes, like Lobsters, but no bigger than Maggots.  
This fair hot day is now almost near at end, we lie amongst Da 29 the Ice, and I do not know what wind to pray for, to quit us of them, they lie so thick every way; but I think we fear more danger than we are in, God for his mercy's sake set us at liberty; I can perceive we drive to the N, W. ward, and have 210 fat homes of water under us, the Sun set clear this Evening.  
This hot day is also at an end, I have had an Air of wind, Dam 30 with all sail on board, and threading betwixt the Ice, got about 4 miles N, W. wards, and stuck fast again, by the way, I came by one piece of Ice, something higher than the rest; whereupon a stone was of the Contents of 5 or 6 Ton weight, with diverse other smaller stones, and mud thereon. It seemeth to condescend with reason, that these pieces of ice are engendered upon the Winter's snow, which falling in drifts by the forcing & wheeling of the wind, condensing and compacting a great quantity together, over the steep brow of 
Compacting of Ice.  some high mountain, cleaving thereto until dissolving time of the year, when the earth receives her natural warmness then enforced by their weight to tumble into the Sea, carrying with them all such trees or stones as they have formerly enclosed; God be thanked, the Ice begun to thin, and separate, this hot weather doth fast dissolve them.  
This night, clock 2, came a small Island of Ice, brought up with the latter flood, and by his draught being deeper in the Tides way then the flact or mashed Ice, had a greater motion continued by the undertyde, then that which had enclosed us, of which we were fast unto one, of the biggest, content to wit, 3 Acres; this Island did drive right with us, and but that some few mashed Ice interposed, thereby diverting the course thereof, some 2 or 3 ships length it had driven directly upon us, and had crushed us mainly, if not to pieces, it being ● or 10 fathoms above water; and if it had boarded us, being undermined by the waters continual working, the outside thereof by that shake might have fallen into the ship, and have sunk her; this was the greatest danger we were in, since I came into Fretum Hudson, the fault being in the watch, who did not call, that we might have set the ship the one way or the other, about the piece we were fast unto, before we were so engaged, as I could do neither; about one hour after, the said Island took his recourse back again to the East, with the ebb faster than the other ice could do.  
This morning 8, the Sun was up, before we saw it, Dam 1 Months July. the day was warm, and close, but calm, so as I could not stir for want of wind, the strait doth clear, and this N. land, that hath continued with us, since we departed with Resolution, it now bearing from E. and by S. to N. & by E. if Baffinn writ truly, that Resolution is an Island separate from this, then is this another (though formerly taken for the N. Maine) and longer as shall be shown at my return homeward, the tide doth set as the land doth lie, Southeast, and Northwest.  
This night 7, it was an Air, far better than a younger brother, the ice well thinned, I caused the ship to be loosed, and by that time the Master with the boat was come from killing of Fowl, I stood to the N. about four miles, this fair day being at an end, I made fast, set the watch and went to cabin.  
This morning 2, an easy gale breathed from the E. by South which caused me to send to the boatswain to call up the Company where a chief one amongst us, being too suddenly awaked, speaking something peevishly, I told the rest that the matter was not great, for the children did so when they were awaked out of their sleep; I began now to find the want of a Shallop, which at home I did so earnestly desire, for my Cock boat would nor Row no● Sail to any purpose, so as I 
Cockboat.  durst hardly send her from me, for when it was any billow, she was not to be rowed, and with sail to windward she would do nothing, although I had caused a large Lee board to be made to help her.  
This Meridianall observation, the wind came West, and I was in 61 d. 57 m. and stood in close to this inremarkeable shore, & so all the land within this strait, may be called, for it is all shoring, or descending from the highest mountain to the Sea. Whereon the Snow falling by degrees, doth press Da 2 and burden itself, making the mass more solid; which at the Spring time, when it loosneth from the earth, it's own weight doth force downward into the Sea, being all composed of Months July. fresh water, it may be conceived that the most Ice we meet in this passage in thus engendered, in the Valleys betwixt the Mountains is some Snow undesolved. We are now clear of chattered Ice, yet (in sight) are some Islands, about which we can compass as we please; here lieth many small Lands close by the Main, and there doth appear to be fair sounds into the land, upon the Sea this calm time that hath been, doth swim a kind of corrupt slime, one may think it may come by generation of great fishes, for it feels soft and unctuous, but put it into the fire it will not burn.  
I do think that all this time of our imprisonment, this North shore hath been free, as I could espy it at Hiperions' going down, which vailed with a black Screen of moist Fog, wet through our Coats before we see it again, this fair days Westwind blue cold and uncouth from out the passage, we are all upon kind terms, drinking one to another, God hold it.  
This morning the Sun licked up the Fogs dew, as soon Dam 3 as he began to rise, and made a shining day of it, I cannot say hot, it being counterchecked by a cool Topsail Gale, from West, North-West, which made our Noses run, the clear day emboldened me to stand within two leagues of land to the deep of 32 fathoms, the ground white sand and grey with shells, the water was falling, the hour 11 before noon, the Sun and Moon in opposition, a good Tide set along the shore to the Northwards the Sun set clear, it was fair weathen and calm, the ship drove along the shore this night to the Westward.  
This morning at clock one, I called to launch the Boat, to send to shore, to try the Tide, and against that time that I could send to land, I had drawn those instructions following, and giving them to john Coatesworth, whom I appointed always to go in the boat, at whose return I expected an account.   

These are the Instructions.  
First, You shall take with you into the boat, one half hour glass one half minute glass, one log and line, clean Paper, one Pencil of black Lead, and one Compass, with Months July. some pieces of Iron. 
Take in the boat with you.   
Secondly, One quarter Saw, two Axes, three Carbins' Guns with Powder and Shot, two or three Lances, two Swords, two Pikeaxes and every man his one day bread.  
Thirdly, At your departure from the ship, turn the half hour, and when it is near out, set your Log to go by the half minute, that thereby you may estimate the distance between the ship and land, as also what the boat can row an hour.  
Fourthly, When you shall approach near the shore in the Tides way, I mean clear of Bay-point, or Rock, Anchor the Boat, sound the deep, and mark the Tide how it doth set, and by your Log what it doth pass in the half minute, having rode there for half a Glass, weigh your Anchor, and go to land, and duly observe, what quantity of water it doth flow, or fall perpendicular, in one Glass, whether the heightening, or lessening be equal in every Glass, while ye stay or Noah.  
Fifthly, Being thus on land with your Compass, set all Lands or Islands in sight, draw the form with your Paper and Pencil, and estimate their distance.  
Sixtly, Remember I give you no liberty to go within the land, yet if for recreation go no further than the full Sea mark, and armed, leaving two to keep the Glass and Boat, look for stones of Orient colour, or of weight, Seamors teeth, Unicorn's horn, or Whale Finne, Plants, Herbs, or any thing, Spongy fleet out of the Sea, if you find Scurvy grass, Orpin, or Sorrel, bring them all on board to me.  
Seventhly, If you will go above the full Sea mark, look for scoting of wild Beasts; by that, or their dung, you may imagine what they are, if Deer do not chase them into the land, for fear of being betrayed, for the people in those parts, are all treacherous, how fair soever they entreat you, remember also that the loss of you or the boat, is the utter overthrow of the whole Voyage.  
Eightly, If you find of their Tents, and they fled, do no harm to any of their buildings, but bring with you the most things of mark, leaving in the same place, a piece of Iron, Months july. bigger or lesser, as you estimate the same to be of worth unto us; and so near as you can choose, a beach or sandy Bay to land in, for there you shall espy most likelihood of Inhabitants.  
Ninthly, leave one Carbine, one Lance, and one short Sword, to defend the boat, with whose (tow) keepers, you shall give charge, that if either they shall espy any token from the ship, as striking the main Topsail, Mison, and Spritsail, Gunshot, or Firesmoke, or be assaulted by any the Inhabitants, that then they shall discharge the said Carbine. To the first intent, that you repair with speed on board; to the second for their rescue, and your own safety; when you come cleerein the tides way, try it as before in the 4 article; the rest is referred to your own discretion, & so I pray God for your safe return.  
This morning at clock 6. the wind came fair, the weather Da 4 like to be thick and rain, I beckoned them to come on board, but they saw me not; at their departing the dawning being clear the Air calm, and it was within an hour of Sunrising, the Sea smooth, the ship nearer the shore then at any time before, since we came into the passage, and the whole day towards; I would not lose this opportunity to send to land the boat, after 5 hours they returned, and gave account that it was flood-tide about clock 5. and that they think it flowed half an hour, the land lay N, N, W. in this time with the ship, we drive by an Island of Ice a ground in 50 fathom, 
Savage Tents.  they found where people had been of old, their Tent walls, were of stones laid one upon another, & square built, found one knife haft, three several sorts of herbs, but my Chirurgeon knew not what they were; one piece of drift wood, they found the dung and footing of Deer (lately made) and if they may be believed, they affirm that in ¼ of an hour, it did flow above 4 foot water, and that it had above 5 fathoms upright to flow to the full Sea mark, which they could easily perceive by the beach, they being forced to row and sail 4 miles before they could come to a place to land at, this E, S, E. wind blew on with stiff gale and dirt, at noon it fell thick rain, and continued until 4 next day morning, in which time we made way near 30 leagues in clear Sea, and then had like to have been embayed, which Ices lieth thick off Prince Henry's Foreland, the South land bearing round from W, N, W. ½ Westerly to 108 degrees Southwards, to clear which we were Months July. glad to put tacks a board, and turn it ●orth to the Northwards, whereit was clear of Ice.  
This morning the Sun was vailed with drizzling rain, I stood Dam 5 over for the N. shore, the Master would have persuaded me to stand over for the S. saying the Capes on the S. which we had seen were Savage Lands, so named by Bylot, this being after we had an observation, of 62 deg. 40 min. we had some 
Variat. 29d.  circumstance about it, but he went away well satisfied, and it proved as I told him, for at night we had Savage Lands N but no land Northward in sight. This evening the Sun set with a weather gall opposite, and Zephyrus blewe on a pretty gale, at the same instant the lead was wet in 150. fathoms, the line having 20. fath. stray to the E. and I thought the Tide set W. the most of this day I stood away N, W. but was glad sometime to alter course, to the N. for Ice, for the S. land lay all full, this day hath been very hot. Before this S. wind came Dam 6 I did think the wind had blown either right up, or right down the passage, viz. E. or W. as for the most part it doth, 
Wind blows up or down.  the W. is clear, fair and hot Sunshine, but the air is cold, when it Veereth about, as once in 3. days, and by the S. it is either thick rain, soft sleet, or warm fog, the wind E. or thereabout, these done, he changeth to the W. again, bringing the weather fair as before, I did think that this day the Tide 
Hudson named all on the S. in his Straight.  set forth, this morning we saw Cape Charles 12 league. off, S, S, East.  
The Sun did rise clear, at clock 8 came on a Fog, and Dam 7 continued unto one, we had store of ice to the S. off us, than it cleared and we were come to the Westward amongst much ice, and had sight of a high Island, bearing W. about 6 or 7. league. off, we saw also the high land, of the N. main, 12 league. off. The Sun set vailed, and we had no ground at 150 fath. it fell to rain, and I took in both topsailes, and stood to and again among the Ice.  
This morning was cold with some snow, and the W. wind Dam 8 blue hard, we made the ship fast, to a great piece of ice, which she ploughed through the rest, by force of the Gale, although we had made her as snug as we could, at Noon we were in 63 
Latit. 63 de 40 min.  deg. 31 min. now the wind calmed, and I made loose, and stood to the N. and at Sun setting I had sight of the N. Maine Months july. again, the Sun ser clear this evening.  
This morning's Sun raise clear, and I stood to the N close Da 10 to an Island near the More which Island at my return I named Isle Nicholas, from which with a S, W. wind I stood over to the Southward and stood with the Island I saw the 7th, day before, I hoped it would prove Salisbury; this day ended we made fast again, for all this North channel was thick with ice, upon which we silled 2 hoggsheads with fresh water, I loosed again, and with a small gale came within 4 miles of Salisburies' Island, for it can be no other, it is high land but not clifled, I caused to make fast again, for that ne'er the land and the middle Channel, was all full of ice, and no ground at 120 fath. and until 6. the tide set Westward, and then it returned, what tide it was I could not discern, although I came so ne'er the land for that purpose, I made loose again presently, because the Master's mate was of opinion that it was clear to the W. or at least that was the clearest way, for my part I had no more purpose, to have tried between Salisbury, and the N. Maine or Mill I'll so named by By●ot, for Mill Ile being a great Island lying in the middle of the N. channel, must needs straiten all the ice that fleets from the N, W. yet for the good of the Voyage, it was fit to try all conclusions, but thus striving to the W. we were presently enclosed again where we lay until the next morning all too ne'er the Island, if I could have got further off. This night had a stiff gale at West with one shower of rain, the Sun was obscured 2 hours before night, and we slept safe in our old Inns.  
I called at clock 3. and by 6. with haleing, saleing, toweing Da 12 and pulling, we were got clear, and thought to have gone about the East end of the Island, but the flood faceing of the wind, had choked all the East end, sotheir being one glade or clear between the shore and the Channel ice, we plied it up therein for 2 or 3 miles but coming near the W. end it was all choked there, so shutting between one and another for the N. maine, I stood to see what better comfort but at half straight over I was forced back again, for ice and 
Ice and F●g 2. nemies to a discovery Salisb. Ile.  Fogge. Well, we stand again for Salisburies' Isle of which I was now assured, and so named by my predecessor Hudson, after the right honourable and not to be forgot Robert Cicell, Earl of Salisbury, than Lord high Treasurer Dam 12 Months july, of England, an honourable furtherer and Adventurer, in this design as well as in others, as appear by Sir Walter Raleigh in his Guianian discoveries, in my standing over I espied a glade wherein I hoped if I did return I might recover the N. Maine, wherefore I called to tackle about the ship.  
The Master not seeing what was on the weather Bowe bid the helm man put on Lee, the ship obeying her helm, presently answered, so as in her winding, her way being not fully ended she checked upon a piece or ice, and twined off her cut water which was before the stem, thus constrained, I bore up the helm, and went along to the East end of the I'll, and making fast to a piece of Ice, the 
The f●●st ham & ●●l I received.  Carpenter made good again the hurt we had received, in the mean time our men went to supper, the afternoon was more than seven hours old before this was done, than I called again to make loose, for I thought that the ice, was now with wind and ebb well cleared from the East end of the Island, as it proved, but many discontented and doubtful speeches passed, but to no purpose, for I must run to discover this loss time, when motion was made to make fast again, which I denied for these reasons, that we could see the Sea to be reasonable free and clear at the East end from the Island, and the South channel would be to be dealt withal, or if not, the passage was forbidden, until the ice were dissolved, and to fasten ne'er the land I would upon no condition listen unto, for the wind coming to blow to land, I must upon necessity be put thereon, the Ship always pulling the ice she was fast unto, faster than the other could drive, and for anckoring there was none, if the land had not been steep to, for the Eddie Tides, which every Rock, Bay, or point made, would have wheeled the Ship about in the ice, so as it had not been possible to have kept my rudder from breakeing, and amongst ice there was no losing of any sail to have beaten it off shore. It seemeth these reasons had the force of persuasion, for we willingly passed about the I'll to the South, as well where we found all over laid with ice, so that we must make fast, having toiled thus all day until night, I thought it fit to Months July. repose.  
This morning clock 4. I called to make loose, we Dam 13 had much to do to get clear being all fast immured it was easy wind, I could perceive by the bearing of the land that we had driven above 2 miles, S. wards; now we thredneedles to the East, hoping at further distance from the I'll, to get clear into the South channel; at clock 10 the West wind brought on thick Fogs, so as we could not see one hole to peep through; the ice enclosed us and there we lay, it blew hard until clock 7. then it both calmed and cleared. I loosed, and plying 2 leagues, to the Southwards, had the South Maine in sight from the Southeast to the S, West.  
All this day, until night 7. we kept our cold lodging, and Dam 14 then looseing with an easy breath from N, E. we minne●nd betwixt ice and ice S, Westward, until we got clear, in which time came under the shearing of our head (easy to have been struck, if our provisions had been ready) a Sea Unicorn. He 
A Sea Unicorn.  was of length about 9 foot, black ridged, with a small fin thereon, his tail stood cross his ridge, and indented between the pickends, as it were on either side with 2 Scallop shells, his side dapled purely, with white and black, his belly all milk white, his shape from his gils to his tail, was fully like a Makarell, his head like a to Lobster, which the forepart grew forth his twined horn above 6 foot long all black save the tip. This evening I had sight of 20 more, the Sun set clear, and this easy gale continued from the E, N, E. all night we stood S, W. having the straight clear to the S.  
This delicate morning the ice seemed to trent, from Salisburies' Da 15 Isle, into the middle channel, I caused the sails to be clewed up, and lie until Sols beautiful appearance, and at that fit opportunity, wet the lead in 60 fath. The E end of Salisbury lying N, by E. from me about 4 league. the W. end which is Salisburies' plain N, W. about 4 league, of Nottingham, at that 
Plain ground  instant peeping out from beyond it, about 7 league. off, I stood to the S. into ⅓. of the channel shooting shuttles in the old loom, 
For Ice  and hear the lead fell down 160 fath. before ground made it stay, it brought from thence such stones, as lie upon the most of the ice, here in this part of the passage, especially brought from the Main, cleaving to the Ice by winter's frost, Months July. (more broad than thick) at whose dissolving they fall to the bottom, and the yearly Ice since the general Deluge bringing in such quantity cannot choose, but have covered all the upper part of the Seas bottom there, all this ice is but chattered, no great Lands since we came by the I'll of God's Mercy, so that here may be a plain argument remonstrated, that the Tide setting more strongly into Fretum Hudson then the ebb doth set forth, doth hail in those mountains bred in the W. side of Fretum Davis, into Fretum Hudson, as they are passing by to the South.  
As also this may be noted that here, and especially ne'er within the mouth of this straight, the Compass doth almost lose his sensitive part not regarding his magnetical Azimuth, without much stirring, the smooth water may be some cause, 
Latit. 63 d. 20. m. variat 29.  the Ship wanting her active motion, but I should strange that the cold should benumb it, as it doth us: Nay I should rather think, that the sharpness of the air, interposed betwixt the needle, and his attractive point, may dull the power of his determination, or here may be some mountains, of the one side or the other, whose Minerals may detain the nimbleness of the needle's moving to his respective point, but this I leave to Philosophy.  
By this time the kind E, N, E. breeze, hath brought me near the Island of Nottingham, and I am making ready, to send the boat on land, (within 2 miles) to try the tide, having cast the lead amongst shells and stones 35 fathoms deep Sir Dudley Diggs his Island bare from me W, S, W. the E. part of Nottingham, E, S, E. the Pole, elevated 63 d. 12 m. and coming betwixt 
Latit. 63 d. 12 min.  Cape Wolstenholme, and the E. end of Nottingham at noon I met the ebb coming from the N, W. as I could perceive by the overfalls, I towed my boat into 19 fathoms, and sent her on land, driving along the Island, until her return.  
These Isles, as Resolution, Salisbury and Nottingham, are Dam 15 high at the East end, and low at the West, this Island was also named by Master Hudson, in due bequest to that most honourable Lord Charles Hawurd Earl of Nottingham, than Lord high Admiral of England, a small remembrance for the charge, countenance and instruction given to the Search of the enterprise; and though smaller, yet being by his Lordship Months July. accepted, neither time nor fame, aught to suffer oblivion to bury, for whensoever it shall please God, to ripen those seeds, and make them ready for his sickle, whom he hath apppointed to be the happy reaper of this crop, must remember to acknowledge, that those honourable and worthy personages, were the first Advancers.  
The boat went at clock 5 in the afternoon, they were away 5 glasses, it was flood, and in one hour it flowed 10 inches, they said that it had 2 hours to slow, and had about 2 foot to high, they brought a little firewood and 3 stint birds, they found the foundation of an old Tent, at their coming on board, the W. end of the land bore N, and by E. the S, E. end S▪ by E. I edged off, until I brought the N, W, end N, E. the E. end E by S. there I caused the boat to anchor in 60 fathoms, the tide came from S, E. 2 leag. a watch: We see great store of Sea Mors, playing by the Lands side; from thence I directed the course S, W. with carrying away with stiff gale from S, E, with both top sails a trip all the night being twilight, clear, some few Ice was in the way, but by the help of the same (thanks be to God) we shunned them. This morning clock 8. I had sight of Mansils Isle, for I fell right with the North end thereof, it is low land, but the highest is to the East; at that instant, I had also sight of Sir Dudley Diggs his Island, and I was not certain whether I saw the East maine or no, for a fog came on presently; Master Hudson, also named this Island 
Isle Diggs.  of Sir Dudlie Diggs, a gentleman who hath planted many of the best Vines, in this Vineyard succeeding his father and Grandfather in the Mathematics whose learned knowledge together with his purse, added no small proportion to this building, to whom myself and many others of my quality, shall be still beholden, while times age continues.  
This afternoon was 2 fogs, 2 clears, the 3 was wet fog; at clock 7. I thought I see Cape Pembroke: upon N. maine, at clock 4. before I had 90. fath.; this afternoon we see many Seamors, and had store of Ice, W from this Island, of Sir Robert Mansils (I think so named by Sir Thomas Button) as also Cape Pembroke, Southampton and Carie Swans nest, the last most eminent of the 3. I stood as ice would give leave S, W. and to the Westward, at clock 8. we clewd up Months July. all sails and drive 2 league. in 18 hours: The next morning 4. we had 120 fath. owsie ground, at 7. before, the deep was but 96. here we see Seamors, had one sight of the Sun in the afternoon, and all this day we heard the Sea beat upon the ice, to windward of us.  
We stood 2 glasses to the North with wind at East to get Da 18 clear off the ice, we drive in all this last night; and had those depths, at 55. 55. 54. the lead brought up a little white Coral.  
I set sail this day at clock 4. and thought then that I see 
La●. 62 d. 20 min.  land at N. it was hazie, and at clock 12 I thought I had got as much as I lost the day before; I puzzled all this day amongst the ice, and at night was glad, to make fast to a piece, whereon was a white Bear; the ice here is not so dirty as it hath been and I judge myself now not far from Carie Swans nest.  
Was foggy and calm, the wind all over, the afternoon Da 19 began to clear, the Bear came again, and we pursued him from ice to ice, he swimming and diving, at length the Master killed him with a lance, and we made about 12 gallons of oil 
Bear killed  of him, although he was but young, some of it we eat boiled without any taste at all, but like beef, but being roasted it tasted oily and rammish.  
This night was clear above head, but fog banks, about the Horizon, at clock 12 there was Pettiedancers or henbanes (as some write them) North in the firmament, betokening a storm to follow within 24 hours; there was 
The first sight of Stars.  many Stars also in appearance, as those of note, Charles-Wayne, Auriga, Botes, and Antonius I could have no observation for ice and fog, dimmed the horizon, I thought I see land again, at clock 8. and had deep 70 fathoms.  
The Master called to make loose this morning, and all those Da 20 3 or 4 days, we have been fast, I could not observe any thing of the tides set, yet I do account we are not far from Carie Swans Nest. We steered as ice would suffer between W, N, W. and W, S, W. and did judge we made way, about 4. leagues and one mile, easy wind and reasonable clear at clock 9 we make fast to the ice, a reasonable Months july. distance from a low Island, as I seemed, for it thought I could see both ends.  
Upon sight hereof I caused the Boat, to be anchored, between 
2 miles 1 hour.  the ship and Island in 30 fathoms, the tide went E. 2 knots, the land lay E, and West, but I could not fully say it was an Island, for it lay like a Ridge, or to Simile it, like to the Retires, in the mouth of the River of Saine in Normandy.  
I do hold that all those pieces of ice here are engendered about those low Capes and Bays, as Mansils also is, where easy tides go, they are soon froze over, the Snow falling there on thickneth them, so that by degrees they increases; the Pettiedancere, brought nor sent us any storm, this night ended in rain, and it was easy wind from the E, N, E.  
We made from the Ice this morning, to stand to the land Da 21 we see last night, it was ebb tide, and set to the E. and I plied alongst it, to find a fit place for the boat to land in; it was just at low water, for they were glad to stay the setting of their glass, until the tide began to flow. And after that time clock 10. they stayed, until it began to fall, viz. 4 hours and so I accounted on shipboard, riding upon 6 fath. ne'er shore, the water so transparent as you might easily see the bottom, the ice coming upon us, we weighed Anchor, the wind came gently from the N. we stood it upon the tide to and again, along the land; loofing and wareing from ice, which came driving with the flood.  
At their coming on board, their account was this; that the tide did flow, but 4. hours, and that it heightened 
Flood but 4 hours. Tide out sailed.  but 6. foot; and this was 2 days after the Conjunction of the Sun and Moon, so that the flood began at ½. past 10. and ended at ½. past 2. by this a South and by W. Moon makes a full Sea; and the tides motion ends with the flowing; assuredly 
South by W. Moon full Sea.  this was Carry Swans nest, for both from East and West ends it stretcheth to the North, our men chaste Swans on shore, but got none, they say there is earth, strange Moss, Quagmires, and water plashes; at clock 4. I tocke leave and stood along from 6. fathoms into 30 losing sight thereof; and from thence I stood to the Westwards with North-West wind close haled; leaving both th● Cape and the Ice behind me, for the Sea Mors to sleep upon, there being good store thereabout. Months July.  
From the Cape or Swan's Nest, this noontide I was Da 22 16 leagues and one mile, no ground at 70 fathoms, for I was loath to stay the ship at any time; me thought sailing had been uncouth; but at 4 this morning I had 90 fathoms owzy ground, thick weather, the wind easy, and shifting betwixt N, and N, W. my way was to Southward of West.  
This Meridian I was in 61 deg. 37 min. at 8 the last day, I Da 23 took the ship about, and made way, until this day 12; 11 leagues 2 miles, N, W. ½ W. it hath been a fair clear day, easy winds, the air warm, and no Ice, since I came into this Sea (I did but think I saw land at N, E. by E.)  
This smooth Sea hath a small set from the West, with lippering rising and falling, as other Shallow Seas use to have; the deep last night was 115 fathoms, I made way to this 
115 Fathoms.  day, 12, N, W. by W. ½ W. 13 leagues.  
This close morning hid the Sun until noon, we being Da 24 in 120 fathoms, the afternoon was clear, and gently breathed from W, N, W. I have not tried for fish in this Sea, as I did in Fretum Hudson where I got none; I thank God here we have not the like leisure, here are some Seals, but few 
Latitude 62 d. 20. m▪ Variation 26 d. 3. m.  Fowls; the latitude of noon was 62 deg. 20 min. here appears to be more Riplins of Tide, the variation by Azimuth, and Almicanter, was 26 deg. 31. min. at most, the Sun went clear to bed, and at midnight we had 60 fathoms deep.  
This morning, Amplitude was 5 deg. the Refraction is Da 25 great here, and the Orisons thick, which begets uncertainties, besides the Needle yet is very slow, in coming to his respective point; I now hope for warmer weather, and clearer Sea than heretofore, at noon I had 55 fathoms, in latitude to 62 deg. 36 min. since last day I made way N, by E. 18 leagues fair weather, the Sun went down clear.  
(joy to our Antipodes) the Henban flashing all night, was a Da 26 hot day in as England, in the morning I had 58 fathoms, and 
Latitude 63 d. 2 m.  white Coral, the latitude 63 deg. 20 min. the way since last day was N. 4 deg. East 18 leagues; since clock 4, we lay Larbord Tack N. W. it was a few drops of rain this Evening yet the Sun set clear, and we had deep 65 fathoms at midnight, and then was in the Air many Pettiedancers.  
The last night was so hot as it dried up 15 fathoms water, Months july. Da 27 for this morning we had but 50, the wind was between W, and N, N, W. here was great store of Rockeweed, and Tangle. In the Ripline of a Tide, I caused the boat to be launched in 31 fathoms, the Tide came from N. by W. ½ a mile in an hour.  
All this day the fog banks hath deceived me, but now I am sure I see land, both the main and Lands, of which there are many, lying about 2 leagues into the Sea, all ragged and broken rocks within this land bore from N. E. by E. to W. by S. here are great store of fish leaping, and fairer weather cannot be; I have sent the boat to land, and to my comfort three things I could espy by the shore; that it was flood Tide, and that it came from the Southward, and that it doth flow and fall very much water, before we came near the Island, we came over a bank of 8 fathoms, and nearer the Island we fell into 15. there seeming upon the land to be Poles erected, and buildings of stone, and other hillocks like Haycocks.  
The boat went on land at clock 6. and stayed 3 glasses or one hour, and ½, in which time it flowed near six foot, it was flood before they went, for while they were rowing to shore, I did observe it had flowed at least 3 foot, by certain rocks that were dry at our first approach, they say that it had about 9 foot to flow; at clock 8. the tide returned, and set to S. W. ward, which showeth that it runs half tide, or else the Main beyond it, is an Island, about which the tide may have an uncontrary course, as in some of the Sounds, of the Island of Selly, at England's W. end; this Island doth lie in 64 d. 10. m. of latitude, and I took this place to be the N. E. side of Sir Thomas Buttons, ut ultra; I could see to the N. E. ward of this, at least 10 
It flowed here above 23 foot.  leagues, but no land at E. or S. E. it being as clear an evening as could be imagined, the land to be seen was from the N, N. E. to the West Southward.  
The news from land was, that this Island was a Sepulchre, for that the Savages had laid their dead, (I cannot say interred) for it is all stone, as they cannot dig therein, but lay the Corpses upon the stones, and wall them about with the same, Co●●ining them also by laying the sides of old sleds above, which have been artificially made; the boards are some 9 or 
Graves and Burials.  10 foot long, 4 inches thick, in what manner the tree, they have been made out on, was cloven or sawen, it was so smooth, as we could not discern, the burials had been so old, and as in Da 12 Months july. other places of those countries they bury all their utensels, as bows, arrows, strings, darts, lances, and other implements carved in bone, the longest Corpses was not above 4 foot long with their heads laid to the West, it may be that they travel, as the Tartars and the Samoides. For if they had remained here, there would have been some newer burials; there was one place walled 4 square, and seated within with earth, each side was 4 or five yards in length, in the middle was 3 stones, laid one above another man's height, we took this to be some place of Ceremony, at the burial of the dead; near the same 
A Ceremonious place.  place, was one station laid, stone upon stone, as though they would have something remarkable; there was fowl, but so skadle, as they would not abide them to come near them, and Ravens bigger than ours, we robbed their graves, to build our fires, and brought a whole boats loading of firewood on board, their Corpses were wrapped in Dear skins, their 
A Copper Dart head.  Darts were many of them headed with Iron, (and nails) the heads beaten broad ways, in one of their Darts, was a head of Copper, artificially made, which I took to be the work of some Christian, and that they have come by it, by the way of Canada, from those that Trade, with the English and French.  
Our men found stinking oil in a fish gut, and some small Whale Fins; this Island I named Sir Thomas Rows Welcome; I stood off into 33 fathoms that night, until clock 2, the wind West, for I was directed by the letter of my instruction, to set the course from Carie Swans Nest, N, W, by N. So as I might fall with the Westside, in 63 d. and from thence Southward, to search the passage diligently, all the Bay about, until I came to hudson's Bay.  
I was in latitude 63 d. 37 m. plying up with S, W. winds, Dam 28 very fair and clear weather, I saw as it were a headland to the South, and petty Islands, and broken ground of the Main, here was great store of fish leaping, and many Seals I saw one Whale, this day the land lieth S. W. and by S. along.  
I stood W. about the headland, the last day showed me, in 7 Da 29 and 8 fathoms, until I raised another white Island, bearing S. W. and betwixt that Island the Main, which I had now brought N. W. on me, there was as it had been a Caw see or ridge of stone, but bearing with the E. thereof, I fell into 35 and 40 fathoms, the tide run W. by S. one mile ●/7 in one Months July. hour.  
After this it fell to be easy wind, I sent the boat to the land, and plied with the ship, thereunto, for that wind which was, blew from thence, and coming near it after Sunset, we could see 2 or three huge Whales, playing close by the land side, in shoal water; for we, without them in the ship, had but 12 fathoms, I stood to the S, W. end of the Island, and there stayed for my boat, which came at clock 11 in the night, she had been 14 Glasses from the ship, which was thus employed. Item, in Rowing to the land 4. one in chase of Ducks, in the next, the water fell 9 Inches, and for 3 more in the one, it fell 3 Inches, in the other it flowed 3 Inches, and in the 2 last it flowed 2 foot ½, so as it flowed about 10 foot, but I do trust to this.  
In their coming on board, they Anchored in 8 fathoms at the Island point, and that was 2 Glasses after, those formerly accounted, the Tide came from N E. and by E. at 3 miles' ½ one hour, this point of the Island made the Tide go sharp; by this it may be gathered that it was full Sea at ½ past 12. it cannot be otherwise computated, but that it floweth here S: W. it being 3 days before the full Moon. But I am not 
S. W. Moon full Sea.  fully acertained of this Tide as yet; for those Lands have their several indrafts and sets betwixt one another; for at clock 1. it set W by S. and now it hath near the same set, continuing from 1 unto 10 of clock, more than 9 hours, it seemeth strange unto me, being a Tide, and no Current, to be better satisfied I cannot, for the best will run at their pleasure, when they are on land, to seek for such things as the shore may afford them, the worst, & worst able to give account, must keep the boat; therefore this account cannot hold with truth, nor doth it, I named this Island Brooke Cobham, thinking then of the many furtherances this Voyage received from that Honourable Knight, Sir john Brooke, whom, together with Master Henry Brigges, that famous Mathematical Professor, were the first that countenanced me in this undertaking.  
This Noble Knight graced me in the delivering of my Petition to his Majesty, and afterwards brought me to his Royal Presence, there to show the hopeful possibility of the attempt. And after this persisting in his kindness, invited me to his own Table, where I had my diet, continually assisting Months July. me with moneys towards my expense, as also paying for the charge of the Privy Seal, and for the ships bringing about from Chatham to London, and in some with Master Brigges was at all the charge hereof, while the Voyage was put off until the next year, when that young Sir John Wolstenholme, was appointed Treasurer.  
Now for this Island it is all of a white Marble, of indifferent height, with many water Ponds therein, and great store of Fowl, especially water fowl, they brought on board two goodly Swans, and a young Tall Fowl alive, it was long headed, long neckt, and a body almost answerable; for it was but pen-feathered, I could not discern whether it was an Ostrich or no, within 3 or 4 days the legs by mischance were broken, and it died.  
Our dog being on land, hounded himself, at a Stag or Rhine Deer, and brought him to obey, Peter Neshfield, one of the Quarter-Masters, followed the chase, and having neither 
Dear, ●ow.  Gun, nor Lance, let him go, (it may be he took compassion when he saw the Dear shed tears) the dog having hurt his feet very sore, upon the hard stones, was not able to pursue him and so they parted with bloodshed, but it came from the Dear and Dogs feet, they did imagine that there was store of Deer, in that Island, I took it to be 6 or 7 miles long, but they thought it to be parted in two, it is all shelves, and ridges betwixt the shore and it, making, as it were a Bay between the North land which is high, and the South, for all the land to South of this, is all low land, except 3 or 4 places, near unto the West part of hudson's West Bay, where Captain james wintered, they say in coming on board, hard by the Island they did espy 40 Whales, some say less, but it seemeth, there 
40 Whales▪  were many lying there to sleep, so as they took them for Rocks, they say there is a Cove or Harbour, made by small Lands▪ that a ship may ride in safety, for all weathers, and have two fathoms at low water, it is on the Eastside, the Master's mate, told me he wished the ship therein, because there was a bolt in the Stem which stuck out since the Cut-water was twined off, and that it was dangerous to hurt a Cable, if we should Anchor, I said we might Anchor 100 times, and yet have kept the Cable clear from the bolt, by letting fall an Anchor of the weather bow: but to conclude Month's July. the time was so far spent, to neglect the opportunity of Discovering to put into harbour for such a trifle.  
When I had stood W. S. W. away from this Island twelve Da 30 leagues, I haled in again, W. by N. as I see the Ridges and broken lands stretch, and keeping the West Maine always in sight, many Ridges did appear; which to go to Seaward off I stood S, W. and by W. for here is dangerous sailing in the clearest weather, yet I must not part from sight of the Main for making my discovery exactly, our Deeps from Brook, Cobham, have been, 37. 40. 35. 30. fathoms. Thanks be given to God, it is, and hath been long time fair weather, and now fair winds (from land) which makes the better discovering, we have still of those Henbans, or Pettiedancers, but no storm. I Anchored a thwart a little Island, twelve leagues from Brook Cobham, the Master with the boat went on land, where it was low water, about ½ an hour before 8. at night, within this Island he sees other Lands, and Ledges at low water, so as he thought he could have gone on foot 
Seamors Fox and Scurvy grass.  to the Main, from hence we see other Lands bearing W. S. W. at this Island the Savages had been, and there was great store of Sea Pigeons thereon, he brought alive a done Fox on board, and had encountered two Seamors, whereof he lanced one, but for want of help they both got away, they brought on board good store of Scurvie-grasse, which I caused to be pounded, and the juice to be pressed forth, and put into a Hogshead of strong Bear, with command that every one that would should have a pint to his morning's draught, but none would taste it until it was past time, and themselves almost past means.  
The Master told me he had named this Island Dunne Fox Island, after his own name, and the Fox's colour, which 
Dun Fox Island.  I liked well.  
The Tide came from North-east, and it flowed about twelve foot water, now I began to know that I went from the Tide, for sailing from this Tide I lost the passage, but I 
I lost the passage.  must still follow instruction and hope.  
I weighed at the Masters coming aboard, clock 9 in the Evening, standing away with those Lands the day light had showed me, the Direction was West South West, as they Months July. bore the deep, 7, 8, 10, 15, 12. fathoms I altered the course more Southerly for deeper water, and going South-West, had 12, 15, 12, 10. and so to 25 fathom; from 9 to 4 a Clock, I stood still away with flood South West, ebb West, until 8 a clock in 35, 30, 20. all to Starreboard was Ridges, and broken lands, even close to the Main, this night was something dark, the Sun declines fast Southward, and we sailing as fast the same way, must needs darken the nights a pace, especially those that are thick, and clouded as this was.  
All this morning watch from four to eight it reigned, but Da 31 was fair weather all day after, until towards night, it was 
Latit. 62 d. ●5 m.  half an hour's fog, between three and four in the afternoon; after that came North winds, rain and wet fog, all night the steering was four leagues West South West, the deeps from 30, 26, to 6 fathoms.  
With this wind from land, I bore in amongst the Lands fearing to lose the Main at any time, standing in betwixt West and West North West, as the wind veered or haled, my depth was sixteen fathoms, but amongst those Lands we came in sundry Overfalls, of six fathoms, and had brought them to bear severally from me, North-East by North, North by West, West South West, South West by West, at night clock ten, I came to Anchor in seven fathoms, it fell three foot water after that Anchoring, the weather was wet fog; the flood put in fourteen foot water, it did not fall any water from clock eleven, 
Notae. North wind kept up tide▪  until fourteen Glasses were out, the flood was so small, being enclosed with Lands, as it did not make the ship port, yet blowing but to Course and Bonnet, it kept the Tide in seven hours, I durst not hazard any further within these Lands, until I sent the boat to make trial, who sounded from seven fathoms to ten foot; I named those Lands, Brigges his Mathematics.  
This morning the Master and I in the Main top, might Dam 1 
August.  see two Ridges dry, which last evening we came hard by, I do think that in Winter, the windy storms, puts in some flow of water incredible to be believed, in respect of other places, for it may be perceived, that the water hath Months August. been upon the land, and Lands higher by five or six fathom 
The water high.  then the usual spring-tidings, as also our men did perceive the same at Carie Swans Nest.  
Being satisfied for what concerned this place, I weighed and stood to Sea in six fathoms the least water, fearing to deal any more within the Lands, when I was clear, I went to the old course again S. W. by S. but the land flying me, I haled in West, and had water from 14 to 6 fathom, uneven ground, the land met me again, stretching more to S. and had many humlocks therein; I stood toward it W. and W. S. W. so near as I durst for shoal water, at which time I dare presume it was seven miles from me, and yet I had but 6, 7, or 10 fathom: I run off along time before I came into 20 fathom, and in this wearing off I came by two dry ridges that had been far without me; I Anchored at night in 25 fathoms 10 leagues S. S. W. from the land and Lands, which I road amongst last night, the Tide came S. S. W.  
This fair morning, I waited at clock 6. and stood along Da 2 West Southwest, having 25, 25, 25, fathoms at the distance of 7 leagues from my last night's Anchoring place, I met another Island & three or four more within it, all lying almost without sight of the Main, I stood within them to seven fathoms, and took about to make a perfect discovery of the Main, which done, I Veered away, the wind still about North North West, I went to Seaward off the said Island, at whose North-east end, there lay a reefe, which with the ebb that fell over it, made a great rippling or Race, so as I could discern thereby when I might edge up again; here in this Overfall was a Sea Mors, I took this to be the Cheques; latitude 
Latitude 61. d. 10. m.  61 degrees, 10 minutes, I went over in nine fathoms, and then standing South-west, came presently into twenty, I hoped now for a sight of Hubberts comfortable Hope, the land lay along South-west and Northeast, it hath blown all this day to Course and Bonnet, at night I Anchored at twenty fathoms, two or three leagues from shore, the land is low, but within are many water ponds, and small grown wood.  
I stood along all those supposed Cheques from my last Da 3 nights Road into 3. fathoms upon the shore, the land low but now and then a Sandie knowle or down, would appear Month's August. much like the coast of Holland and ●landers, we made way S, W. and by W. 10 league. and diverse times see dry shelves, between us and the shore. The Latit. w is 60 d. 22 m. this afternoon was small wind from S, W. and I sent the boat to the land, being about 3 miles off, myself with ship anchored in 7 fathoms, I gave a token that if the water should shoal suddenly, they in the boat should shoot off a Musket, which before they came to shore they did, here were many Musketoes.  
The Master was in the boat, and had but 2 fathoms when they shot; all the water within us was should, so that then we were glad to wade forth, although the tide was flood, it flowing 14 inches in two glasses, but in further examining I found no good account, only this doth sustice, that as I range along the coast I do go from the tide, and that it keepeth course, with the Moon, and that the further I speed from Sir Thomas Roes welcome, it still floweth less water, and the tides current is the easier; here on land the Mr. found, the relics of a birch Cannowe, the footings and horns of Deer, both small and great, and of fowl, an Arrow headed with a nail, the head beaten broad, and put into a shaft of 18 inches long, he thought it flowed about 7 foot, the flood began about clock 8. I am sure it was slack tide at ship then and I will be slack to write any more hereof, for I cannot season the reckoning taken on shore.  
After the boats coming on board, I stood off 3 glasses, to anchor in 13 fathom water (Hubbert makes me hope) for now I draw ne'er, here the tide did set S, W. and by W. the ebb E, and by South.  
From the last day to this I made way S, S, W. 5 league. and am Dam 4 
Latit. 59 d. 53 min.  now in 59 d. 53 m. of Latit. standing along between 10 and 20 fath. S, S, W. at night 10. I came to a land lying about 2 league. from the Main, but so dry at low water that you may go to the firm land, betwixt the one and the other, this lieth from my last nights road 10 league. S, and by W.  
At the day's appearance I went to this Island, it is all stones Dam 5 as the other; the Sea hath been smooth of long time, the Sun rose clear, and at the 4 glass after low water, it did flow 21 inches, this was when the half tide came to take his first set, and came with a shuft, I did account that it would Months August. 
It flowed 12 foot.  not flow less than 18 foot, but after this shuft it flowed less and less until full Sea that tide, the 3 first glasses did not flow above 2 foot: Upon this Island were many corpses, laid in the same manner, as at Sir Thomas Roes Welcome, the Salu. inhabitants had lately been there, & left the skaddles of their fire, they had also sunk a well, & stoned it about, for there was fresh water therein, there was here some store of the ruined fragments of Cannowes, and other fir wood with which we jaded the boat on board, there was also carved toys in their graves.  
I did Anchor at clock 8 (now these nights begin to be long) left I might slip by some Inlet unseen; this day was very ●ot, and a small gale from S, S, W. we had all this time very hot days, ever since we came from Carie Swans nest, if that the cold N, W. wind had not delayed them; this Meridian, I was in 59 d. 05 m. I stood off into 20 fath. and went in again to 15. the broken Island in sight; since noon until this midnight, I made way S. 3 league. and then I discerned the land to meet upon my weather bough and a head, so I caused to tack about, and lay N, W. by N. in wind W, by S. 5 glasses a league. it seemed to be higher land than I had lately seen, from 15 fath. deep, yesterday I came S. as before upon 18 and 20 fathoms, I stood thus to the Northwards until day light and then I see my land I was upon yesterday morning, and the land within it, which I see yesternight, stretching into Hubberts Hope, I stood about to the Southwards, and the day light being come Dam 6 on, I could see the bottom of Vainly Heaped Hubbert, for so I ●●ld it, and the South land meeting E and W. the length of it at least 15 leagues, I anchored the boat in 20 fathoms, the Tide came N. W. and this is that supposed Tide that set E, and W. which was no more but the same Tide I brought along with me from Sir Tho. Roes Welcome, coming all along the coast, S, W, by S. falling into this Vain Hope, is enforced to alter his course, by opposition of the S, side of this large Bay and there to set E, and W. (as the land doth lie) 1 mile 2/7. in one hour.  
The Island I was upon yesterday was doubtless the Checks named by Sir Thomas Button, for what reason I know not, except for that here his hope was crossed, he took it as a check.  
This land bore from me, to the S, E. by E. and was gently decending down to the Sea side, the greenest & best like, I have Months August. seen since I came out of the river of Thames, and as it were enclosed with thick rows of Trees between one meadow and another, distinct as it were Barn Elmes near London, and at sight hereof I did think of them; and if there be any keeping of tame Deer, or other beasts, or tillage in all that country, I should think it to be there; for certainly there must, by those burials be great store of people, for it is not to be thought, that they will bring or carry their dead far to burial, and it cannot be thought also, but that we were seen by them although they were not seen by any of us, for we stayed not but in the night, all day we made as much way, as sails would drive forward, so as if they would have come to us, we were gone before they could make ready; and although they might see us, whether they durst come or no, I know not, having as I suppose, never seen ship in their lives before, as Hudson who sought after them in his Bay, (though far distant from hence) they set theirwoods' on fire hard by him and yet would not come to him, although he was but in his Shallop.  
But to proceed I stood along the land and had deep from 20 to 3 fath. this morning was grey overcast, the Sun rose thinly vailed, but visible, there was a Rainbow in the firmament, and some drops of rain fell, standing along whiles this land trented 
A great River.  E, and W. we see the entrance of a large river but all full of scaupes, shelves and shoal water, which coming forth changeth the Sea to be more white, at the S. entrance of this River, was a Cliff like unto Balsea cliff near Harwich, and on the S. again, another great Bay, whose bottom was easy to be seen, I was ne'er the entrance thereof, and found it was all full of shoals, and ridges, at this was Capt. James on ground, as I found by his speeches afterward; the S. part of this Bay lieth E, and W. and at the E. end thereof lieth an Island S, and N. about 3 miles long, I stood from the mouth of this River and Bay to go to the N. of the said Island, and came into 7. 6. 5 fath. easy wind the ebb came 2 miles an hour along the E side of the Island, & I stood along in 3 fath. the ground to be seen under water, at night the flood tide came, & we were got above the S, head of the Island, & went along in 7 fath. well harrowed ●d even ground.  
At clock 10. we anchored, and could not perceive by out lead, that tide did flow. and fall above 12 foot; the tide set Months August. S. and by N. and here we see white Whales: this afternoon was one of the hottest that ever I have felt (at noon I was 
Latit. 58 d. 46 min.  in 58 deg. 46 minutes.  
This beautiful day was promised at Sun rising, it hath blown Da 7 to course and bonnet all day; the wind going down with Sol and in the night up again, we have run along the land all day with W, N, W. wind: Sometimes losing too, sometimes wareing off, as the water did deep or shoal from 7 fath. into 2 ½. upon the shore, the land lies S. we think we saw some pieces of ice in the of●ine, we run this day 16 leagues until clock 8. when we anchored, the land fair in sight but low, with abundance of wood growing thereon, at this anchoring we can make no certainty of the tides, but that it still cometh N. running easilier, and flowing less water.  
This fair day we bless God for, and have plied it up for Da 8 Port Nelson the wind Veering to S, S, E. Latit. 57 d. 48 m. the shoalding we plied in was between 7 and 2 ½. and we could see many shelves, and high stones, lie upon the N. side of the River's mouth, appearing as it were trees on land 3 times bigger than they be, and that is through the vapours, which the Sun exhaleth: having plied all day, in shoal water, at night we anchored in 6 fathoms.  
In the mouth of Port Nelson at first coming of the tide, 
A Boar.  it came with a Shuft or Boar, at clock 10. for one hour, and flowered upon the Ships Bow, and it flowed 9 foot water, the tide run not above 5 hours; and 2 knots was the speed it made, yet I could perceive the under tide to Room an hour before the ship came up, the land fair to see both on S, and N. side, here were many white Whales, the running of 
White Whales.  the tide was caused by the out-set of the River upon the Coast-tyde, there was a ledge dry at low water hard by me when I anchored.  
This day we consulted and consented to go, into Port Dam 9 
Reasons.  Nelson, for these reasons following.  

1 Considering what hazard we had undergone, for want of our Pinnace, she being made ready for setting up, yet for the loss of time, we were content to hazard it, having ●i● so fair weather, as I was loath, but to make good use thereof.  
2 The wind was contrary to go Southwards, and like to be bad weather. Months July.  
3 The Pinnace could not be set up in the Ship as I desired.  
4 I hoped to have some intelligence by the Savages, and to search the head of the River of which I did know nothing from Sir Tho. Button.  
5 I was in great hope to get a Main yard, amongst so many trees, as also some refreshing, fresh water and fire wood, and to rummidge the Ship, and to see her on ground, and to make her clean or to repair what else she wanted, as Ballast, or else what.   
Thinking now it was good to provide for winter, for what is formerly done is so exact, as no discovery was more painfully followed, nor with greater hazard, and less help; but God alone, besides the knowledge of this harbour might more embolden my men, in staying the longer forth to follow the Search.  
Now between Port Nelson and hudson's W. Bay, all yet for a great distance not looked upon by any Christian we were to discover, which having done, the perfect knowledge of this River might cause us to repair hither for refuge, when the winter took us from our other labours, if in the mean time we should not discover a better, or passage.  
This Raynie morning with S. wind I stood in low sails Dam 9 with bonnets, along the S. side, which I take to be the plainer, and evener ground of the two. And bearing in upon 3 fath. ●/●. I espied an overfall on head, it was stood tied and I caused to bear up it bl●w much wind and more than at any time, since I came into this Sea, in the channels edge of this overfall, I fell into 10 fath. being now come, within the lips hereof the wind shrinking I anchored at about ½. flood for that if it had been a channel well known unto me, yet I could not have handled my sails, to have turned in, we thought we saw tokens on land of Inhabitants; at 3 hours' flood in the night with much ado, I weighed anchor, and making 2 or 3 boards I up got a leag. farther before day, (for I was loath to lose any time) but with fearful sounding as 5 fathoms at most, and it would shoalden 2 fathom at once, and as I found afterwards, that channel was full of high Rocks, in the best of it, This night I had many gusts of Wind with showers of Rain. Months August.  
I plied up a mile with flood, and thought to have gone beyond Da 10 a point about 2 miles higher, where I might have rid land locked, but the river being full of stones, I grounded in the tides way, there being deep now 5 fathoms, than 6 foot, ●on 7 fathoms, so that espying a waly in the clay cliff on the North side, I sought and found a place of 5 fathoms to Anchor the Ship safely in, and intended, in the valley to set up my Pinnace. This river is on both sides full of small woods, the North side is a clay cliff, like of that to the Nase in Essex, but not so high; the ship being moored I went on land, and found the Nallie very convenient to set up a Tent and to build the Pinnace in, and here we found some store of Hogsheads, and Pipestanes, which had been iron bound, one Main top, a top gallant Mast, divers blocks, and the sides of stared chests, with diverse relics of some English Vessel, which I took to have perished, or been left not far from hence; and indeed I did assure myself, it must be that of Sir Thomas Buttons, but as yet I have not found a tree will make a Main yard.  
This morning early, I called to rommage, for the parcels Da 11 of the Pinnace to be had on land, which being put into the boat, on land we go, the Carpenter at Sea had provided himself, of things necessary against this occasion, having all materials in readiness, which to further with his mate, I caused Peter Nesfeild quarter Master, the Cooper, the Gunner, Expofer Russell, and myself to assist him, and this day we set up the keel, and made a false keel to it, thinking thereby to make her hold a better wind, brought on all the ground timbers, and 3 strokes on each side, while the Mr. and others went to look for refreshing.  
The wind being come about to the N, N. I sent the Master word that it was fit to bring the ship to ground, while it blew from land, (as he determined before our coming in) and for that I would not have any thing to do, that might stay me after the Pinnace was set up, that such things as was needful should be taken in hand and brought to pass with all expedition.  
This morning I was glad to bring the ship to land myself upon a fine smooth sand, against the Valley, where we strengthened Da 12 Months August: on, the Cutwater, and took away the bolt which stuck out, and made smooth the Shipside, for any harm else our Anchors had done more to the sheathing then the ice, in this river we had set on side, a piece of our false keel which we helped.  
And now I sent Samuel Blades, and the Chirurgeon, to the E. to search the shore, and to look for a Main yard, who returning told me, that for a Main yard there was not a tree to be had of that squareness, but that by a little creek, about a mile off, they had found on, shore certain broken Anchors and cable rope, with other small ropes, also one broken Gun, with many round and crossebarre shot, of lead and iron, one Grapnet and store of firewood, piled up, with one Tent covered, with old sails, and a Cross which had been set up but was pulled or fallen down, with the inscription razed out This night was very hot with much lightning and some drops of rain, here are coming in with the flood, and going out with the ebb, innumerable company of white Whales, a fish as big as Pork fishes, with us and much alike in shape.  
I went with the Cherurgion to the creek, and found the Da 13 same, as they had told me, leaveing the Carpenters, and others at work, and thinkeing to send for those things at the next leisure after the Ship was Rummadgt; this Tide did flow nine foot, to float the Ship off ground.  
This being the Lords day we rested and served God, Dam 14 the afternoon our men walked abroad to recreate themselves, and look out for fresh relief, this night did the Ship fleet off, and we moored her again, in 3 fathoms, at low water.  
This fair hot day some wrought at the Shallop, others Dam 15 fetched ballast, other romisht, others filled water, and struck down the Guns, it joyed me thus to see all hands at work, the Pinnace was almost finished, but we were hindered by one hour of as much rain (in the time) as ever I was in, with thunder from the Southeast.  
In this day the most of our labours were brought to end concerning the ships readiness. Months August. Da 16  
The wind blowing E, S, E. stiff Gale, so as I could not Da 17 come forth of this River to follow my discovery, the Master and I went with the ships boat up the river, where, about the turn of a point 6 miles above the ship, lay 2 Lands in the middle, the tide did not run above 5 miles from the ship nor flow above eight miles; the river struck W, N, W. up so far, and above the Lands, as we could see; it was Day cleft on both sides, and of reasonable height, but the fresh came down with great force, or else you might wade it over, it is also thick as can stand, of Fir and Spruce-trees, but small ones, for there is no ground for the wood to take root upon, for the thickness of Moss, so as they cannot root in the earth, but grow up, and fall down and rot, Ilanded on both sides, & Peter Nesfield, (whom I had set out of the boat with the Master & other for lightning her, that I might have sailed up the higher, but could not, the water was so shallow and came down so fiercely) told me he had seen the footing of a man, but he could not bring me to it again, so I stood over to the S. side, the boat still grounding as I went, (where we landed) me thought the valleys was good grass, store of wood and here we gathered blackberries, as we found in other places, with straw, berries, goose-berries, and Vetches, with several sorts of small shrubs & trees, & upon the shore we found, the broad footing of Deer, and hard by them, the frame of a Tent standing, which had lately been made, with the studdle of the fire, the hair of Deer, and bones of fowl, left here, I took leave of the S. side, and named the farthest and head 
Ramsdens' Hall.  thereof Ramsdens' Hall, after an Alderman of that Corporation, but the Master and his man traveled by land to thwart of the ship, we have seen no Savage since I came, although I caused fires to burn night and day, but the woods are so thick, as cannot be seen 12 score yards, so that none could come to us, but by water. This day the Pinnace was brought on board, God grant that with her help my hopes, may be accomplished, which heretofore hath been dangerous.  
From a board we see a Stag trotting from Port Nelson, Dam 18 along the sand we manned our boat presently, but before they got to shore, he took up over a Valley into the woods, where they missed him. I caused the Cross which we found to be newly raised, and this inscription of lead nailed thereon. Months August.  
I suppose this Cross was first erected by Sir Thomas Button 1613. it was again raised by Luke Fox, Capt. of the Charles, in the right and possession, of my dread Sovereign Charles the first King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, defender of the Faith, the 15 of August, 1631.  
This land is called New Wales.  
The wind being E, S, E. I could not yet come to Sea, wherefore Da 19 I sent the Capenter upon the S, side to fell, the likeliest of 5 trees, the Master had made choice off, to serve us for a Main yard, and not one of them, but was rotten within, the wind doth begin to come about the Mrs. mate and I fetched one boat lading of firewood this afternoon, the Whales have now left to come in, but my chiefest going on land, was to see where the highest tide, this spring had left his mark and found it to have slowen 14 foot, but the tides, at height of this spring, were inforcd in with E, S, East, and E, N, East winds, or else they would not have slowed above 1. 2, foot.  
This night 10. were many Pettiedancers, I hope fair weather to come, yet have we had such as I pray our neighbours, in England have no worse, and then they cannot have better harvest weather to have in their crop, and though this may be thought nothing pertinent, to the History of a Sea journal yet having been dissuaded from this voyadge, in respect of the ice; I may thus much write, for the encouragement of others that may happen to navigate this way, God giving good success to this enterprise, that a Sea voyage of discovery (to a place unknown, and far remote and in the like clime) cannot be taken in hand with more health, ease, and pleasure; I am sure it hath been warm ever since we came from the ice.  
The wind came about, I sent the Pinnace on land, to ballast, Dam 20 and to bring one broad stone, to make a fire upon in her, which I had formerly marked for that purpose, at Port Nelson they found a board broken in two, the one half quite gone, whereon had been the King's Arms, and inscription of the time of Sir Thomas Button his own name, when and why he took Harbour with other expressions.  
This piece of board I brought away, for I was undersaile, when the Pinnace came on board, so as I could not go on Months August. shore again, otherwise I would have endeavoured to have renewed, the same as the act of my noble predecessors.  
This ebb I came to Seawards', but for fear of shoale-water, I Anchored in 4 fathom, having little wind to chase the ship, and a strong ebb, fear called what I had observed at my in coming into my remembrance, so as I durst hazard no farther whiles flood came; and now I must add one word or two, to what is before, concerning this dangerous river, which I would be loath to seek in thick weather, of either side the S. is best, but is flat a great way off, and Rocky ground, the best of the deep is ⅔ channel to S. there is 12 fathoms in the entrance; in one place, we chafed our Cables sore against the stones, of which you might see 4 or 5 dry in the river, at once the last quarter ebb come swiftest, & in spring-tidings it flowed 3 foot before the tide set up; the tide returned to the Sea, at a full Sea on shore. The Sun and Moon did 
It floweth S. E. Moone  both set clear this night; In this River we got no relief but one Duck, here a N. W. Moon maketh a full Sea.  
I weighed again about half flood, and stood to Sea from 6. fathoms to 10. and Anchored in high water in 9 fathoms clear ground, making ready to ply or sail the next flood, for now I am to discover to the East, between this and Master Hudson his West Bay, of which I must only, making a journal, their being nothing else of note.  
In the morning I took the Cocke-boat into the ship, with Dam 21 the flood I stood to the S. E. and went into the Pinnace at the ship stern, to see her fitted to sail, we came to 7 and 5 fathoms, the land full of woods, but low, and stretched here E. and by N. from the River's mouth, here is good smooth and 
Latit. 57 d. 10 m.  even ground, if any occasion were hereafter to use it, the land is fair to be seen, (at 10 fathoms deep) upon the hatches, the wind easy from S. S. W. and we stood 2 or 3 leagues in 7. fathoms, we were at noon in 57 d. 10 m. all this night I could well discern the land, as I stood under sail, standing S. E. the land met us, this hot Meridian, but I was not in observation Da 22 after dinner (with easy wind) I took the Pinnace to sail to shore, but it fell to be calm, and we rome all the way, and therein found a white Bear, which we killed, coming toshore it was ●lat, and many great stones lay at the low water mark we were no sooner landed, but we spied a black cloud at N. by W. when presently we see the ship had handed both topsails, Months August. so as I was constrained to leave this uninhabited shore, and stand to the ship, without erecting any thing thereon, which we recovered, but our coats were wet through first, and yet the ship was come to us within 5 fathoms upon the Main, we stood along with land in sight, where there appeared to be a Cape, the land trenting more S. from our bow (we stood off and on, all night from 7 to 20 fathoms.  
I packed away along the land, as near as can be thought to Da 23 lie S. E. by E. the morning was fair, yet the Sun was vaied, this calm afternoon we see 3 Bears in the Sea 5 miles from 
● whi●● Bear's 〈…〉.  land, the Mr killed them in the Pinnace; this day we tried the tide 4 times, and it set always from the E. wards, we are now so far from his primum mobile, as I think it not worthy the looking after, yet account must be taken; this night the Sun set clear as could be, and it was easy wind, I have seen all the land hither from Port Nelson, as I did before I came there, but I cannot see any high land, nor find any deep water, I would gladly see that comfort, and then I would say that the M. were in the increase, howsoever I thank God, it doth make the nights grow the lighter, the ship is Anchored, the watch is set, a mark set on the lead-line, & sleep like a thief doth slily steal upon me, at 12 this night the tide did slack.  
I called to lift the anchor from the ground, & bring the ship Da 24 to sail, the other days N. N. W. wind, doth make the Seas swelling still continue; now the wind S. E. by S. I must stop the ebbs, and ply the floods, the distance were too tedious, and to small purpose to insert here.  
Prayers being ended, I called to heave up anchor, at clock 8 Da 25 we anchored again, this day we made good way to the E, S, E. and in one rippling, had 40 fathoms land, fair in sight upon the hatches; but this great comfort was not a furlong long, for the water shoaled to the old rate again presently, this night was calm with much rain.  
I had up my anchor clock 5, and stood along to the East Da 26 sometimes E. S. E, sometimes S. E. as the land lay, or met me, at noon it came fog, & ● anchored for 1 hour, it clearing up again after dinner, I see the land trent to the S. wards, wherefore I took the Pinnace, and went within 2 miles of a point, that lay upon our Bow, as we were at anchor, near which point all the land was belaid with round Rocks, and all along the shore were ledges of the same, and half a mile without us, Months August. towards the ship, I stood off to give the ship warning thereof, who had espied the same before I came to them, so I stood into the shore, which lay S. along, the ship came along in six fathoms, and I had 4 hard within the ridges.  
This day a N. N. W. wind hath conveyed away abundance of wild Geese by us, they breed here towards the N. in those wildernesses there are infinite numbers, and when their young be fledge, they fly S. wards to winter, in a warmer country; I hoped by their taking flight, the wind would have continued.  
This low land thus trenting makes me doubt, it will bring Da 26 us still with this shallow water, to join with Hudson, and then leave us, and fall away S. and there also must I leave it, I could not perceive that it did slow above five foot water yesterday, and the flood set S. E. the waters side is so flat, and Rocky, that we cannot land with the Pinnace, we can discern the going in of many small Rivers, and there out-sets by the change of waters, whose colour is more done than the Sea itself.  
Was thick close weather, at night 7 it wet, the night Da 27 proved close, the wind changed from N. W. to S. E. the land lay S. E. and we had a great plump of wood, on shore like an Island, I stood twice into 4 fathoms of land, and once into 3, and a half, but could not see the trees on hatches, the land stretching, the tides running and flowing, the expected high land, and all hopeful things are now at an end, this night casting up my Cards, I did account I was from Port Ne●o●, true course E. S. E. 60 leagues, and that I must be in 55 degr. 50 min. latitude.  
This coldest day I felt since I came from Nottinghams' Isle, Dam 28 (was but the Harbinger of Winter) I Anchored in 7 fathoms, and 3 leagues o●line I had but 4 fathoms, I stood off into 25 fathoms, and in again into 11 and Anchored; it brew to topsails half Mast high, the land low, full of trees, the night was thick with reasonable wind at East.  
I road still all night for I could get nothing by plying against Da 29 wind, the wind now doth Souther, about clock 7. we espied a sail, standing right with us, it was Captain James of Brist●ll, 
Captain james.  he came close in at our stern, and we saluted each other, he standing in towards the shore, which was in sight, but standing Months August. off again, he could not fetch us, for it was ebb, the stream and wind, setting him to lee-ward, whereupon he stood into Sea, and out of sight, which grieved me much, searing I should not see him again, nor know what discovery he had made, but he tacked about inward again, and the wind Estering at night, he fetch't me, and sent his Shallop on board, inviting me to dinner the next day, with my Master, and his mate.  
There came on board of me, his Lieutenant, his Cousin, and three more; I gave order to my Officers to take down the 4. rowers between the Decks, and to entertain them at several messes, and to inquire of them with what land, they fell first, after their coming from our own Coasts, what lands they had been at, or in what harbours, when they entered Fretum, Hudson, how long they had been amongst the Ice, and at several times, what Islands they had seen, or Capes formerly discovered, what was there most Northerliest latitude, they had been in, and what day they see first this side or bottom, and in what latitude they came over this bay in: I enquired also the like of his Lieutenant, whom I entertained in my Cabin, so that before they went away, I heard that they first met with Ice, at Cape Farewell, and that they entered Fretum Hudson, the 20. day of june; they had been distressed in harbour, and had like to have lost their ship, the fire smoke my men see on land the 23. day of june was theirs; they had seen the Isles Nottingham and Salisbury, and was on land on Sir Robert Mansfells Isle, having beforebeene sore pestured with Ice: The greatest latitude North was 64. deg. and that in this bay of Sir Thomas Buttons, they had been troubled with Ice, talking thereof as though they took pleasure to run against it, nay, they said they had run into the Ice, as far as the main mast, and that they came over in 59 deg. of this their Northmost latitude, of their suffering at Resolution, their grounding in this Bay, the harm of their men, thrown at Capsten, and what else I desired to have, I had, and that they had him on shore here, but two days before, and killed two Partridges, they said also that there was no offering to go home, if they found no passeage, for that the Ice could not be dissolved this year, but they must stay until the next year, to have light nights to shift themselves amongst them, and this I did for that I did not know how we might be separated, before I talked with Cap. Months August. Da 29 james himself, and I gave order to acquaint them, with what also they demanded of us, telling them that I had been in Port Nelson, and that I had seen, and came along this coast, never without sight of land, from the latitude of 64 deg. 2. quar. and that in Port Nelson, I had been on the S. side, and on the land also, before they came; and had named it new Yorkshire, but being a barren waste Wilderness of Birds, and wild beasts of prey (and chiefly for that it is out of the road of trading, and the passage) where none hereafter will desire to come: I conceine that I can have no great honour thereby, (although I have given it a name) and therefore do leave it to those that are disposed to entitle themselves therein.  
Last night I made loose and stood along in small sails until Da 30 this day 10 moosling my ship with the foresail; I than stood for Captain james, who was a great way on stern; at his coming up, he sent his shallop on board of me; who at much persuasion of my Master (although much against my 
Goon board the Maria.  will) I took them in, they rowing me on board (to be better confirmed) I did begin to reiterate the last Evening's discourse, they had aboard of me, to the end I might understand the difference of several reports (for every man will report the best of his own Actions) but the conclusion was, that they came over, and fell in land with this bay in 59 deg. I was well entertained and feasted by Captain james, with variety of such cheer as his Sea provisions could aford, with some Partridges, we dined betwixt decks, for the great cabin was not big enough to receive ourselves and followers; during which time the ship butt in 2 Courses, and main bonnet, threw in so much water, as we could not have wanted sauce, if we had had roast Mutton.  
Whereat I began to ponder whether it were better for his company to be impounded amongst Ice, where they might be kept from putrefaction, by the piercing air, or in open Sea, to be kept sweet by being thus daily pickled; however they were to be pitied; the ship taking her liquor as kindly as ourselves, for her nose was no sooner out of the pitcher, but her nebe like the Ducks, was in't again: The Gentleman could discourse of Art, as observations, calculations, and the like, and showed me many Instruments, so that I did perceive him to be a practitioner in the Mathematics, but when I found that he Months August. was no Seaman, I did blame those very much, who had counselled him to make choice of that ship, for a voyage of such importance, for to endure two winters in, as he must have done, if he had any such intent, before he could come about by Bonu Sperance home: our discourse had been to small purpose, if we had not pried into the errors of our predecessors, (and being demanded) I did not think much for his keeping out his flag; for my ambition was more Etherial, and my thoughts not so airy, so to set my sight towards the sky, but when I either called to God, or made Celestial observation; to this was replied, that he was going to the Emperor of japon, with letters from his Majesty, and that if it were a ship of his Majesties of 40 Pieces of Ordnance, he could not strike his flag (keep it up then quoth I) but you are out of the way to japon, for this is not it: he would have persuaded me to take harbour to winter in, telling me that Sir Thomas Button took harbour the 14 of this instant; Quoth I, he is no precedent for me, I must parallel my poverty with poor hudson's, who took no harbour before the first of November; and that then I durst not take harbour until the midst of the same, beside I was not come to do so much as another man, but more than any, as I had already done, and i (I did forbear him in this, or any other thing, it was because I was on board of him, and had made some former observation, of which I acquainted my Master with, that thereby we might the better brook, what might be offered, as boasting of ourselves, or the like, for it was enough for us, that we had so great odds in the discovery, he said I was to winter; I told him he had the copy of my Commission, as also of all my letters, that I was limited) but so as having sought all this bay, from 64.2 quar. to 60 league. E, S, E. from Port Nelson, both myself & men having visibly beheld all the land along, and that I must see the N, W. from Nottingham, as both he and I were instructed, and I would perform; after I had joined hudson's W. bay, with this land now thwart of me; to which words my Master before him preferred me his hand, to be willing to the same, which I gladly excepted, although within three days after, he caponed; we parted not until the next morning's dawning; and this 17 hours, was the worst spent of any time of my discovery. My men told me his men gave them some Tobacco, a Months August. thing good for nothing.  
Whilst we were on board of Captain james, we stood Da 30 off into the Sea; the Mary in two courses and one bonnet, and the Charles but in main course and Bonnet, yet went faster than the Mary:  
I came on board with the Mary early this morning, we Da 31 
Came from aboard Captain james.  made fast our pins, and set sail; I called to take my leave, as I came by him (for I could over-hale him, as the winding of a Clew) but his men told me, that he was in his cabin, I gave him 10 Muskets, one Falconet, and presently I haled in, to the land, for we were 8 leagues off by account, and in 36 fathoms deep, it was morning, 6. when we parted, at 10. I had the land fair by; I stood S, W. in, for that I knew I could see so far, to the W. ward, as I was when we both stood off, I bore as much sail (until I had the land bold) as the Ship and masts was able to stand under, and all the time I had the Maria in sight, I did observe that she went away, S. or S. S. E. I made way 10. leagues that day, and ankored at Clock 8. in 8. fathoms, Thwart of a River, low land, and wooded, it was fair weather, and easy wind all night.  
This day morning I stood E. southward, as the land did Da 1 
September.  bear, it being sometimes higher, sometimes lower, one knoale bearing S. W. was higher than all the rest, here seemeth to be rivers and bays; our deep this day hath been between 7. and 11. fathoms; I ankored at night 8. in 7. fathoms, having come from shore two hours in shoale-water, stony ground, the wind continuing N, W. doth drive a great Sea, before 
Lati. 55 deg. 14. min.  it into this bay; the Meridian latitude, was 55 deg. 14. min. I did account 95. leagues from Port Nelson, and if this strong ground do not deceive me, it flowed 12. foot; the flood ran but 4. hours; here a good way to the E. seemeth to be the opening of some great river, or the land doth wind S. wards; here is in sight, two ledges of great stones, that lie almost as far off, as we ride about 6. miles of the main, bearing S. E. this night was fair weather, and clear Moonlight.  
This morning early, was the anchor upon the bow, and I Da 2 stood into 3. fathoms, of the shore, still trenting to the E. here was thick River-water, and small drift wood, such as usually drive out of Rivers, without whose months lie always Months August. shelves, bars, or ridges; I did now account I was about 105. leagues E, S, E. on this side Port Nelson.  
This day being thwart the land, I saw yesterday when I supposed it: the W. point of some River, or else the winding of the land to S. wards, and could see no land to the E. of the same. I made motion at dinner, for the N. W. (to the Master and his mate) declaring that now all this undiscovered land, betwixt M. hudson's & Sr. Thomas Buttons, was now perfectly finished by us; for that the land now trenting from this Cap, S. ward, must assuredly be the cheek of Mr. Hudson his West-bay, as may appear by those Maps, brought whom by Bylot, after he was exposed, and now the further search of a passage, this way was hopeless, and their needed no more search, in all the side of this Bay. From 64. deg. 30 m. circularly to 55. deg. 10 m. and seeing that we could not attempt the N. W. from Notinghams' Isle (as I was instructed) for the heavy quantities of Ice, which had choked all the 3. channels; at our entering in the middle of july, now I did hope were dissolved, or else never, and it was best to make trial thereof, whilst this good wind lasted, and withal charged them with their promise made, at my parting from Notinghams', which was to have seen a trial before their going home, at what danger soever, (though then there was no attempting) if no passage proves else-weere, and to this same purpose, did wish me to write what I would, and they would set their hands thereunto, which for some concealed reason I did manifest, showing them also that we had long time to spend, for Mr. Hudson did not harbour until the first of November, and for S. Thomas Button he Da 2 was constrained: and that I was not to observe any precedent of that nature, for I was not come to see what my predecessors had done, but to do more; either find the Passage, or bring home a good account, which I could not do, if I did not speed my Commissionith what hast I could, and for harbouring there was none until the midst of November.  
Now how I shall spend all this time, and be able to give that account, his Majesty doth expect, I know not, if I do not go to the N W. For besides it I am not instructed to search, which being put into practice, if it prove not to be had there, but that the land doth stretch to the E. as Baffine reports in 65. Months September. deg. 25 m. then they account will be satisfied, and we may return in short time, for this is not above six days work, if God please this S. wind shall stand, and we may come down betwixt Sr. Dudlies Diggs I'll, and Cape Wolstenholme, into the bottom of Mr. hudson's E. Bay, and there winter. Which if we do, we must stay until August, as experience had shown us. (Which was near a whole 11. months) and therefore now would be the best: but to write truth, the Mr. would give no consent, but to keep all safe by seeking for harbour, but his mates answer was.  
Captain, if there be any thing more to be done? let us fall to it, whilst the wind is good, so grace being said, I came foroth and weering out the main sheate, commanded him at helm to go away N. E. by E. when coming more open hudson's Bay, the wind at S. blowing, but to both topsails on taunt, there came so high a Sea from S. E. as if it had come from land 200. leagues distance, it came so naturally ●oamming, and therefore I do believe, that the E. side of those Bays, lieth farther E. wards towards the River of Cannada, and the Longitude thereof is more Easterly than is placed in the Marine Maps, standing hence as before we fell into 20. and 30. fathoms, making way 7. or 8. leagues the watch; this day was fair weather, in the night was much lightning.  
I named the Cape I last parted from, Wolstenholmes ultimum vale, for that I do believe Sr. john Wolstehholme will not lay out any more moneys in search of this Bay. And yet thus much, if he had been wanting herein; I am of opinion, that the most of those discoveries, had never been attempted: for my own part I can say, for so I find, that he hath been, for 8. Voyages the principal adventurer in stock (and Treasrror) supplying the slack adventure, when the stock came slowly in, and I dare affirm, concerning this Voyage of mine; that he was at least 400. l. out at my home coming, although I did return in 6. complete months: saving 12. months vituall and pay, and beside, I am confident, that he cannot be less out then 1100 l. about this discovery.  
Yet I am persuaded that upon good grounds (of which I do know him to be very able to judge) that no subject in this kingdom parrallelling his degree, would sooner advance to the furtherance of this, or any other design of such worth, which he thinks may redound to his Majesty's honour, and Months September. his country's good.  
This mornings W. wind brought in a Sea so high, and 
High Sea.  grim, as though it had in fury overthrown all lands, and shoals, interposing the passage betwixt us and japon; it swollen so Mountainous high from the N. W. as who of seamen had seen the same, would have said, that there could be no 
Much wind  land from whence the same came not of 6. or 700. leagues, and myself also if experience had not shown me the contrary. I was in latitude, 57 deg. 28. m. and from my setting from Vltimum Vale 48 leagues the wind came from N. N. W. and stripped me into a lease of cources, or 3. lowest sails, almost as much wind as at any time since I came from home, and more behalf than I found, since I entered Fretum hudson's, or 300. leagues beyond, towards night I laid to the West in main course, for fear I might hazard myself in the night, amongst hose Lands which M. Hudson (for good reason) calls by the name of Lancaster's Isles; all this night I had deep 47. 44. 40. 54. 50 fathoms.  
This day morning I tacked to N. wards, at noon was in 52. 
Latit. 57 de. 55. min.  fathoms: lati. 57 de. 55. m. both topsails cast over the lowsayles, Dam 4 or courses now goeth on Bonnets, I made way in Try 6. lea. S. W. & 12. 2. m. N. E. this night came the wind S. E. a pretty gale, it was overcast with darkness, we came by a small Island at clock one, the highest I have seen since I came from Brook Cobham the deep 70. fathom: I named the I'll Sleep.  
I made way from last noon, to this 30. leagues N. and this morning was some slight.  
I was constrained to break up the Pinnace (now grown Da 5 
Pinnace gone.  leak) although I did soar doubt the want of her, what ever might befall me: but she being a drag at stern, and it was too could and wet, to keep men in her, to have kept her at sail, and as much hindrance to shake the ship in the wind, until she were made dry; besides my men were pittilully wet. I cut out the thoughts and nails, and saved as much as I could, and sent the rest to hazard, though against my will, for I did think if she had stood tight, she might have afforded me some help in the N. W. whither now I am going, and if it prove a Bay, or trent, E. wards, than God willing I will hazard to winter in Port Nelson, to the intent I may the next year search ut ultra, where the passage I hope doth lie. For if Months September. it be not in that undiscovered, betwixt Sr. Thomas Buttons ankoring last upon the W. side, and Cary Swanns-Nest, nor at this hoped N. W. then it is not to be looked for, to the W. of Groynland; and though as yet I have not tried the N. W. yet by what I heard from Bilct and Baffin in their life time (which was 
Baffines Report  that if there had been hopes, they would have persisted. But quoth Baffin, there I will never go to seek it) myself, have far greater confidence, that it should lie nearer Sr. Thomas Rows Welcome, being moved by the high flowing of the Tide, and the Whales, for all the tides that floweth, that Bay, cometh (near) from thence.  
The Master is not in health, the Boatswain hath not been Dam 6 
Mr. sick  upon the uper deck these 2. or 3. days, all else are in health, thanks be unto God: this morning the hoary frost hung in our Ropes.  
This cool afternoon, the wind veered N. N. E. it blew at most but to course and bonnet: our ship begins to make water, when she comes to be wrung with low sails. We were much troubled with stockadge of Coals, before we came into the passage, and here again which Coals we brought for firing, if need should stand, the winds are variable here: this night was calm, this easy gale S. E. brought us since last day 13. leagues N. W. 2. parts N.  
We made way from last day 12. to this 12. 34. leagues by Dam 7 the logge-board, and at noon I was in 61. 15 m. the deep 
La. 61. d. 15. m.  was 90. fathoms; all this day with E. S. E. wind I stood N. E. by N. close hailed, 13. leagues: this night I see the land, by my account about Carie Swanns-Nest, from whence I departed the 21. of july, the morning was sleet, the day after was fair, and frost. Now the Master and three men more are down, God better it; I think if I had not come forth upon the Deck as I did, we had run a shore upon this low land, I caused presently to tack about, and we stood off a gain into 70. fathoms, we had but 14. presently after we were tacked.  
We were in 62. deg. 21. m. the land true North 6, miles Dam 8 off, I found it to be Cape Pembroke 2 or 3. leagues distance N. E. from Carries Swansnest with this S. E. wind I was fain to ply it up for Sea-horse point, hoping as before for change of Winds, until than we must bite upon the Bowline, this Months September. land is stony, and a good bold shore. I stood off into 90. and in again into 13. fathoms, and sometimes less, as I had sight, there goeth but small Tides, for here are neither Riplings nor overfalls, this morning's Amplitude was 21. deg. the Land doth make Bays, and Capes, lying one from another about N. E. it is still fair weather, and we have carried both Topsayles out since the 4. both day and night.  
By this we have plied up another Cape, the deep of whose Da 9 Bay, betwixt the same: and Cape Pembroke, maketh the E. side thereof lie near S. and by E. I was in 7. fathom. in the Bay, after this Clear Sunrising, fell a short fog, the blowing away thereof, blue in both our Topsayles; when I doubled this Cape, the Land stretched to the N. in dutiful remembrance I named it Cape Linsey; at some boards we gate but little, as I could perceive by the Land, and yet I cannot discern any Tide to come against us; the Land lieth now N. E. last night were many Petty-dancers, we had in both Topsayles, and stood off, and on, between 20. and 80. fathoms, the Sea came high, and we purchased nothing.  
This fair morning's clear air blew hard, I cannot conjecture Da 10 of the Tides, for if as Sir Thomas Button doth write, that the Flood doth come from N. W. at Isle Nottingham, I am sure there is another comes from S. E. at the same Isle, Those two meeting should both set into the Bay of Hudson, and Button, and especially upon this W. side, passing from Sea-horse Point, by those Capes to Carry Swannes-Nest, should strongly be forced here, being backed by those Winds, but I find no such thing, for notwithstanding the Sea coming Compter from hudson's straits, and about Manssils' Isle, (from the E. maine) yet I gained, yea and in low sails, when much Wind compels in my Topsayles, which doth show, that of the two, the Tide doth set with me, these cold mists, thicks, and drops, doth make many men droop, and those who formerly complained, are not willing to come above-decke.  
This morning's fresh brief, shaked both my Bonnets off, and Dam 11 
Sea to N. E.  stripped us into over-lowest sails, for all this in 48. hours by the Land, we had gained about 6. leagues, by which it may be discerned what Tide goeth here.  
I stood off 19 leagues S. no ground at 80. I made way 20. leagues, in again, N. N. E. every night here are Pett●-dancers and red fire flashes in the Air, most fearful to behold; I Months September have plied 8. watches, in but 3. Courses, by reason of much wind Dam 12 between S. E. and by. E. I had sight of a head-land, with a knowell thereon, descending to the Sea, the Deep 50. I take it to be the same Sir Thomas Buttons Boat was at, where the small Island lieth there off, all this day I was in three courses, the Ship beat sore in this Counter Sea, and no ground at 80. fathoms.  
This night was all Rain, as the day before in part was sleet, at clock 2. the Rain became Victor, which before was food to the Wind, that in his Calming came S. and then I directed the Course N. N. W. thinking to have fight of my last headland, and from thence to have gone along to Sea-horse Point, in sight of land as I might have done if the S. W. wind had continued, this clear Sun shining Meridian, I was in 62. deg. but the Horizon was not clear, this sight of the warms Sun did marvellously cheer up our men, yet the weather is now very Cold.  
From Noon I stood away N. E. by E. with flown Sheet, Dam 13 
Po●nt Peregrine  the Wind veered again to S. E. o●en of the Bay betwixt Point Peregrine, for so I call the last Head-land, having the Knowle thereon, I had from 70. to 100 120. 80. and to 30. fathoms, this equally arbitrated, day and 〈…〉 with wet hazle. I stood in two Topsayles, over my Courses N. E. by E. 24. leagues.  
This day morning, I met with Land, I took to be S. W Dam 14 side of Sea-horse Point, and this 120. fathoms was open upon the Bay, betwixt point Peregrine, and this Land, where for anything yet known; there may be a throughlet, this land is of an indifferent height, descending by degrees to, the Set, this night was thick wet fog, here was ye put into this Bay, as might be suspected by the S. E. Winds, which had blown so long before until now, I stood near to see, if any thing of note were upon the Land, but coming near Ye, we Tacked to Sea again.  
This morning was slight fog and rain, but after prayers 
Prayers are good.  the Sun shone, and thawed our men, and made them more limber, I was in 63. deg. 41. the Horizon was thick, but I think I was not far amiss, at ½ past 12. it fell calm, the weather began to thick; I Anchored in 55. fathoms, the Tide came from the W. Months September.  
For so lay the Land, and I have bolted it upon a Bowlin, with more or less Wind, ever since the 6. day, I rid at Anchor this night, and at past 1●. the ebb tide did not leave his course but only stack from 7. to that hour, the Wind at N. blue of the Land, and the Ship came not to Wind-road, I had duly marked the Lead-line, and tried diverse times how the Tide did flow, and at s●a●ke water, I found it to have slowed 20. foot, and this was 24. hours before the conjunction, and as I do remember Mr. Baffia saith, that on the other side of this Point, it doth flow a S. and by E. Moon, this night I did sit up on purpose to be satisfied herein.  
Henceforth I do write true course, variation and wreak allowed, the Compass hath near 26. deg. hear, this night clock one, I was under Sail and Run 4. Leagues E. N. E. when I met with ye (but small as chaff) and at the dawning of day, I did by this ye assure myself, that I was the length of Sea-horse Point to the E. For that this North wind had blown the mashed ye from above the North side of the Point, and so it proved, this ye was both small (and small of it) and thin, we Run through it without stay, or abatement of Sail.  
I stood away from hence close haled, E. N. E. 25. leagues 2. Da 15 miles, then being towards night, I had sight of Mills Isle, so named by Bilot, because of the Ice grinding against him like the grinding of a Mill, and also of Salisbury, bearing S. E. and Mill I'll, from N. E. to N. N. E. this day and night were hazie, the lands had much snow on them, our Sails with wet fog and frost were stiff as Vellome, standing this Milners' Isle along, in the night came off, either small mashed Ice, or else the shadow of the Moon deceived me, to try whether I durst not but cast about to the West again along the Isle; thinking here in this mild Channel to try the Tide, that all obstacles being removed, the difference between Baffine, and Sir Thomas Button, might now be reconciled, before I put to the N. W. from Nottingham (in practice) as I was instructed, all night I stood to and again, and found a good flood Tide, set to N. W. the Mr. was up this night, but was not able to continue.  
This morning I plied it up to the West end of the Island, Dam 16 and when the Tide was done, I put into a throughlet I named Hurins Throughlet, for that he upon the fore-yard conducted in the Ship; in the entrance of this Harbour lieth a Rock in the middle, which is covered at ½ Tide; we borrowed Months September. close upon the W. side, in 10 fathoms, and Anchored in 13 
Hurins Through ●●●.  the sound, about 3 flight shot over, the Tide did flow about 4 fathoms, the flood doth set through it to the N. it lieth NE. in a S. S. E. Moon, maketh full Sea.  
This Island lieth along E. ½ S. Nottinghams' Isle, lieth from Da 16 this S. ½ E. Salisbury, S. S. ½ E. the North maine N. ½ W. all in sight at once, and yet it was none of the clearest days, there is 6. goings out and in, to this sound: 5. to the N. and but one to the South.  
I went on land this morning, to hasten our men to fill water, Dam 17 in a Cove, where there is good landing for Sea Mors, of which we see here good plenty; and going on land, one amongst the rest, with her young being in our way, struck her young diverse times, to make it dive down, which when she see it would not, she encountered our boat, and with her teeth struck at her. john Coatesworth struck her through the neck with a Lance, that all the water about the boat was bloody; the young and dam went down, and once again mounted, but after we see them not; I have heard the Mors killers say, 
S●a▪ Mors.  that their skins are so tough, as no Lance will enter, it doth yield so; and therefore to kill them, they must be before them, to prick them upon the nose, that she by casting up her head, may stretch her skin taught at her breast, wherein the lance will enter with more facility (but this proved otherwise)  
After we had watered and come aboard, the flood bending with easy wind N. N. W. we could not over-haile, to get forth the same way we came in, but turned it to the N. westward with tide, and came out at the W. most sound, where in the N. channel I found it to come more than 3. hours' Tide, after full Sea on shore, and that very sharply, the next night's 
A sharp flood.  flood I plied up to the N. main.  
This morning flood I plied up, by the N. main, and stopped Da 18 the ebb in 60. fathoms near shore, the wind N. N. W. with sometimes showers of small snow, and hard frost, so as all our tackling, and ship bows where the water came, were all ●ce-sickles; but it was easy wind, and smooth Sea, here I was 5. miles to N. of a fair head land, so made by the land trenting E. and N. from the same; I named it King Charles his Promontory with another Cape to the N. the land being there N. and Months September. S. 4. deg. W. which I named Cape Maria in a most bounden, 
The King's Promontory. 64. deg. 461. m.  and dutiful remembrance of my King and Queen, because if this prove a passage, these are the most remarkable, and of greatest note, and most eminency, drinking their health, with the young Princes; I had no observation since the 14, but do account the King's Promontory to lie in 64. deg. 46. min. the Queens about 8. leagues distant N. from thence, there lieth to the N. W. of the King's Cape, 3. Islands, passeable round about, 
Trinity Isles.  standing like an Equilateral triangle, which I named Trinity Isles, in the remembrance of the house of Deepeford Strand: A 4th Da 18 and out-most, I named Isle Cook, thinking of my good friend and countenancer, Mr. Walter Cook, an assistant in that Corporation.  
This little recreation we had, at this Celebration, hath much comforted our men that were above, and something cheered those that were down; as the Master, the Boatswain & his mate, the Gunner, Carpenter, Exposer Russell, yet they seem to be the worse, since this certain trial of the tide to come from S. E. with his constant flowing and ebbing, doth make them conceive, that this hard labour is in vain: Yet they say nothing to me, but that the N. W. tide was mistaken; for the Masters of the Trinity House were very careful that I should be well maned, so that I had not above 5. but were capable of an account, and therefore the easier to be governed, and more helpful to the design, thus we ended the evening in feasting, and reposed until clock 12. in the night, and then we weighed anchor again, Mr. Hurine and myself, hoping by this fair means to jndure our sufferings, thereby to see the hopes of the supposed passage this way: This ebb we held it up under-sail (and ankored not.)  
This day we plied about the Queen's Cape, the S. side Da 19 
The Queen's Fore-land.  thereof is all Rocks, small Islands, shelves, and overfalls, from 45. fathoms into 20. the land to the N. of the Queen's Cape doth lie N. E. this Cape doth lie in above 65. deg. 13. min. of latitude, it hath been showers of snow all day; I ankored at Clock 5. in 30. sathomes; blew oaze, the ebb was come on and therefore we came to a sharp bitter, before our ship stayed, this Tide run from the N. E. as the land wended 3. ●/● miles' an hour.  
The night Tide I plied up N. E. 6. leagues, and stopped in 23. fathoms, clammy oaze, 4. leagues from land, at first coming Months September. of the flood tide, it came W. and in 3. glasses, it set round about, by the S. to the N. still running without any stop; here doth appear to be Islands, and through lets, that doth after the Tides course, when he beginneth not to take his Currant, 
Counter-tyes.  until the ½ flood be past, and then he retaineth his constant course; It is now and then snowing.  
I rid now in latitude about 65. 50. min. the day came on, and Da 20 I see the land lie along N. E. by E. with 2. Islands near, the one a league off the other, bearing S. E. and S. E. by E. co●se weather, some snowy, the low water slack was, this day at Clock 11.  
I made way from 11. that I weighed anchor, to 5. 12. leagues N. E. by N. when I raised a point, or head-land of good height, decfending to the Sea, or W. wards, the Throughlet, or Bay on the Starbord (as I did coast the E. side) I could not see the bottom, not of 7. or 8. leagues deep, I had 43. fathoms oazie ground; from this Cape the land doth trent to the S. ward of E. the further I came to the N. wards, I have still darker nights, the Moon is waineing, and its could weather.  
Coming near unto this Cape, I see many overfalls, and razes in the Tides face, being deeper, & with more breacke then heretofore, so as I caused an anchor to be made ready, having then 20. fathoms, but before I came to the first over-fall, I had but 7. 8. 10. differing as fast as the lead went down: I anchored in 8. the Cape bore S. S. W. 2. leagues off, at the full Sea slack, I could see betwixt us and the Cape, all broken grounds, and the ebb came on so swiftly, as it was bend, before we could get up our anchor, thinking to fall from those overfalls, and we were just at the S. end of those broken grounds, the land stretched away S. E. from hence, it runs about ½ Tides, for the broken grounds were dry within us, before the Tides return.  
To conclude, I do account this Cape to lie some mi. within 
Arctic Circle.  the Arctic Circle; it stretcheth E. wards as before, which in hazie weather, as in the night is easy to discern in those parts, for the land lying hid in snow, doth cause a white reflex; in the Air all night, as though it were dawning or twilight, before and after sunset, this Cape I named my Lord weston's Portland.  
Having weighed anchor, I stood off N. by E. and N. N. E. 10. leagues (thinking to stand with the W. side, that thereby, Months September. if I had found the land, to stretch to the E. and S. ward, as this did, the flood going accordingly, would have given good satisfaction to his Majesty, but I was not able, the reasons you shall find after the sequill of this journal, amongst the reasons for my home coming this year) and ankored somewhile before the ebb had done running, in 28 fathoms; I commanded the watch to try the stream of the Flood-tide, by the log (when it was bend) ●n the fourth glass of the watch, myself coming forth of my cabin, and looking overboard, see the Tide did not go above 2. knots, the watch answered, that it did not run so fast as at first coming on, than it went 3. ½ but was now abated; I was no sooner laid down in my cabin, but that I heard the Cab●e run forth, and we had all much ado to bring the ship to a bitter, before it was out, end for end.  
Now you shall understand, that the anchor had Cadged a great while, when coming to take (a sudden) hold, broke the two Lashers of our stoppers, and haled the Cable about the bits, the tide taking the ship away E. 4. knots ½ she having driven an honre, or more before: In the morning the land bear S. by W. from us, so that we though we had run through it the last night's ebb, when it proved the former, as Lord Westous Portland, for in that bearing i seemed like an Isleland, the deepness of the Bay, to the S. E. took away the sight of any other land, for making account, that the ebb set W. standing as before, 10 leagues from the Cape, it should have been so, but finding it otherways, as we stood with ebb. S. W. we were drawn into the Bay on the S. side of the Cape, where we espied the land to stretch, as it did the day before, with the same for me which I drew then.  
I knew that for certain it was the same Portland, we stood Da 12 
I returned.  along S. S. W. this ebb, and got not so much, with both ebbs and wind, by 2. leagues as we lost the flood, betwixt them.  
But ●ot the Seaman's better understanding (of this) I conceive it may be made appear by a familiar example, nearer our own doors, and especially by both example, and demonstration: here as followeth may better satisfy, than the history itself can j●lus●erate.   

The Example.  
ADmit a ship to be ne'er the shore, to the N. W. of the point of Portland in Dorset-shiere with easy S. S. W. gale, standing W. close haled, the Flood-tide being coming in from 
Note Seam●n.  about the Berry, into the Bay of Lyme, falling S. E. into the Race, shall take the said ship upon the Lee-bowe, and in despite carry her into the Race, at the S. point of Portland, it setting E. where then she shall stem the same, whose greater force (she not being able to over-haile) shall tack her about the said Point, and then setting E. N. E. and N. E. upon her wether bow, shall carry her into the grass, now with same wind same tide, and same winding, she shall bring the same land, W. S. W. or S. W. upon her; this same happened to me at this new head-land, which being in the night, did not a little stumble me to find out, until my remembrance questioned with my experience, to find the cause, which otherwise we must have thought, that we raised a new land; for which simile, as, other jnducements, to the furtherance of this entrance, I have named the same fore-land my Lord weston's Portland.  
here followeth the Demonstration.   

The tides do abate, to morrow being quarter day, the last Months September night was some lightning.  
This day we see the Sun but to no use, I drive along the coast with an easy breath from N. (some snow fell.)  
Standing along this coast, betwixt the Queen's Cape, and Da 22 L. Westens Portland. I named another headland Cape Dorchester, remembering Captain Davis writing of Secretary Walsingham, who saith that at his death, this Voyage was left freindlesse, though I am sure this Noble Successor revived it again with his best furtherance, and my encouragement, I came to this Cape at 6 this morning, I had along the land 20 fathoms there are store of Sea Mors in this Sea; the land doth lie full of Snow, it freezeth, the very Ship side and steep tubs, the Capes as L. Westens Portland, and Cape Dorchester, are distant about 20 leagues, the land stretching to the S E. to the North of L. Westens Portland, I named Fox his farthest, the deep Bay or Inlet to the S. betwixt the same and Cape Dorchester; I named the North side Point Barte, that on the South brow Carleton.  
This Meridian I was in 65 d. 30 min. Cape Dorchester bore S, E. by E. 4 leagues, I have come back again from L. Westens Portland 26 league. S, E, by S. which is about 1 deg. 5 min. and I was to the W. of it 12 min. added maketh 1 deg. 17 min. to 65 deg. 30 min. maketh 66 d. 47 min my furthest N. this day the wind was all over, at clock 4. it came to the North, and having stopped the flood tied going 2 knots & ½. I weighed and came along S, S, W. and S, W. by S. as the land did cost, and fell into 40. 60. 78 fathoms; and than it being night I did recount I was past the overfals, to S the Queen's Forland, than I directed the course to be S.  
This morning Aurora blushed, as though she had ushered Da 23 her Master from some unchaste lodging, and the air so silent, as though all those handmaids had promised secrecy, the Eastermost of Mill I'll boar S, E. by E. the North maine from the King's Promontory, stretching E. away; Prince Charles' his Forland so named by Bilot, bearing E, N, E. and at the East-●ide of the said Forland, goeth in a very fair sound, I named 
Variat. 29●▪ by Amplitude.  ●t the Prince his Cradle, an Island on the West, I named his Nurses of this Cape 1 league. I had 120 fathoms, the Prince his Forland doth lie 5 leagues S, E. from the King's Promontory yesterday the Carpenter laid down, having not Months September been well for divers days before, it was little wind, with great store of Henbans and Pettidancers, a common incident to these parts in clear nights.  
This fair day, we came along the North maine, E, S, E Da 24 with N, W. wind 10 league. distant from the Prince's Cape E, Southeast lieth a fair Cape I named Cape Dorcet, and 3 leagues to the East of that, is another I named Cape Cook, in due respect to Sir john Cook Secretary of State, 
The Lords Commissioners.  with a deep Bay betwixt them, as it were half incircleing an Island remote from the Main, I named it Isle Nicholas, the former names given, as Cape Linsey, Cape Portland, Cape Dorcet, Cape Dorchester, Cape Cook, I gave in dutiful remembrance, of those Lords Commissioners for the Admiralty, whose furtherance, and countenances, in my dispatch, for his Majesty's Pinnace the Charles. I had towards the accomplishment, of this design. I'll Nicholas, I named it in remembrance of Master Edward Nicholus Secretary to the said Lords, whom I have often troubled, I named those Capes, as the occasion in my discovery offered itself.  
The land to the East from Isle Nicholas along the North maine, lieth in sight North East by East and the same Main from Cape Dorcet, by Cape Cook lieth East by North about the former distance, at the end thereof there is no land to be seen to the N. I directed the course from Isle Nicholas E, S, E.  
This evening clock 8, I was distant as before from the I'll 8 leagues and Salisbury was from me West by South one half Southerly 12 leagues, I launched away from hence (true Course, as all is set down) East South East.  
This noon I had steered this course 4 watches, 25 league. Da 25 to bring me between the Savage, Isles and Prince Charles his Cape, upon the South maine, at this time the body of the northermost I'll boar from me N, N, E. one half N about 6 leagues, the night was close, but fair weather, this night and last day we came by many small Lands of Ice all the small chattered, which this straight laid so full of being desolved, and gone, for we see none since we came from Sea Horse Point, this day was some Snow God continue Months September this W, N. W wind, for we have many that already, have made a Scurvy Voyage of it, the Mr. is up again, running as before 5 leagues, at clock 4 Cape Charles, bore S, W. by S 1/●. S. about 12 leagues off. These Lands called Savage Isles, lie N. W. from one greater Island; I cannot say it to be the North maine, because it doth bend to the Northwards, both from the W. and E; and therefore, the W. end I take to be that named the Queen's Cape, at the E. end do lie 2 Lands, the one bigger the other less. I named the one Sackfield, the other Crow, after Sir Sackfield Crowe late Treasurer to his Majesty's Navy; from the W. to the E. of this land or Island is many shows of Sounds or Bays ragged and high; the land being barren to sight.  
From the last noon to this I made way 32 leagues near Da 26 the S, E, by East, the land of this North side meeting us, bore from the E, by N. to the N, N, West. and is the Main or Island betwixt the Isles of God's Mercy, and Savage Isles, all upon the North side of Fretum Hudson and ne'er those bearing of land, my Latitude was 62 degrees 40 minutes.  
From the last Meridian unto this, I made way 13 leagues Dam 27 E, by S. and had I'll Sackveile, N, E. by E, 2/●. E. 7 leagues off, at this present, I had sight of the land from Resolution, and it bore from me from the N, N, E. to the E. about 9 or more league. This day and night was fair weather, the one by sight of the Sun, the other by the Moon, although the wind came against our wills, to the S, E. by S. with a frosty fog, turning up to the North land it was clear, but at Sea it was thick, and thus plying up to the Eastward, came within 4 leagues, of this land, which lay from East to N, N, E. and was the same, we drived along, immured amongst the Ice; at our entrance inwards, we got little by plying with contrary winds, and yet I durst not put into a Sound for harbour, of which we might perceive some, as also Roade-steeds made by Lands, lying near the Main, our weather side was froze, as also all our ropes were a quarter of an inch thick about.  
The wind continued contrary, and I stood off into the Da 28 Channel, and on again, with frosty fog, and very cold, but the wind blew not to above Course and Bonnet, this day Months September I appointed 4 beef days in the week.  
With wind contrary I plied it, to the Eastwards, the Air was both thick and clear, as I was near or far off the North Maine, sometime it blew to both topsailes, and sometime was easy wind; The evening 8. I stood to the S. ward, being S. W. from the E. point of the N. land, stretching toward Resolution 4 leagues; I stood over until this day clock Da 30 
South▪ maine.  one, S. S. E. wreck and variation allowed 28 league. at what time we thought we had sight of the S. Maine, about S. W. by S. 5. leagues off, very high land. This night was hazie, and blue to Course and Bonnet, coming between 2 Lands of ice, the Sea had beat much, from off the weathermost, which lay floating betwixt it, and that to Leeward; so as I loosed for one, and bore up for another, for the space of the 60 part of one hour, and this was all the trouble the ice put me unto, homeward bound.  
This first day it blew less wind, but all the morning was Da 1 Months October. Snow, the Lord for his mercy sake look upon us, for we are all in weak case, despairing more since this last frost and contrary winds that hath been within these 5 days (although the frost hath not been uncouth to us) then for the same weather we had for 3 weeks before, and yet our allowance is enlarged to so much as we cannot eat, with Sack, Aquavita, Beer, as well Oatmeal, Meal, Rice, Pease, and Beef, for salt fish our men can eat none, nor do I hold it fit they should.  
These 2 days were spent in plying to the E. sometimes in Da 2 the sight of the N. land, or Maine, whereof lay 2 small Lands Dam 3 which we drive by, as I drive inwards, being then fast amongst the ice; at 12 this day I tacked to the S. wards, and at this instant the said land-bore from N, W. by W. to the E. the Island at the N. end, by estimation was one league distant from the Main, that at the E. was 2 off. This day hath been fair and clear, and it cleareth with bright Orisons at N. E. God send the wind from thence, to take us out of those dilatory sufferings, which we have more through lingering doubt, of what we shall feel, then as yet we do feel, and expecting our freedom, if we were freed out of Fretum Hudson, which upon a sudden change, we may happily expect.  
From last day noon unto this day 12, I stood upon a bowling, Months October. Dam 4 making a S. E. way 31 leagues, the wind Veering me●e Northerly, I stood E. S. E. so near as I could lie, 20 leagues more, and at midnight I had the Cape, Chidly, since called Buttons Lands, E. 4 leagues from me, whereupon I stood to the North because I could not carry it about the Cape until this day 5 in the morning, and then tacked to the E. the Da 5 wind larging about to the Northward; I doubled the Cape at clock 12, weathering the same, about 2 leagues, having as at all headlands, (with Sea winds and cold weather) a great Sea with an inset into Fretum Hudson, against me that the ship struck in, the Spritsail yard and bowlspright under water; I much fearing that the springing of our yards or Ma●ts settled the topsailes so to ease them, that I thought I did but double the Cape with much ado, it was high land, consisting of dive●s islands, seeming as they were to be sailed betwixt, these were covered with Snow, as also Resolution, whose Cape Warwick I see, bearing N. and by W. at that instant after I had brought this Cape or Isles of Chidly W, S. W. either the Tide or Current did set me fast to the 
Tide or Current.  S. ward: this day it froze so sore with the ships dipping in the Sea, that our head, and wet tackling were Candied over with Icesicles, and many Snowy showers in earnest were sent from Boreas his frozen forge; And for the hair of our faces to be of his hoary colour, had been no novelty to us these 4. weeks.  
I stood from the Cape bearing S. E. ½ Southerly, variation Da 6 and wreak allowed 51 leagues and 2 mile, until this noon time.  
From thence until this 12 E. by S. 54 leagues, at what time Dam 7 motion was made to come home in less sail, but answer was that I was not discharged as yet, and therefore I would run the ship out of victual and pay, for as yet I never durst carry sail (to see how fast I could drive Charles his Wain, to the best advantage) fearing that if I had sprung any of my Masts, 
The ships name.  yards or tackling, (or wrong the ship) it might have been supposed I had done it upon purpose, that then if I had stood need of excuse, for fear or neglect, I might have used that false colour, blessed be the Almighty, who never faileth those that depend on him truly; this warmeth we find in the open Months October Ocean, doth much revive us, for truly if this extremity of the frost and snow had continued on with the Eastern winds we had within Fretum Hudson, we had been constrained back to have wintered in hudson's Bay, or elsewhere, for the most of us were ready to fall down with the rest, that were down already.  
After I was got clear, I had for some reasons thought to have home come by the N. but the weakness of our persons, the long nights, the cold dark weather, with the decayed Moon, altered my purpose, although the N. by Orkny, was the shortest cut, and so nearer some refreshing, yet this being the warmer, and in dark nights the more comfortable; I directed the course to fall with the Island of Silly, having yet great care day and night, specially to look out for the Ice, which I supposed 
See for Ice.  might be set from off Groenland, or out of Fretum Davis, but God be thanked we see none, (after we came from the Cape.   

The daily courses and distances homewards were followeth, the wind as in the Margin.  
Our sick men are as yet able to do nothing, the Master is Dam 8 
S. E.  laid down again; we had last night, and especially this morning a whole storm, the afternoon it faired, and the wind came about with Sun to the West, we carried both top sails a trip.  
This day considering the great want I found of the Boat. Dam 9 swain, our sails and tackling being sore torn, in this time he came not above Deck, I placed John Coatesworth in his room, for his diligence. This day was reasonable weather, we made way the 8 day, and this 56 leagues 2 miles E. S. E. ½ Southerly.  
This day was top sail Gale, last night the wind Southering, Dam 10 
S. W.  made us hand them both, we made from last 12 to this 49 leagues E. S. E. ½ S. the wind veered S. ward but stayed not.  
The wind was fickle but we made way E. S. E. 34. leagues Dam 11 
S. W.  and were in 57 d. 35. latitude.  
The wind variable, our way S. E. by E. 27 leagues. Dam 12  
After midnight the wind came to S. E. with much rain, I Da 13 
S. E. S. W.  took in topsails, and clued up the foresail, forting the yard, Arms, thigh; after clock 4, the wind favouring came to S. W. and I made way by account as before 33 leagues Southeast. Months October.  
This day the Master came abroad again, and not since the Da 14 7 day before; the wind was all day about S. W. thick and wet, the true way traverse excepted, of the last day and this, 
S. W.  was 47 league. S. E. by East.  
Thick fog, and the way from last day to this 47 leagues Dam 15 S. E by E. and at clock 8 we were in 59 degrees 15 minutes 
W.  latitude.  
The way was S. E. 8. d. E. wards. 36 leagues ●/●. Da 16 
Betwixt S. W. and W   
The way 30 leagues E. S. E. Dam 17  
The way Veering, 37 S. E. 4 d. E. wards. Da 18 
The wind veering from S. W. to S. S. E. and S. E. by▪   
The way 57 S. E. 5 d. E. Dam 19  
The way 17 ●/● E. by N. Dam 20  
The way true course 26 E. Da 21  
The way 28 ●/● E. 4. d. N. Dam 22  
The way 33 E. S. E. latitude 51 d. 16. m. Da 23  
The way 42 E. Da 24  
The way 35 E. 4 d. N. Dam 25  
The way 14 E. 4. N. latitude 50 d. 9 min. Dam 26  
These courses were all true, variation allowed.  
The way ●8 ●. Da 27  
This day in the morning I had sight of Si●●i●, distant four leagues off. Da 28  
The 31 blessed be Almighty God, I came into the Downs with all my men recovered and sound, not having lost one Man▪ nor Boy, nor any manner of Tackling, having been forth near 6 months, all glory be to GOD.   

To whom this may concern.  
Answer to uncertain rumours, or (aspersions) given forth against me, concerning my return home from the Northwest this year (given at my home-comming.)  
AS wherefore I had not found the passage, and why come I home and did not Winter, hath he fulfilled his Commission, how far hath he been, and those that had more insight, inquired whether I had been North-West from Isle Nottingham or no, with, Why did he not bring letters from Captain james, some concluding that I have done nothing.  
I did attempt the Discovery towards the Northwest from the Isles of Nottingham and Sa●i●bury, about the midst of Julie, and had at that time proceeded according to the letter of my Instruction, if I had not been prevented by these following means, viz.   

1 I had been immured with Ice, from the first day of my entering Fretum Hudson, being the 23 day of june, until the 4 of july following, after which time, I got clear, and coming unto Salisbury Isle, I lay fast again between the South and the North Maine, about 7 days amongst ice, where being near the said Isle I could easily discern the Tide come from the East, through Fretum Hudson▪ and not from the Northwest.  
2 Getting clear of the ice, I trent about the said Isle to the South, as also Nottinghams', where sending the Boat on land, brought word that it had flowed so much water, as in my journal is mentioned of, and that the water had more to flow, and after that running off into 60 fathoms, and anchoring the Boat, I found the Tide come from the Southeast or through Fretum Hudson.  
3 Standing along the said Isle to W. ward, until I brought the same, I mean the W. end N. E. it began to be full of ice, in the W. channel, betwixt Nottingham and Shark Point, as before betwixt the North Maine and Salisbury, so as the Master his Mate, and myself conclude, that there was no entering the said Northwest▪ as yet, or until the ice was dissolved; and to that point, the Master and Mate, wished me to write what I would concerning that impossibility of passage until the ice were gone, and they would sign the same, promising that they would be willing to see the same, before their going home, if no passage proved elsewhere to be found.   

Whereupon considering, that that Tide came not from the North-West for certain, which is the absolute ground of my instructions, but from Southeast, disproved also by Master Bylot, (who was in the same Voyage and ship, with Sir Thomas Button) saying that both he and all his Company, did plainly see the Tide come from S. E. at Cape Comfort, and also the I'll Nottingham, averring that they which took that account were mistaken, in the time, taking 8 a clock for 10.  
Now as it was not possible as yet to enter for ice, the wind being liberal I directed the course towards Carie Swan●●● Nest, hoping to follow the instructions, in the search of Buttons and hudson's Bay, (of which there was as great hopes as at the Northwest, and were there as many, and as strongly of that opinion, as of the other) and come back again thither, by that time the ice was dissolved, which I hoped would be about the fine of August or not at all; if no passage proved in the said Bay to be had, but finding none▪ I proceeded from that search, having first finished the search of the foresaid Bay as followeth in brief.  
Being come out of hudson's Bay, and Anchoring at Shark Point, I found the Ebb to go with good Current from the West, but the Southeast flood Tide did slack the same, when it came, but how it did flow and what water I cannot report for want of my journal, it being now out off my hands, but I did find the same flood-tide to answer the report of Master By●o●s journal writ by Baffin; and I found some quantity of ice between Cape Pembroke, and Sharks Point undesolved at that time, being the foureteenth of September.  
Having made those observations, I stood over (with North-winds) for Mill I●land mentioned in my instructions, but for no intent to coast the East-side, for I had with that wind much ado to fetch the same, with boarding and turning under the South side of it, two Tides before I got into a Throughlet, at the West end thereof, whereinto I put, and there found it to flow at least four fathoms. The Tide running half Tide, and coming from Southeast, as well upon the North and Southside, as upon the South of Nottingham at my departure from thence, whereupon I plied up with North-West winds every Tide, being forced to stop the Ebb, nor could I recover the West side with those winds, until I attained the Cape I have called Lord Weston's Portland in the latitude about 66 d. 47 m. where I found the Tide of flood to come still along as the coast did lie, which was to coast from Northwest to North, to North-east and to East, and to Southeast the deepest water not above 30 fathoms (as I remember) five leagues from land, the Sea slight and smooth with these winds, so as it is easy to conjecture thereof, either ice or land was not far off, for we found good store of undesolved ice at Shark Point, whereupon I stood 10 leagues from ●ence (as I supposed) for the Westside which I could not attain, and if I had continued this course, for the West side, with this wind, I must have stopped the Ebbs, and Baffin writing of 130 fathoms deep there, the just length of my small cable-shoat, I must have bid the ship to have stooped for the rest, and to have done the same by my biggest, I had not strength enough to have weighed the same from ground again, likewise I had no reason to follow the East finding it to Trent away South East from that Headland, which for resemblance and ●●mile, to this of ours. I named L. weston's Portland, from whence I do persuade myself, the Ebb doth take his half course, through those Lands of Cumberlands into ●retum ` Davis, the ●lood cannot be great (which conjecture may say should come through that strait, and meet ours at Portland) being hindered by these foresaid Isles▪ where Davis saith he met a strange Tide from the South-West, may be the cause, which by that straightness may retort the ●loods way.  
But to the purpose, the winds were Northwest, nor could I stay the change thereof, for the most of my best men, as Master, Gunner, Carpenter, Boatswain his Mate, and one or two of the common men were down, the rest complaining of cold pains, and no marvel, they having been overtoyled in the bottom of Sir Thomas Buttons Bay, (and that undiscovered betwixt him and Hudson) with watching and warding day and night, manning both Ship, Boat, and Pinnace, both in Anchoring and Sailing (but especially at Lead, when in all the time of my Sailing the said Bay, there was never one from keeping the same.  
The weather had been for about 3 weeks before, nothing but Snow, Frost, and sleet at best, ourselves, ropes, and sails froaze, the Sun seldom to be seen or once in five days, the nights 13 hours long, the Moon waning, and in conclusion, I was enforced either to seek for Harbour, or freeze to death in the Sea.  
Whereupon I sent Master Urine, to ask the Master's opinion, who brought unto me, that he thought the Tides setting from S. E. almost round about to E. would give good satisfaction (for this N. W. search, begun by a wrong report of the Tides coming from thence) to the Adventurers, and that he held it fittest to return. Yea, and the best also, as I thought, and homewards, and for good cause as hereafter followeth.  
First, I refer it to the judgement of indifferent men, whether having proceeded in these Discoveries, further than any other my Predecessors, in less time, and at less charge, have closed up all the expected hopes upon the W. side of Buttons Bay, from 64½ circularly to 55, and on the Point from Swans Nest, to Shark Point, not perfectly discovered but now by me, and carried a Tide, coming from Southeast through Fretum Hudson, all along that East side to 66 degrees 30 minutes, or thereabouts, (things not known heretofore) that I should hazard the loss thereof to my Country, If I should have perished in seeking an unknowen Harbour, in long nights and cold weather, with so many men sick, who could not have recovered in the wintering, howsoever their helps would have been wanting, in lying, or Barracadoing the ship from ice, for wheresoever I had wintered, I must have h●led the ship high on shore, and Barracadoe; as also in making my provisions of fresh victuals, and fuel. The necessity of this, Sir Thomas Button is able to approve to his dear bought experiment.  
Well, if I had wintered it must have been with intent to make search, to the North of Sir Tho. Roes Welcome, for in all the hopeful places else I was denied, and there, and not far from thence, as about Vtultra, it is, for to give a wise Gentleman his right (who perusing Sir Tho. Buttons journal about that place, quoteth in the Margin) these words, I do not find it is proved a Bay, this was suspected by him before, I came to that knowledge thereof, which I have now, but to proceed, how should I be able to do this service, when the winter would have consumed all the best of my comfortable stores, as strong Beer, strong waters, sack, spice, fruit, Rice, Wheat meal, and of my Chirurgery; and if no relief had been otherwise got from land, to have lengthened the most of the provision, as Beef, Beer, and Fish.  
Yet had I had no more than would have brought home the Ship, if my men had stood, and if by their death, or relief of birds or Dear, I had store remaining, yet I doubt the remaining stomaches, would have been too weak (before the long winter there had left them) to have endured salt meat in the Summer, so as the more victual the fewer hands for labour, and there would be no sparing as I conceived by short allowance.  
All these and many other sufferings endured, is but all for the next years Search, about which I have showed, I had no reason to stay, to put so much to hazard knowing what I had inquired from some, both of Sir Thomas Button, and Mr. hudson's men of their sufferings, and yet it was July, before they could get well to sea to return home. And it doth appear by Sir Thomas Buttons own words, that he would have proceeded the next year if he had not been disabled.  
For when, after my home coming, I told him he could not be certain of the Tide he took at Nottingham, was true; for that his boat was never on land, his answer was (God a mercy for nothing) for I had not above 8 ●ound men; so this doth appear as I did conceive, before my return. I conclude that these things in part known to me, in part imagined, that if I should not have made good use thereof, having discovered so much as I had done, if I would thus have suffered, I had been well served, to have come home unpitied.   

The benefit ensuing by my coming home this year.  
INprimis my sick men are (God be glorified) all recovered. The account of my service by myself & others brought home, I hope to the satisfying of my King and Country, and more than ever was formerly done by any of my predecessors by much, and at far less charge.  
The ship and tackling all safe, and without any loss of either, which was not done without great hazard, going from the Latit. of 55. in hudson's Bay, into the Arctic circle towards the end of September.  
There is also 6 months' pay and victuals saved at above 75 pounds per month, amounting to the some of ne'er 450 pound. and if they do not set forth the next year, than there is 11 months' pay and victuals saved, there is one Summer's time gained, for if this be disinherited or more required (I mean in discovery) who is so pleased may set forth the beginning of May, and satisfy their desire this next year, with ship newly repaired, newly manned with fresh men, & untainted with scurvy, cramp or cold pains, but more and better able to perform, the enterprise, than the Winterer can be.  
To conclude I refer it to the judgement of reasonable discretion, whether it may be held fit, that I should suffer, either by want of liberty, good reward or imputation (as hath been wished) until the return of Capt. James, who had no intent as by his answer doth appear, who when I inquired of him, why he being so late had not attempted the N, W. as we both were instructed, answered that Baffine satisfied in his ●ournall, that the Tide came from S, E. and that himself had been no more N. then 64. the latit of Mill I'll, and then having come over to the W. side of Sir Thomas Buttons Bay, but in ●9. and discovered but from thence to 61 league. E, S, E. from Port Nelson, where we met, having this year neither been at N, W. as before said, nor made any discovery, betwixt the Southside of Hubber●● Hope to 64½. where the chiefest hope was (as I had done) nor joined Hudson and Sir Thomas Button, it may be thought, he being a Gentleman of quality, will not come until he have done as much as I being a man of meaner Rank (in his conceit, for I have heard since that his ambition hath abused my worth and name) I told him my further intent, which was to attempt the N, W. this year, all which to do he must stay the next year, as myself would, if he had left me in the like case, nor can no unkindness be laid to my charge for not bringing of letters from him, taking a fair farewell of him, for he had time enough in two days to have writ, nor was I certain as then of my return, which now I do thank God for. If this will satisfy to stop the mouth of Rumour, which hath already touched too much upon my deserts, I shall be glad; otherwise, I wish they would suffer themselves to be judged by performing the like labour.  
These rumours like ill News rid post, for they came to Court; insomuch as coming by Boat with a Gentleman from oatland's to London, where I had been to deliver my Accounts to his Majesty, it pleased the Gentleman to say, that now is Captain James in the Mare del Zur, and will come home by Cape Bon Sperance.  
I was so confident that he could do no more for that year I did leave him, and for the year to come, that I replied with three wishes or desires to my good or ill.  
The first was, that if Captain james did pass through and come home that way, that I might be severely punished according as I did acknowledge I did deserve.  
The next was, that if at his home-comming, (for which I prayed unto Almighty God,) that it did appear upon examination (equally balanced) that he had done as much as I and no more, I might have reasonable Reward, for so I had deserved.  
The third, that if he had not done so much, that I might be rewarded with what I had saved, to wit; Eleven months victual and pay, at 75. pounds per Month, and according to the wearing and tearing of Cordage and Tackling that I had saved, which he would spend.  
Now since he is returned home, and hath neither been through nor performed so well as I by very much, I desire to be rewarded as before; and for that this was rehearsed before his home-comming, and when I did not know where he was.   

That there is a Passage, hath been proffered to be proved very Learnedly by Sr Humphrey Gilbert Knight, four several ways, as followeth.  
THe first by Authority, alleging America to be that Island called by Plato and others Atlantes, sailed unto by the carthaginians, and that it is bound on the East by the Atlantic sea from which it is named, on the South by Magelan straits, on the West by Mar deal Zur, on the North it is severed from Groenland by the Sea, through which the Passage doth lie. And to confirm the former Discovery, he brings in Money found by the Spaniards in the Gold mines of America, having the stamp of Augustus Caesar, and since that time the discontinuance hath been, for that it hath been swallowed up and overflowen with water through a mighty Earthquake, so as the Navigation thereunto was since that time lost, until the year 1492. that Columbus did after discover the same, (although Malga Prince of Wales was before him) pretending that since its appearance again, the Seas about it are made deeper, and the Northwest made more easy to be sailed, confirming the Conclusion by the Cosmographers of those modern times, especially Ortelius, who maketh both Groenland and America both Lands, disjoined by a great Sea from any part of Asia.  
The second is by Reason; for sailing from Iseland to where this Freet should be, its thought to be more deeper water, and that if America were not an Island, it and Asia should participate of each others animals, or things of like shape or condition as Men, Beasts, and others, of which there hath ●in found in either; also he allegeth, the Seas natural and circular running from the East ●o West. Following the diurnal motion of Primum Mobile, it carrying all inferior and movable bodies; so as the Current from the East coming about Cape Bona Spei, cannot be digested by the narrow strait of Magellane, the●cythian ●cythian Sea doth spe●d itself in this Straight; and also, that these Curre●ts could not have been maintained until this day, had it no been for the same passage, that by its circular mot●on it might meet again to maintain itself; ●ee concl●●des, that this current was found in the Mare deal zur by Barnard de la Torre sent to the Mollucas, by the vice Roy of new Spain who sailed 750 league. on the N. side of equatar, and met with a current from N, E. which drove him back again to Tidore so by this motion thus continued it doth pass by the Mollucas, and thence again by Cape de Spei.  
The third is by experience, Paulus Venetus, saith he dwelled many 
The Straight of Anian is wide Sea.  years in Cataia, affirmeth that he sailed 1500 miles upon the coast of Mangia and Anian, towards the N. E. the Sea always open before him, both as far as he went and as far as he could discern.  
Also Francisco Vasques in his Voyage to Sierra Nevada, found a great Sea wherein were certain ships laden with merchandise, on their proves were pictures of certain birds called Acatrazy, 
A good Reason.  made of Gold and silver, they made signs that they were 30 days in coming thither, those must come from Asia, for that in all the discovered America there hath not been found any ships.  
He proveth also, that the Cosmographers of China have extended 
This makes our Passage the shorter.  their Sea coast N. E. to 50 deg. Latit. being the furthest that the Portugal had knowledge of, and that they know no other but they might continue it further.  
The 4 by circumstance, he offereth to prove by 3 brethren which sailed through from Europe, as also by ceertaine Indians driven by tempest upon the coast of Germany and out of Pliny through the abundance of moisture to the North those and other Indians must come to the Northwest, and here is as much as is to any purpose in this.  
Mr. wiles trieth also to prove this first, by the 3 brethren out of Gemma Friscius, themby a Port●●gal● from Sir Martin Frobisher; Andreus Vrdaneta a Friar of Mexico, which he preferreth also who came out of the Del-zur into Germany this way; this Friar (saith he) was a great discoverer and his Card was shown to many Gentlemen.  
Again, from Sebastian Cabotta that the entrance hereof doth lie near the 318 Meridian betwixt 61 and 64 d. of Lat. and that it doth continue that breadth 10 d. W. where it openeth S. early more and more until it come under the tropic of Cancer, & so runneth into Mare deal Zur, avouching this Straight to be at least 100 English miles wider than Magelans, persuading still upon this circuiler motion he demands from whence I pray you came that tide Sir Martin Frobisher met when he had sailed no small way in his strait if there were an Ismus of land, which since that time we find to be the 3 howery ebb which camethrough the Lands of his strait out of Fretum Davis f●● dit● the East of Anian.  
And here is in effect what is alleged to prove this passage both by Sir Humphrey Gilbert & Mr. wiles which though they make little for our purpose yet they give us to know what they knew in former time for all these arguments as I conceive are but Phylosophiall conjectures and seeing Sir Martin Frobisher is the last spoke on as whence I pray you came that tide Sir Martin Frobrisher found and as Mr. wiles requireth.  

Hear his own opinion.  
That the curr●nt setting forth of that Bay of Mexico saith he dothwash upon the S, W. part of Iseland as he found in his 3 voyage a current carrying him one point to the N. ward of his course, which current he thought to be coutinued towards Norway and other the N, E. parts of Europe to the Scythian Sea, and by the strengthening help of the Mare Gluciale from the E. rebounds again from thence Westward by his natural reverbor●tion which will not be resisted but must strike upon his object Groneland nor saith he it is impossible that so great course of ●loods currents and so high swelling Tides can be digested here without u●burthenin themselves in some open Sea beyond this place.  
And here Sir Martin Frobisher was not amiss for we find that on the W. side of this Meta incognita or as we call it Groneland, Mr. james Hall found the tide to flow 3, and a half fathoms, which tied Bylot and Ba●●ine found to flow less and less, as he p●st up to the bottom of his Bay; so as if he found nor a new tide from the West, there was no hope of a Passage to Catai●, and so it prov●d, for at the bottone thereof it ●lowed but about two ●oote and proved a Bay.  
The like of Mr. Hudson who found the tide at the I'll of God's Mercy, to flow 3 ●/●. fath. and following of this Tide into this Bay it flowed but 2 foot, so that it doth appear here evidently that those great quantity of waters are in part consumed with ●●owing and reflowing into 2 Bay●s.  
The remainder may be spent along the coast of America from Cape Chidley Southward, for Mr. john Knight before his death write●, that ●●● Tide came from the N. and Oliver Browne after his death writes, the Current came from N. Capt. Waymouth also saith, the Ice drive from the North, and by this it is probable that here is the period of this irregular Current.   
And to conclude with these 10 Fathoms it flowed up and down, can be by no other means then some such Receptacle there, to restrain this great Ocean's flood; as at Garnsey in Normandy, and in Severn● betwixt England and Wales, the Tide coming out of the Ocean about Ireland into the one, and from thence between Silly and Vshant into the other, for want of issue being thus affronted must perforce elivate his waters to those great heights until the Floods retract.  
We have now made visibly appear, the best Arguments thes times did afford; for believe me, if I could have picked out any better I would not have left them forth, they being pertinent to the purpose I have in tax, yet hereby we do not find any certainty thereof, as that the 3. Breth●●● came through our Freet, or that any Indians were cast upon the coast of Germany, or that a Portugal who for his pains was banished into Afric●, or that if we will take such commodity upon credit, you may have more of Andreas Vrdanatus, and I think we may have also of a Spaniard that passed it of late in King james his time, and to bind up this rabble put to johannes de fuco, the Greek Pilot.  
Your Philosopher Plat● nor Pliny, your Cosmographers of these modern times Ortelius and Mercat●r doth not all give us any thing that we can make reasonable a●●urance or that we dare adventure upon, yet see how apt we are to take those neighbouring fables into belief, whereby we may deprive ourselves o● our honour before we obtain it, for it may credibly be affirmed that this Virgin is yet pure and untouched either by Christian, Indian, or other nation although many great dowries have been spent about her, and some brave Knights have bid fair for her, yet it is not to be doubted but that the English have imbrac●● her about the middle. Only these make for our purpose, that the chinois extend their coast to the N. E▪ into 50 d. and know no other but that they may continue it further.  
The other is Paulus Venet●● who sailed along the coast of Mangia from Cataia towards the N, E. 1500 miles, this doth argue that we have not straits or passage to sa●le from so far W. as we have been to the end of our Discovery into Mare deal Zur. Resting my weary invention, upon the staff of this opinion for a while to be better satisfied concerning this Current, which the most Authors insist so strongly upon, as makes me doubt if I were to follow thereby to find the end of this Ded●l●s 
●●pon.  his Labyrinth, I should very hardly have any hopes of returning again the same way, because they urge so vehemently upon this natural motion of the Orbs, (so as in Magellans▪ Straight men are violently driven back) inferring thereby, that all things included shall by consequence follow the same; so that I should fight against the stream to Return the same way. But while I am thus pondering out this doubt, its prompt into my mind, that if all things included must follow, then should also the Earth walk in the same Revolution with his neighbour the Sea, as also myself, and yet keep at the same distance so as I am never the nearer, nor further for my purpose (by those Circular motions.) But now my judgement wishes me to stay nearer home, and let these wandering travels of the thoughts past, for that my own experience is better able to satisfy me then, all those Elimentary cogitations, and thus in few words, as thou didst carry a flood tie along with thee through Fretum Hudson to Swansnest from the E. out of the Hyperborean, so hast thou found another on the W. side thereof, coming from the W. out of the Mare deal zur, which shall bring the home again with the like expedition whreby thou wert carried forth.   

The Probability.  
We have observed in the former jurnals of Sir Martin Fr●brisher, Davis, Waymouth, Hall▪ Knight, and Mr. ●udson, that the current doth set from the E. side of Groneland over to the S, W, and W, and that ne'er the coast it sets W. in, wherein we have floated all this time and thereby are brought to harbour in Resolution where it flows 5 fathoms right up and down, and if the account brought unto me by my men 
At least 7. fathoms not far from thence.  may be believed that the flowing doth far surmount this and that a E, S, E Moone maketh full Sea, it doth also appear b● Mr. Bylot that farther within the straits as at Savage I'll a S, E. Moon brings high water and that it flowed squall water with Resolution, as also at the Isles of God's Mercy by Mr. H●dson 
Tied from S▪ ●.  it ●lowed above 4 fath. they being almost in the half way the distances being ne'er 85 league. the course W. N. W. 31 deg. and differing in Latit. ne'er about 1 d. from Savages to Mill Ile is 59 league. W. by N. where it ●loweth ne'er 4 fath. and a S, S, E. Moon, and in all those three channels in which I have been viz. betwixt Sir Dudley Digs his Isle and Noti●ghams Isle 
3, Chamnels trial of the tide.  betwixt that and Mill I'll, as also betwixt Mill Ile and the King's Promontory, in all these 3 I say for I have had sure trial, and so had no man before me, that the tide of the flood doth come from the S, E. running half tide and with as swift a current as goeth in the River of Thames, from Mill I'll to the S. side of Sea Horse Point, they being distant 25 league. I found the tide to flow, as ne'er as I could take it by the lead line 20 
Horse Point  foot, and a S. by E. Moon full Sea, the tide of ebb there holding his course doth but only slack for the time of flood about 4 hours which strong tide in the two N. most channels betwixt Nottingham and the King's Promontory by all likelihood doth conti●ue his pasiage between Cape Comfort on 
Portland.  the West, and my Lord weston's Portland on the East, returning their waters into Fr●tum D●●is by the Isles of Cumberland. 
Cumberland I'll.   
For the tide that cometh on the South channel, between Cape W●lstenholme and Salisbury I'll, are consumed in strength and flowing, setting into hudson's Bay, between Swans nest, 
Swansnest.  Sir Robert Mansils Isle, and Sir Dudley Digges, the most part of the latter flood falling into hudson's bay.  
From Sea-horse Point on the West to Caries Swansnest, the distance is about 58 leagues, there it doth flow but 6. foot in height, and but 4. hours in time, (for hudson's Bay hath devoured the latter flood) so as here wanteth both tide and time, to wit, from near 5. fathoms to 4. to near 4. to 20. foot, but now to 6. foot; yet this flowing is continued according to the Moon's course, to wit, from E▪ S, E. to S, E. to S, S▪ E. to S, by E. to S, by W. Which is an evident and assured token, that this Tide was fed and continued from the Eastern Ocean, coming in betwixt Cape Farewell in Groynla●d, and the North ma●●e of America, but now ended here into this great Bay, and ably returned ba●ke again at the recourse of the tide. For in Mr. Hud●●●● Voyage the tide of flood (the ship setting on ground upon a Rock) was found to come from the E. the ●●be from the W▪ which was no other, than the Tide and th●t came in and set forth betwixt Cape Wolstenholme and Cape Digges.  
It is now probable that this Tide of the S. channel, coming from the East, is not an end; and that Tide on the North is turned away▪ as I have found by experience at Carie Swans Nest.  
Standing from hence 7● leagues into the latitude of 64 
A new ●lood.  10 m. which is to the North of that high land called Hopes Advanced, I found a Tide setting from the North, as the land did their coast which Tide did flood above 20 foot water, in the dead neepe, (as it was at my being there) and that it did run half tie being full Sea about clock 11. So as about a W. S. W. Moon maketh full Sea, I was commanded by the letter of my instruction to make a perfect Discovery either by Ship or Boat of all that undiscovered betwixt this latitude and Port Nelson, and also that betwixt Port Nelson and hudson's West Bay, in which discovery I now came to find that I was out of my way, for sailing from this land, 
Roes Welcome.  where I found this new Tide, which land I have named Sir Th●▪ Rows Welcome, it being on the Northmost known part upon the West side of B●●●ons Bay, whereas there it flowed so much water as before, and a W. S. W. Moon now coasting along this West side upon a S. W. by S. true course as the land did lie about 18 leagues to an Island I named Br●●ke Cobham, there the best observation that I could make, I found that it flowed a West by South Moon, and but 10 foot the neepe Tide, but indeed I do distrust this account, as in my journal doth appear. Coasting from hence to Port Nelson, 130 leagues, I found it there to flow a N. W. Moon, and in the neepe Tide, but 9 foot water, and the best Spring Tide assisted by the wind brought in but 14 foot water▪ and after from thence towards hudson's West Bay, it flowed less water vet●unne with course, for the time of full Sea went with Sun●e, so as it was easy to conjecture that I went from the Tide which is especially to be inserted to make this Treatise to be better understood, and how this tide doth waste itself. Now it cannot be denied but that this Tide that is moved according to the course of Tides, with his constant ebbing and ●lowing so great a distance as about the West side of this Bay, c●●cuting near betwixt hudson's Bay, and Sir Thomas Roes Welcome, the distance of it near 253 leagues, having many rubs and checks by the way amongst the islands and shoals, should be able to repair and recall again this huge quantity of waters every 12 hours, if it were not fed and supplied from some great and waste Ocean, nor 
Waste Ocean.  if there prove to be a passage, as is most likely, as hereafter shall follow, it cannot be conceived but that it must be so spacious, as cannot be visable between land and land, and why may it not be that there is no strait but that the Sea lies open to the North (as at C. Finmarke) after that the land doth trent Westward, as may be suspected by the want of ice, 
C Finmarke  that the land being far remote to the North or West, the South doth keep itself from frigitating by its continual cha●ing and adjectating, as we see by the isles of far shotland, and Orkney standing in and near the same parallel with our frozen, Fretum Hudson, where no Snow will lie for any time in Winter, the cause may be by the Seas moving about them their circuits being so small as the Seas breathing through the Tides and winds contiwall chafing, about them doth evaporate some part of his warmness into the Air, whereby the frost is restrained from the exercise of his power, for the Sea hath a kind of temporature betwixt too hot, and too cold, in the hot and cold Zones. it is much to be hoped by this want of ice, that as at the North Cape of ●inmarke, 
N▪ Cape▪  (although I do assure me that this passage lieth Southwards off that parallel, and about the Arctic Circle) that this Continent of the Septentrional part of America, may incline to the West Southward about this latitude, as that of Europe's doth to the East, for by this flowing of water in 60 d. 10 m. near 4 fathoms (as at Resolution in the East) it cannot be far to the winding of the land Westwards.  
The next is to inquire from whence this Tide should come, for that is the way to the passage, for it cannot be said to come from the East through Fretum Hudson, for there need no more to disprove that then what went before, when that Tide did end at Carie Swans Nest, in flowing but 6 foot and 4 hours, as it doth at the height, of all Rivers being far from the Sea.  
Should it come from the North, than it should as well Current that land on the East side of this Bay to Carry Swans Nest along that small distance of 40 leagues, if such a thing be at all or no, as upon the West side. For, 250 leagues of now known discovery setting from the North, it should divide equal waters betwixt them, which is found to the contrary, and if such land doth lie 40 leagues along from Swan's Nest Westward, then is there not above 30 more for the brenth of the passage, from through whence this ride doth come which I should think were to narrow to let in and out so much water in the time mentioned; to bring any flood on this side, now in handling, for at Swan's Nest the flood set West, and the Ebb East; and if this Tide going West, were met with more water, from thence, it must flow extraordinarily high at the Nest (as in great Rivers in time of land-waters, the Sea flood meeting, puts up the waters to such heights, as doth enforce all their bounds) and rejected the Tides course, which I found to be constant, for that I was there two floods one ebb and a half.  
How can it now be imagined but that the T●de doth come from the West, and so coasteth along the same side, as we may observe upon all Tides from what sea soever they come, look upon what side they enter, they Current the same, and so doth this, for that called Vtultra, never proved Bay yet, and who hath named the same, might as well be deceived here as at other places by fogs, banks, for if this part be protracted, I cannot see that there is any discovery made at all on both sides (between Hubarts vain hope, and Swanne● Nest) worth the noting.  
Therefore it must be confessed that this Tide doth come from the West, so inclining to that shore, and that it is a Tide hath been proved, for I do not think that there's any that will pretend inundating, impulsing, or ingulfing, and that 
Instruction  it doth proceed from some great Ocean, is without all contradiction; for coming to this West side, I found great store of fish playing at the crust of the water, and of great fish which is a main argument, for there was Whales, Seamors, 
Whales, Sea mors.  and Seals, of which there are infinite, which fish do not hive in Winter but in deep Oceans, and that those Whales must come from the West, is certain, for all the way from Cape Farewell, in all that distance of near 500 leagues; we did not see one until I came there, which if there had been any lying so long becalmed and amongst the ice, having light nights, we should have seen them, for they are fish that affect to play and breath above the water.  
The main land was high within Sir Thomas Roes Welcome, as in all the straits beside, with deep water to shore, whereas discovering Southwards, it fell to be low land with shallow shore, at 11 fathoms, we could but see it upon the hatches. This is much contrary to the Oceans, who are bounded with high mountainous climes, steep Promontories, ragged Rocks, and inamoled Lands, subsisting upon insearchable deeps, salt, and greene-coloured waters, wherein live the great sishes.  
Now let us compare this Tide with some others nearer our own home, with which we are the most familiar; as to begin at the mouth of the River Thames, towards which, two Tides resort.  
And at the mouth thereof it floweth a S. and N. Moon, at the S. Foreland, S▪ S. E. in the Channel of the I'll of Wight, S. E. or S. E. by S. at Plymouth E. at the Gulf where the Ocean doth first enter our Channel, E. N. E▪ this reckoning goeth against the Sun and Moon, yet this is the way to find the Sea from whence the tide doth come.  
Likewise, along stthe North coast, there cometh another tide to the said River bringing the like flowing, and almost answerable at the same distance, for from off Harwich, it floweth S. S. E. at Yarmouth, S. E. at Laresnesse, E. by N. at Whitby, N. E. at Barwick, N. N. E. at Backha●●nesse N. by E. in Orkney N. Now we know that both those Tides, the one from the North, the other from the West, came both out of the Western Ocean, and that from the North by the lands trenting his channel, his Current from the West Eastwards, to S. E. as at I ●mmouth to S. S. E. as at St. Laurence W. to S. E. as at Hambrough, to S. as at Hull to S. W. as at Harwich, and to W. into the said River of Thames.  
So as here it is made manifest, that both Tides coming out 
As West in ● y● m●●●n of Thames.  of the Western Ocean E, doth in the end go or set just against themselves, as they set at their first coming from the Ocean. And therefore why we you not think that the land to the West in this passage shall bend towards the South, into Mare deal Zur, as it doth here trented within this Bay, S. W. by S. from latitude 64. 1/●. to 59 but to draw these points to a head, it is said these Tides met at the Kentish knock, and turn their streams into Thames, it not being able to retain them both the other parts are turned along the coast of Flanders, Holland, Friesland, and Zutland, where those sides do end, by reason of the Baltickes Seas bottom, it being far unto beside the straight Channels between it and the sound. It is made now hear to appear, that he that will seek the Ocean, as the Atlantic to the West, or the Hiper●orian to the North; for the mo●th of the River of Thames must follow the Tide, one thing is to be observed, that it ●loweth more water upon this coast of England, than it doth upon the other coasts mentioned, the reason may be because England standeth nearer the West Sea.  
Listen now again how places far remote from these 
See Master Hall.  our neighbour Channels doth correspond with them as in Gr●enland it ●lowed E. and W. Moon, and following the tide 1●0 leagues to Resolution, it flowed E. S. E. as before, and so 
O● Cape War●icke.  the ●id●●etting in with the Sun until it flowed S. by W. at Swa●●es Nest, and there is lost in hudson's Bay, so that it holds the same quality in the process of time with the former from the West and it is apparent that to seek the Ocean from the bottom of Rivers deep B●yes, or within lands, as the Mediterranean, or the B●l●icke, we must find the flood tide, and follow it down the hill of time, I mean proceeding against it, we shall shorten the flood, as this day we shall 
Shorter flood.  be where it floweth a S. Moon, which we account to be 12 of the clock, to morrow we shall be where the same Tide flowed but 9 So that I being but allowed what experience doth make due unto me both near home and else where, I make no doubt but to prove this passage.  
It followeth now to par●all●ll this supposed passage with those formerly declared and certainly known, beginning at Port Nelson, where I had the exactest account of his flowing point, and climbing the flood, for so he must conceive that saileth against Tide, found that it flowed there a South East Moon at the Checks, where I was on land it flowed E. S. E. at B●gges his Mathematics East, at Brook Cobham E. be N. at Sir Thomas Roes Welcome, E. N. E. Now it is proved that the course time and change of this Tide doth correspond with all other Ocean Tides, it running also half Tide, (which is the floods running still the way of s●ood, until it be half ●bbe on shore, the ●bbe running likewise his course, in continuance until the water be half flowed upon the shore) so as it cannot be said to want any joint or member of an Ocean's flood, but may rightly be termed a limb thereof.  
It may be objected that although by all likely hood that is a passage, yet it may prove to be a great distance to sail through, and how shall a man do to know when he is thorough, that thereby he may direct his course Southward.  
I answer it can be no great distance, for that the water doth heighten in spring-tidings, almost as much water at Sir Thomas Roes Welcome in the Spring Tides, as at C. Warwick which standeth in the edge of the Hyperborion Ocean, and therefore how can this Tide come far from his sea, and bring constantly as much water as it floweth in any place that standeth near the Ocean's lips; How can then the Mare del Zur, be far from hence, for the distance between Cape Warwick and Swans Nest, is not above 200 leagues where this Tides quite consumed, so at the like distance from Sir Thomas Roes Welcome, This new Tide along that Bay holds the same until in the bottom thereof, it be consumed, for I have heard from some, that if North winds doth not enforce the Tides that they do not flow above two foot in Hudson● E. and W. Bay,  
Me thinketh there is three material proofs that maketh better for our purpose, for to answer and free this doubt, though all the rest of Sir Humphrey Gilbert and Master Wills, makes for the passage.  
The first is that the Cosmographers of China do extend their coasts to the N. E. even to the 50 d. of latitude, and may do further for any thing they know.  
The second is Paul●●Venetus, that lived there, and sailed from Catta● 1500 leagues North-East, and might have gone further for any land he see.  
The 3. is Barnard la Tore, the 4, may be the ships found by Francis▪ Wasques at Sierra Nevado not being of America but were a month in coming thither from Asia, all making that this passage cannot be long, for that they of Asia extend the breadth of their country so far to East.  
Beside Francisco Gaul the Spanish Pilot reports of a high set of a Sea from the Northward in his passage from Jap●n to Callyfornia, which he saith, continued howsoever the winds blue, this doth show the Sea to be open to the N. for the like may be observed upon our N. coast about Whitby where the highest set of the Sea cometh from the N, N, W. although that point bloweth oblicke to the coast, yet there is more Sea therewith then the N. E. wind bringeth, that blows opposite; the reason is, that the land to the N, N, W. is the furthest remote, all open towards the Pole where these winds Eastwards off N. do blow, but from Greeneland and the N. Cape at furthest, whose greatest distance being not above 370 leagues must want space to raise his swelling motion, but contrary at the entrance into our Channel from W. you shall have a 
Between England and France.  continual set into Sleeve, which shows the distances of land to be far to the W. and S. wards, and the like must be granted to this set of Francis gaul's, and also by that current that set la Tore to Tidore, it must come out of a wide Sea from the N, E.  
And for knowing when thou art through, be assured thou shalt have as great a Sea from the del Zur as from the W. into our Sleeve, and the strength of tide along the coast will leave thee, than thou shalt not fear to direct thy course to Tartary Cataia, or Ja●on.  
It may also be said that the Arctic Circle is far N. and that it will be frost, Icy and cold, and that there is but two months in the year to make this trial, for in the rest it will not be navigable.  
I answer, that the Arctic circle is not so far N. as the Cape of Finmarke near in 73 d. where there is few or no Ice at any time, and thereby it is Navigable at all times, but that there is no trading in winter; besides the Sun having great declination South, it is all night. But what is this to the Sea that is clear of Ice, the like may this be for any yet known, for after I went from Swan's Nest, I see no ice to the N. nor do I think there was any to the West, for the wind blowing from the air was as warm as in England in the latter end of August, and the land had no snow thereon, although it be very high land, and surely is inhabited, for else how could there have been so many corpse inwalled at Sir Thomas Roes Welcome, yet passing from hence S. ward into the bay it was colder, and yet warm enough.  
And for those Ice which are engendered in this shallow sandy Bay is but as in other places in Europe near the same Latit. for those that have gone timely into the Baltic Sea hath found ice coming out of the Sound, and it is no marvel to see the same froze over, which in those parts is as usual as to have a noose, to have the shipping froze all the whole winter therein, and for wagons to go in winter where Ships ●aile in Summer for many miles; for it is well known that those Sandy Eastern low countries, as Sprutia, Denmark, Friesland, and the Nether lands, are in winter subjected to violent frost, then why should not we allow this low sandy country and Bay the like, being about the same parallel, and a Bay as the Baltic is also from thence, which Latit. where it freezeth so hard, is from 52 to 57d. but elevate the Pole to 73 d. there at that time of winter in the same continent, there is no ice but that you may sail Sea free into the coast of Russia, why should then this our Western passage be denied of as good an opinion but that it may be Sea free as well as theirs to sail into the Mare del Zur to Cathaia, being doubtless to the Southward of that parallel; these a places of Europe and America, thus answering one another both in quality and clime.  
Go to Iseland as the Fishers do now in March the North part lying in the Arctic circle, and yet those Fishermen are not so troubled with Ice but that they can sail about it, and for the ice they find there they conceive to be engendered in the Bays, Rivers, and Inlets of Groneland, and not about the Island nor in the Sea: It now appears as I said before that this country doth but comply with those countries Eastward, and the like may be expected by them that is found by the other, nor can this channel be narrow, that in 6 points of the compass being but 4 hour's ½. of time, to wit, from Sir Thomas Roes Island to Port Nelson, doth send a flood and ebb it back again along the coast for 150 league. known in so short time and this to accord with the Moon.  
To remonstrate this by example▪ Admit I were sent out of Russia to discover a land that I have heard lieth far S, W. which suppose to be, Atlantis or America, now it must be thought that I know of noland to the W. of Europe's continent and therefore when I am come about the C. of Finmarke I direct my course to the S. and W. wards as soon as the land will give me leave. For I do know that it doth trent so, and that the coast of Norway is bonded with an Ocean, now bending towards to the W. of S. not knowing of great Britain I direct my I course gainest as I conceive, imagining that at shall meet with no land to the W. of Europe, but thinking thus to proceed I find the land to meet me to the W. as I thought to have sailed to wit the coast of great Britain, and there I find a tide going along the land to the S. ward, I follow this coast hoping it may cast about to the W. and as I proceed so doth this tide keeping the height of his water still, so by this ebbing and flowing, course and Latit. I do assure it to myself that it cannot be any part of the main continent of Europe, nor adjoining thereunto, and thus pursuing to the S. in long distance I find that this tide doth still continue his height of 
Calis and Dover.  water so by that I speed on with more comfort, at length I come betwixt a main lands, and doubting some alteration or imbayment, I keep still the W. side for thereby I must obtain my intent if at all, but now when I come to make trial of my tide I find, it hath left me, which to fore conveyed me many league▪ along this unknown coast, and now my tide of flood cometh from the W, ward and against me as I should ●ayle, shall I not then assure myself that in pursuing against this tide that it will bring me into a new Ocean by which I shall obtain my desire which is the Atlantic Sea, yea and I shall find it so, for as that tide which came along with me, from the N. out of the Sea which I have failed from, will direct me back again into the same Sea, so shall this new tide from the W. in following his ebb, bring me into his Ocean or the Atlantic which I desire.  
Even so may this tide of mine in pursuing his ebb from the place where I found it first bring me into the Mare a●l Zur.   

Again a Comparison feigned to be sailed into a Sea through our own Kingdom from the East Sea to the West.  
ADmit I come from Hambrough or the Eastern Sea to expediate a Voyage through a great Ocean in a Country I have heard to lie far to the W. directing my course W. ward I met with land sooner than I did expect in coasting this land W. wards, I find an entrance which I follow for by my account I am but newly come to Sea and must be far short of my intent, but following this entrance I find there is ebbing and flowing which I pursue and find it to be a River, which conceive to be the river of Thames, I go therein with the tide without debar or hindrance, yet finding the further up that I do proceed the tide heightneth less water and runeth less time, so as knowing I go from the East, W. ward as I desire, yet I do not know what will become of this hazard, but not knowing how to mend myself I must now play the game this way, at length I come to the head of this river, which conceive to be at Kingston, there I find this tide which I followed out of the Eastern Sea, to fall into a spacious and large Mare or Ponte which Mare I enter. Now it must be conceived, that all the Country between Kingston and Severn near Bristol as part of Surry part of Hampshire, Wiltshire, Glostershire, Oxford, Buckingham and part of Middlesex.  
To be ingulfed and turned into an inland Sea round about, being entered in this Ponte I begin to circuit about by the S, S, W. and comes to W. side where I find an Inlet to wit the river 
In Glostershire.  at Barkly coming from the W. Sea out of Severne ebbing and flowing into the Mare as that did on the E. side by which I entered, now I intent to venture into this ebbing and flowing of waters from the W. and thus persisting against the tide by observation, as yesterday it flowed a W. Moon, this day it flowed a W. by N. Moon keeping this constant flux and reflux from the W. Eastward so as sailing I shorten the tide and is come in short distance, to the place where it flowed S. W. the same tide I took at my entering this river or inset to flow W. I may now assure myself that those tide streams are supported by waters from an Ocean which by pursuit I find to be the Atlantic,  
It is to be observed in discoveries, as is found in other places by experience, that in sailing against the flood-tide we shorten the time of flowing, and in sailing therewith we lengthen the same.   

This comparison standeth thus.  
HAmbrough is England, from whence we sail to Fretum Hudson, which here is conceived to be the Thames, whose head as Kingston, is Cary Swans Nest, the Country, Pont or Mar, so ingulfed is hudson's or Buttons Bay, the W. Tide coming out of the Ocean at Severne is that new Tide I found at Sir Thomas Roes Isle, which pursued will bring me into the Mare del Zur.  
Let it not now be said, that there is no passage by the N, W into India, for that the best Cosmographers, those learned in the Mathematics and all Arts, have in former time consented that America is an Island and separated from any other continent, by which great Princes have been persuaded to adventure and countenance with great Sums, (nor were their hopes mistaken, although as yet God hath not apppointed the time) as also the Nobility, Gentry, & Merchants, when in the Voyage of Sir Thomas Button, were about 160 adventurers.  
My comfort is, that the quantity of Whales and Sea Mors that place affordeth (although it may be thought that I did not see the 100 part) will (when Whale oil comes into request) drive the Merchant to send the Mariner to visit the I'll of Brooke Cobham for the Whale, & with their shallops range N, wards to search for Unicorn horn, Mors teeth, and Whalefinne, to come where Sir Tho: Roe will bid them Welcome, and by these enticements they will be persuaded to inquire after this tide, and at length bring home the good news (which I expect) of this so long sought for.  
For my part, I have now washed the Blackamoor these five years, having yet received neither Salary, wages or reward; 
Laboured in vain.  except what some few Gentlemen hath, I know not whether in courtesy or charity bestowed upon me having to fore had my means taken from me in the time of wars, betwixt France, Spain and us, so as I am utterly unable to prosecute the same though I wish well thereto, knowing it is now to be done at very small charge.  
And this is more for their great comfort, that it hath pleased almighty God of his great mercy, always so to preserve those employed this way to search in this discovery, that no ship ever perished, but howsoever they suffered, the account was brought home, and we made acquainted with their actions; all which, we must acknowledge to be the providence of Almighty God, who hath thus preserved those seeds we have ●owne and will do still until the time come which he hath apppointed, to send some happy man to pluck the fruit. here lieth the way to balcos, and be that finds the same, b●●●g home the Go●ae● F●ecce.  
The fifth of the known (and supposed passages) to that rich I●●ies, is by the Pole itself, yet never attempted; the gainest and most hopeful of those three, yet unknown, and the shortest of them all as from our N. parts of Scotland's Isles, from the latit. of 60 d. to the Pole itself, is but 600 league. of which it hath been sailed to the 82 ½ d. by Captain Thomas Marmaduke of Hull, his furthest visible mark to the N. From thence was certain Lands he named sheffield's Or●ades, in duty to his most noble favourer in his Northern designs, was Edmond Lord Sheffield, now Earl of Mulgrave, and at that time Lord Precedent of the North, by whose great assistance, charge, and countenance, with the Merchants of the same Corporation, he was still set forth.  
By which means in his discoveries N. ward towards the Pole, it was his good fortune to enter into a harbour in Greenland, where he found one Ionas Poole, and Nicholas Woodcock with others in a ship of London distressed, for that a fall of an Ice had sunk their Ship. Which subjects, with their oils, Whale▪ fins, and Morsteeths, who must have miserably perished there if he had not brought them home, to this noble Lords perpetual honour and the future encouragement of that trade, now the most rich and safest that we have. And this is the best by prescription or any other claim the City of York and the Corporation of Kingston upon Hull can plead for the continuance of their Trade thither; I make no doubt, but that they do acknowledge his Lordship for the same with all thankfulness. This Greeneland was first seen by Mr. Hudson, who was countenanced by Sir john Wolstenholme, in his N E. coursaries.  
There may be something objected against this passage. which may with ease be answered; and this Treatise better supplied, but this I leave to Capt. Goodlade, whose great experience this way, and to the E. ward thereof, is the best able to supply or confute, if he be pleased so to show himself.  
From the Pole to the known Coast of China in Asia, latit. 50 d. is but 800 league. more, and yet the most Cosmographers have extended the land of Tartary and Scythia N. ward, to the 60. 70. and 80 Parallel, Septentrional latitude, and on the America side, is discovered to the 50d. So that the greatest distance is but 1400 league. nearer by one third part then any other of the S. My pen and self now is grown weary, and hoping some other brave Spirit will enter the Lists, and attempt the Enterprise, I rest.   
FINIS.   

To the Wor pfull, the Masters, Wardens, and Assistants of the Trinity-Houses, but especially to these of Dedford-Strand, and Kingston upon Hull, with their whole CORPORATIONS.  
WORSHIPFUL GENTLEMEN,  
ANd Foster Fathers of my Academy, I present you here, neither with jasons' voyage to Colcos, nor the Golden fleece as yet, but with the best of my endeavours to the Northwest, which we poor Discoverers are so ●eered about, (with so much Philosophy) as though these Voyages have spent so much time and treasure as it is not able to redeem itself by being gulled with the false. Sea cards or fabulous reports of strangers, for no Nation in the World knoweth so much of this as yourselves, nor need we neither the arguments of Philosophy to examine so much variety, and that so various as the Schoolmen find out, nor (for their inquisitions or disquisitions) their Mr. Aristotle did not know, what time since his hath brought forth, and since him we have almost found out the reason for the Tide, about which some of them have writ he drowned himself because he could not, nor you need not got to the N. W. passage to seek the Philosophers-stone, having one of your own by which you have angled, leveled, and brigged over the Ocean, from this Monarch to the furthest East and West, the touch thereof hath made you attended home (as the shadow the substance) with the Tawny Peruian and the Sunne-burnt Blackamoor Africans Gold, the rich Sparkling Diamond, the night shining Carbunckle, the Physical Beazer, the Emerald, Saphire, and the Orient Indian Pearl, adorning the Lily necks of the most daintiest Ladies, with other of pleasure and price; besides the Drugs, Vigitables, Simples and Balsams for health; and all these and far more ●emm● of wealth and treasure hath the virtue of your Adamant stone exported hither, to the enriching and honouring of our Nation.  
I pray that when this abortive shall come to your view, that you pass over its deformity and imperfections (which nature in haste stamped it into, in which it still remaineth, both for want of means and Art) and your private admonition shall cause me amend it at the next Edition, for with this I am glad I have not overcharged the press (as fearing) the worst part of which is already befallen (in Erataes) for which if I should excuse myself, I know both the Compositor, and the Correcter will witness with me in taking the fault upon themselves, I have done my endeavour to correct the most palpable, as mistaking words or nonsense, which not being acquainted with our Sea terms they might easily commit, and for the faults in letters, I know your Arithmetic can make whole numbers of Fractions, if these faults had been committed by myself in the Copy I might with some reason have pleaded an excuse, being no Scholar and having had no help, which I did kn●w was very needful, but was not able to buy it, and I was told it would not be had for naught, especially by the Scholar that was acquainted with the language of the Sea; therefore now I feel the want of Mr. Hackluit, and so I doubt will others in time to come, who for the good of his Country stored those Journals at his own charge.  
Whereupon not knowing otherwise how to proceed, I was enforced with such Tackling, Cordage, and Raftage, as I had, to Rig and Tackle this ship myself. I hope she will sail the better in this Trimm●, if you be pleased to conduct her, which I doubt not but you will, having heretofore observed your favours in cherishing and preferring young Seamen, with your charity 〈◊〉 others, not only in your Almsdeeds to the Fatherless and Orphans, but your continual maintinance with all necessaries to aged poor Widows and decayed Mariners, your compassion and relief to the distressed ship-wrackt-Seamen far from home, and others, your privilege to ●ai●●ed Men, with the right in Justice you dot to those that are not able to wage law for the same, deserveth to be enrolled amongst the greatest acts of Christian charity.  
And for that your helpful care towards my furnishing 〈◊〉 with all materials for this service, your loving aspects and bounty since my home coming, hath obliged me to acknowledge your favours, with thanks, I desire your kind acceptance, and the rather because it is the Present of your younger Brother,  
Luke Fox   

Resensui librum hunc, cui titulus est [Northwest Fox] in quo nihil reperio quò minùs cum utilitate publicâ Imprimatur, modò intra sex menses proximè sequentes typis mandetur.  
Decemb. 1. 1634. Sa. Baker R. P. D. Episcopo Londinensi Cap. domest.   

Errata.  
Pag Li For Reade. 259 15 South Sea.   60. 10. 64. 10. 261 36 St. Lowrence Laresnesse.  3● Hull Sole.   Hambro Haisbrough. 2●2 2 why we why may we not.  4 treated tre●t. 264 38 any yet any thing yet. 266 10 gainest, at gainest.   at shall at I shall.